﻿<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<rss version="2.0" xmlns:spout="http://www.spout.com/schemas/rss/core/2006" xmlns:cf="http://www.microsoft.com/schemas/rss/core/2005">
  <channel>
    <cf:treatAs>list</cf:treatAs>
    <cf:listinfo>
      <cf:group element="type" label="Type" ns="http://www.spout.com/schemas/rss/core/2006" data-type="text" />
    </cf:listinfo>
    <title>Into the Wild's Recent Activity - Spout</title>
    <link>http://www.spout.com/</link>
    <description>Recent community activity around Into the Wild on Spout</description>
    <copyright>Copyright 2005-9 Spout, LLC</copyright>
    <generator>Spout RSS</generator>
    <image>
      <url>http://www.spout.com/images/SpoutLogoRSS.jpg</url>
      <title>Into the Wild's Recent Activity - Spout</title>
      <link>http://www.spout.com/</link>
      <width>136</width>
      <height>30</height>
    </image>
    <item>
      <title>Film:Into the Wild</title>
      <link>http://www.spout.com/films/Into_the_Wild/284294/default.aspx</link><description><![CDATA[<table width='100%' style='font:10px/10px Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif;'><tr><td><img align='left' src='http://www.spout.com/ProductImages/s284294.jpg' hspace='10' style='height:80px;' /></td>
<td>
<strong>Title:</strong> Into the Wild<br/>
<strong>Year:</strong> 2007<br/>
<strong>Director:</strong> Sean Penn<br/>
<strong>Plot:</strong> Director/screenwriter <a href="/players/P___106027/default.aspx" style='text-decoration:underline'>Sean Penn</a> adapts author Jon Krakauer's novel about a 1992 college graduate named Christopher McCandless (played in the film by <a href="/players/P___239003/default.aspx" style='text-decoration:underline'>Emile Hirsch</a>), who gave up all of his earthly possessions in order to hitchhike to Alaska and live in the wilderness. ~ Jason Buchanan, All Movie Guide<br/>
<strong>Times Tagged:</strong> 31<br/>
<strong>Number of Lists:</strong> 41<br/>
<strong>Number of blog posts:</strong> 23<br/>
<strong>Number of discussion threads:</strong> 8<br/>
<strong>SpoutRating:</strong> 4<br/>
</td></tr></table>]]></description><pubDate>Thu, 27 Aug 2009 09:21:22 GMT</pubDate><spout:Title>Into the Wild</spout:Title><spout:Year>2007</spout:Year><spout:Director>Sean Penn</spout:Director><spout:Plot>Director/screenwriter &lt;a href="/players/P___106027/default.aspx" style='text-decoration:underline'&gt;Sean Penn&lt;/a&gt; adapts author Jon Krakauer's novel about a 1992 college graduate named Christopher McCandless (played in the film by &lt;a href="/players/P___239003/default.aspx" style='text-decoration:underline'&gt;Emile Hirsch&lt;/a&gt;), who gave up all of his earthly possessions in order to hitchhike to Alaska and live in the wilderness. ~ Jason Buchanan, All Movie Guide</spout:Plot><spout:TimesTagged>31</spout:TimesTagged><spout:taglevel>Tag Target (&gt;10)</spout:taglevel><spout:Numberoflists>41</spout:Numberoflists><spout:NumberOfBlogPosts>23</spout:NumberOfBlogPosts><spout:NumberOfDiscussionThreads>8</spout:NumberOfDiscussionThreads><spout:SpoutRating>4</spout:SpoutRating><spout:FilmCoverURL>http://www.spout.com/ProductImages/s284294.jpg</spout:FilmCoverURL><spout:SpoutFilmDetailURL>http://www.spout.com/films/Into_the_Wild/284294/default.aspx</spout:SpoutFilmDetailURL><spout:type>Film</spout:type></item>
    <item>
      <title>Spout Post: Double Feature - The Rugged Individuals</title>
      <link>http://www.spout.com/blogs/hautecritique/archive/2009/6/11/42618.aspx</link><description><![CDATA[<div><img align='left' src='http://www.spout.com/ProductImages/s284294.jpg' hspace='10' style='height:80px;' />
<strong>Post By:</strong> <a href='http://www.spout.com/members/150938/default.aspx'>hautecritique</a><br/>
<strong>Post To:</strong> <a href='http://www.spout.com/blogs/hautecritique/default.aspx'>The Haute Critique on Spout</a><br/>
<strong>Post Date:</strong> 6/11/2009 3:01:21 PM<br/>
<strong>Body:</strong> We went to the woods. Down the National Park road the direction Yogi told us. There was supposed to be a helipad there. The flat rock outcropping would suffice. We climbed up and smoked a bowl at sunset. Thousands of feet below a river ran. Its motion making static the vast forest in front of us. Next to the table-top flat stone was a fire ring that looked as if it had been recently used. We were not the first to rest here at dusk. As the darkness rose from the forest floor up to the stars we decided to head back. Instead of following the road, we would follow romance and the rugged path through the uncharted woods. Just in case, we kept an eye on the road to make certain we would not end up lost, stoned hikers. 20 paces further and the road had disappeared.  For a split second we were there… primal purity.
The search for that sensation drives the main characters in both of the films in this double feature, the titular Jeremiah Johnson and Chris McCandless of Into the Wild. 
Jeremiah Johnson hangs up the uniform in the mid 19th century to seek solace as a mountain man in the American West. We don’t get elaborate details of his motivations, but the spirit of jaded disillusionment runs through anyone that found dad eating Santa’s cookies or waited for that sophomore album after a glorious debut. Everyone at one time has caught a boot to the teeth. Jeremiah doesn’t need a backstory. He can borrow ours.

The cinema of Jeremiah Johnson is epic. The quiet solitude. Robert Redford’s eye creases. Bits of comic relief underscored by a Hollywood Studio Orchestra.  Technicolor looks great through the cannabinoid lens. Sidney Pollack’s direction puts out a meal for your psyche with triumphs and failures told by a filmmaker craftsman with enough movie magic to make you feel satisfied. In the end, though, it is a period piece, but not of the old west. It is a period piece of 1972.
As the movie was being prepared for release, burglars broke in to the headquarters of the Democratic National Committee. Before that Vietnam. Before that civil rights. Almost 20 years of wrenching social turmoil. And what is a man to do? While Woodward was meeting with Deep Throat, Redford was in the mountains, purifying Jeremiah Johnson of the ills of society.
There is a subconscious feeling that this dark-side of humanity is the price paid for progress. Human cruelty increases with every txt message. For every new airbag and wonder drug, there is a trail of dysfunctional families. Families like that of Chris McCandless.
While Jeremiah Johnson meditates on solemnity and quaint virtues, Into the Wild is a new millennia of motion picture. The only character that was not a star (the libidinous 16 year old, Tracy) is the lead in the Twighlight series. The celebrity extends to the celebrity soundtrack by Eddie Vedder. Writer, Director Sean Penn. 
Its the 21st century and nothing is as simple as it seems. Alexander Supertramp, nee Chris McCandless, claims to be on a spiritual journey, but his calculations feel much more like a cry for personal celebrity. Without the social strife immediate to the character of Jeremiah Johnson, Alexander Supertramp is on a reactionary anti-pilgrimage against society in general. As the movie progresses, my 4 hour buzz is waning, Into the Wild is getting me seriously aggro.  His, aww-shucks schtick seems more like a veil to his imagined future as a Gen-X Kerouac. 
Here he is, flaunting his inexperience in the face of unforgiving nature. His arrogance makes his quest for the rugged individualist epiphany seem like a self indulgent masquerade. The film has music for every segment. It all seems a bit contrived. His hatred of untruth and rejection of society seem cliche and tired.
Didn’t Hal Holbrook get nominated for an oscar for this movie? On cue, he hits the screen. After being taunted and emotionally bullied up onto the mountain with McCandless, he drops a fortune cookie, the way only an old man can. He tells the Supertramp that forgiveness brings love. And love brings the light of god. I know it is cheesy, but as selfish as McCandless was, I forgive him… more than nature ever could or would.  And that makes me feel human.
Back in the National Park, we took a 90 degree turn and found our way back to the road. The instant of primal purity now a memory, we were heading home. Thinking back to that emotion, it was much better realized in Jeremiah Johnson. The intense explication of Into the Wild continually drove a wedge between me and the Supertramp. Forgiveness of these sins brought love, and maybe even the light of God, but it couldn’t bring back my buzz.




    



No related posts. Originally posted on:The Haute Critique<br/>
</div>]]></description><pubDate>Thu, 11 Jun 2009 19:01:21 GMT</pubDate><spout:postby>hautecritique</spout:postby><spout:postto>The Haute Critique on Spout</spout:postto><spout:postdate>6/11/2009 3:01:21 PM</spout:postdate><spout:body>We went to the woods. Down the National Park road the direction Yogi told us. There was supposed to be a helipad there. The flat rock outcropping would suffice. We climbed up and smoked a bowl at sunset. Thousands of feet below a river ran. Its motion making static the vast forest in front of us. Next to the table-top flat stone was a fire ring that looked as if it had been recently used. We were not the first to rest here at dusk. As the darkness rose from the forest floor up to the stars we decided to head back. Instead of following the road, we would follow romance and the rugged path through the uncharted woods. Just in case, we kept an eye on the road to make certain we would not end up lost, stoned hikers. 20 paces further and the road had disappeared.  For a split second we were there… primal purity.
The search for that sensation drives the main characters in both of the films in this double feature, the titular Jeremiah Johnson and Chris McCandless of Into the Wild. 
Jeremiah Johnson hangs up the uniform in the mid 19th century to seek solace as a mountain man in the American West. We don’t get elaborate details of his motivations, but the spirit of jaded disillusionment runs through anyone that found dad eating Santa’s cookies or waited for that sophomore album after a glorious debut. Everyone at one time has caught a boot to the teeth. Jeremiah doesn’t need a backstory. He can borrow ours.

The cinema of Jeremiah Johnson is epic. The quiet solitude. Robert Redford’s eye creases. Bits of comic relief underscored by a Hollywood Studio Orchestra.  Technicolor looks great through the cannabinoid lens. Sidney Pollack’s direction puts out a meal for your psyche with triumphs and failures told by a filmmaker craftsman with enough movie magic to make you feel satisfied. In the end, though, it is a period piece, but not of the old west. It is a period piece of 1972.
As the movie was being prepared for release, burglars broke in to the headquarters of the Democratic National Committee. Before that Vietnam. Before that civil rights. Almost 20 years of wrenching social turmoil. And what is a man to do? While Woodward was meeting with Deep Throat, Redford was in the mountains, purifying Jeremiah Johnson of the ills of society.
There is a subconscious feeling that this dark-side of humanity is the price paid for progress. Human cruelty increases with every txt message. For every new airbag and wonder drug, there is a trail of dysfunctional families. Families like that of Chris McCandless.
While Jeremiah Johnson meditates on solemnity and quaint virtues, Into the Wild is a new millennia of motion picture. The only character that was not a star (the libidinous 16 year old, Tracy) is the lead in the Twighlight series. The celebrity extends to the celebrity soundtrack by Eddie Vedder. Writer, Director Sean Penn. 
Its the 21st century and nothing is as simple as it seems. Alexander Supertramp, nee Chris McCandless, claims to be on a spiritual journey, but his calculations feel much more like a cry for personal celebrity. Without the social strife immediate to the character of Jeremiah Johnson, Alexander Supertramp is on a reactionary anti-pilgrimage against society in general. As the movie progresses, my 4 hour buzz is waning, Into the Wild is getting me seriously aggro.  His, aww-shucks schtick seems more like a veil to his imagined future as a Gen-X Kerouac. 
Here he is, flaunting his inexperience in the face of unforgiving nature. His arrogance makes his quest for the rugged individualist epiphany seem like a self indulgent masquerade. The film has music for every segment. It all seems a bit contrived. His hatred of untruth and rejection of society seem cliche and tired.
Didn’t Hal Holbrook get nominated for an oscar for this movie? On cue, he hits the screen. After being taunted and emotionally bullied up onto the mountain with McCandless, he drops a fortune cookie, the way only an old man can. He tells the Supertramp that forgiveness brings love. And love brings the light of god. I know it is cheesy, but as selfish as McCandless was, I forgive him… more than nature ever could or would.  And that makes me feel human.
Back in the National Park, we took a 90 degree turn and found our way back to the road. The instant of primal purity now a memory, we were heading home. Thinking back to that emotion, it was much better realized in Jeremiah Johnson. The intense explication of Into the Wild continually drove a wedge between me and the Supertramp. Forgiveness of these sins brought love, and maybe even the light of God, but it couldn’t bring back my buzz.




    



No related posts. Originally posted on:The Haute Critique</spout:body></item>
    <item>
      <title>Spout Post: Into The Wild (Blu-Ray)</title>
      <link>http://www.spout.com/blogs/el_bicho/archive/2008/12/30/38977.aspx</link><description><![CDATA[<div><img align='left' src='http://www.spout.com/ProductImages/s284294.jpg' hspace='10' style='height:80px;' />
<strong>Post By:</strong> <a href='http://www.spout.com/members/2999/default.aspx'>El_Bicho</a><br/>
<strong>Post To:</strong> <a href='http://www.spout.com/blogs/el_bicho/default.aspx'>El_Bicho Blog</a><br/>
<strong>Post Date:</strong> 12/30/2008 11:43:42 PM<br/>
<strong>Body:</strong> Adapted from Jon Krakauer&rsquo;s best-selling 1996 book of the same name, Sean Penn writes and directs the story of Christopher McCandless, a young man who died at the age of 24 in 1992 under undetermined circumstances after living alone in the Alaskan wilderness for approximately 112 days. Penn cut out Krakauer and tales of similar wilderness journeys that informed the book and the original Outside article that brought McCandless notoriety. Instead, Penn focused on McCandless, intercutting between his time in Alaska and the journey there.McCandless (Emile Hirsch) graduated Emery College in 1990 and, unbeknownst to his family, drove west. He rejected almost everything about modern society and strove to live the life described by his literary heroes like Henry David Thoreau and Jack London. He left behind his car in an Arizona wash, cut up everything in his wallet, and burned the money in his pocket. He christened himself Alexander Supertramp and went out to embrace the natural world. On his travels, he worked on a farm in South Dakota, paddled down the Colorado River into Mexico, and tramped around, hitching rides and hopping trains. McCandless is an intriguing character and Penn creates a good balance for the most part without editorializing. McCandless was a smart kid who did well in school, but at moments, the script presents him as all-knowing. Too often, he says the right thing to say at the right time to the friends he makes along the way; however, Penn doesn&rsquo;t turn him into a hero. The other problem I had was with Penn&rsquo;s choice of having Hirsch look right into the camera and smile, which ruined the illusion. Instead, McCandless is presented as a flawed, tragic figure whose downfall, like many people and characters, is pride. In Arizona, he parked where a flash flood knocked around his car. Thinking the rails are free to jump on, he gets a rude awakening from a few baton strokes. When he gets to Alaska, he doesn&rsquo;t have the right footwear and is given a pair of boots, and he inevitably makes too many wrong choices that seal his fate. He also refuses the wise advice constantly passed on by the adults he encounters.McCandless is unaware that he is self-absorbed and selfish as the society he has run away from. He tortures his family for two years by not letting them know he is okay, which is just as cruel as any of the transgressions he feels they committed against him. Also, his issues with money are hypocritical. He gave away his life savings, over $20,000, before leaving on the trip, yet in Los Angeles, he looks for a free bus ticket and a place to stay at the shelter, so he has no qualms about spending other people&rsquo;s money. In the end, he has an epiphany that &ldquo;happiness only real when shared,&rdquo; but it is tragically too late.Penn gathered a talented cast and crew to make Into The Wild. Led by Hirsch&rsquo;s brilliant performance the ensemble of actors is top rate from his family (William Hurt, Marcia Gay Harden, and Jena Malone) to the people (Catherine Keener, Vince Vaughn, Kristen Stewart, and Hal Holbrook) he meets on the road. The snippets of Eddie Vedder&rsquo;s songs capture McCandless and are used well to help move the story along. Work the particularly stands out is Eric Gautier&rsquo;s gorgeous cinematography. He captures all the colors of the rainbow that exist along the Western U.S.&rsquo;s countryside under the ever-changing light of the sun. The presentation in high definition 2.35:1 aspect ratio is the perfect way to view it. The images are clear and detailed as if looking out a window. The blacks and flesh tones all remain consistent throughout the film.The audio comes in 5.1 Dolby True HD and 5.1 Dolby Digital. The levels are well balanced, but there&rsquo;s not a lot for the surround to do because the film is dialogue driven. Other than the music and the occasional ambiance from nature, the front speakers do a majority of the work.The Blu-ray comes with two special features &ldquo;Into The Wild: The Story, The Characters&rdquo; and &ldquo;Into The Wild: The Experience.&rdquo; Combined they total about 40 minutes and contain interviews with Penn, Krakauer, Vedder, and cast members discussing the film&rsquo;s creation, which involved McCandless&rsquo; family, and the making of the film. For those who already bought the film on DVD, Paramount/Dreamworks offers a $10 mail-in rebate. It&rsquo;s a very nice gesture, but for some reason the offer doesn&rsquo;t extend to those who bought the HD DVD version.<br/>
</div>]]></description><pubDate>Wed, 31 Dec 2008 04:43:42 GMT</pubDate><spout:postby>El_Bicho</spout:postby><spout:postto>El_Bicho Blog</spout:postto><spout:postdate>12/30/2008 11:43:42 PM</spout:postdate><spout:body>Adapted from Jon Krakauer&amp;rsquo;s best-selling 1996 book of the same name, Sean Penn writes and directs the story of Christopher McCandless, a young man who died at the age of 24 in 1992 under undetermined circumstances after living alone in the Alaskan wilderness for approximately 112 days. Penn cut out Krakauer and tales of similar wilderness journeys that informed the book and the original Outside article that brought McCandless notoriety. Instead, Penn focused on McCandless, intercutting between his time in Alaska and the journey there.McCandless (Emile Hirsch) graduated Emery College in 1990 and, unbeknownst to his family, drove west. He rejected almost everything about modern society and strove to live the life described by his literary heroes like Henry David Thoreau and Jack London. He left behind his car in an Arizona wash, cut up everything in his wallet, and burned the money in his pocket. He christened himself Alexander Supertramp and went out to embrace the natural world. On his travels, he worked on a farm in South Dakota, paddled down the Colorado River into Mexico, and tramped around, hitching rides and hopping trains. McCandless is an intriguing character and Penn creates a good balance for the most part without editorializing. McCandless was a smart kid who did well in school, but at moments, the script presents him as all-knowing. Too often, he says the right thing to say at the right time to the friends he makes along the way; however, Penn doesn&amp;rsquo;t turn him into a hero. The other problem I had was with Penn&amp;rsquo;s choice of having Hirsch look right into the camera and smile, which ruined the illusion. Instead, McCandless is presented as a flawed, tragic figure whose downfall, like many people and characters, is pride. In Arizona, he parked where a flash flood knocked around his car. Thinking the rails are free to jump on, he gets a rude awakening from a few baton strokes. When he gets to Alaska, he doesn&amp;rsquo;t have the right footwear and is given a pair of boots, and he inevitably makes too many wrong choices that seal his fate. He also refuses the wise advice constantly passed on by the adults he encounters.McCandless is unaware that he is self-absorbed and selfish as the society he has run away from. He tortures his family for two years by not letting them know he is okay, which is just as cruel as any of the transgressions he feels they committed against him. Also, his issues with money are hypocritical. He gave away his life savings, over $20,000, before leaving on the trip, yet in Los Angeles, he looks for a free bus ticket and a place to stay at the shelter, so he has no qualms about spending other people&amp;rsquo;s money. In the end, he has an epiphany that &amp;ldquo;happiness only real when shared,&amp;rdquo; but it is tragically too late.Penn gathered a talented cast and crew to make Into The Wild. Led by Hirsch&amp;rsquo;s brilliant performance the ensemble of actors is top rate from his family (William Hurt, Marcia Gay Harden, and Jena Malone) to the people (Catherine Keener, Vince Vaughn, Kristen Stewart, and Hal Holbrook) he meets on the road. The snippets of Eddie Vedder&amp;rsquo;s songs capture McCandless and are used well to help move the story along. Work the particularly stands out is Eric Gautier&amp;rsquo;s gorgeous cinematography. He captures all the colors of the rainbow that exist along the Western U.S.&amp;rsquo;s countryside under the ever-changing light of the sun. The presentation in high definition 2.35:1 aspect ratio is the perfect way to view it. The images are clear and detailed as if looking out a window. The blacks and flesh tones all remain consistent throughout the film.The audio comes in 5.1 Dolby True HD and 5.1 Dolby Digital. The levels are well balanced, but there&amp;rsquo;s not a lot for the surround to do because the film is dialogue driven. Other than the music and the occasional ambiance from nature, the front speakers do a majority of the work.The Blu-ray comes with two special features &amp;ldquo;Into The Wild: The Story, The Characters&amp;rdquo; and &amp;ldquo;Into The Wild: The Experience.&amp;rdquo; Combined they total about 40 minutes and contain interviews with Penn, Krakauer, Vedder, and cast members discussing the film&amp;rsquo;s creation, which involved McCandless&amp;rsquo; family, and the making of the film. For those who already bought the film on DVD, Paramount/Dreamworks offers a $10 mail-in rebate. It&amp;rsquo;s a very nice gesture, but for some reason the offer doesn&amp;rsquo;t extend to those who bought the HD DVD version.</spout:body></item>
    <item>
      <title>Spout Post: Re:Collaboration - Best Films of 2007</title>
      <link>http://www.spout.com/groups/Community_Recommendations/Re_Collaboration_Best_Films_of_2007/643/38354/1/ShowPost.aspx</link><description><![CDATA[<div><img align='left' src='http://www.spout.com/ProductImages/s284294.jpg' hspace='10' style='height:80px;' />
<strong>Post By:</strong> <a href='http://www.spout.com/members/113227/default.aspx'>usesoap</a><br/>
<strong>Post To:</strong> <a href='http://www.spout.com/groups/Community_Recommendations/643/discussions.aspx'>Community Recommendations</a><br/>
<strong>Post Date:</strong> 12/13/2008 6:49:07 PM<br/>
<strong>Body:</strong> Here's my list of my favorites that were released in my little beach community, as we are not always privy to some of the more indie releases, so this is by no means complete (I have also eliminted the ones previously discussed): &ldquo;The Simpsons Movie&rdquo;  &ndash; In a time where two-dimensional animation was considered dead and buried, our omnipresent family rose from the ashes like a yellow-skinned phoenix and demonstrated that whip-smart writing trumps technology any day. Let&rsquo;s see those flaccid phonies over at &ldquo;Family Guy&rdquo; do that two decades from now.  &ldquo;Breach&rdquo; &ndash; Chris Cooper will be completely overlooked at awards season for his riveting role as former FBI senior agent Robert Hanssen, which is just as criminal as Hanssen himself.  Pious, manipulative and ultimately tragic, Cooper keeps up captivated on his every move to elude his colleagues as he secretly feeds information about his agency overseas. Even though the film&rsquo;s conclusion had been played out in papers throughout Hanssen&rsquo;s trial, the film manages to hold the audience captive through every twist of his labyrinth of lies. &ldquo;Ratatouille&rdquo; &ndash; After the stale exhaust of &ldquo;Cars&rdquo; cleared, Pixar returned to form with perhaps one of its most accomplished, nuanced works. With visuals as sumptuous as the meals it describes, &ldquo;Ratatouille&rdquo; is yet another feast offered from the Iron Chefs of animation. &ldquo;Michael Clayton&rdquo; &ndash; George Clooney gives his finest performance without having to lose a fingernail to pliers. It&rsquo;s slow and steady, which hypothetically should win a race or two. But it&rsquo;s diminutive box office will unfortunately leave it behind for future generations to deem it classic. &ldquo;Grindhouse&rdquo; &ndash; I know it&rsquo;s two films. I know that one (&ldquo;Planet Terror&rdquo;) is inferior. But this was the single-most loving tribute to the actual long-lost art of watching movies as a communal experience. And while &ldquo;Terror&rsquo;s&rdquo; director, Robert Rodriguez got all the superficial elements of the era right (the missing reel, the grainy, choppy print), it was Quentin Tarantino&rsquo;s &ldquo;Death Proof&rdquo; that gave us the authentic rush of watching a loving homage to the genre.  Now that they have been severed and sold separately for their DVD release, they would not appear on the list. But for the time that they both shared the screen with a handful of mock exploitation trailers, it was pure geek bliss.  &ldquo;Into the Wild&rdquo; &ndash; One of those Halley&rsquo;s Comet moments where the film exceeds the book, &ldquo;Wild&rdquo; follows a clueless little rich boy on his self-absorbed nature walk into the harsh Alaskan terrain. While director Sean Penn&rsquo;s lens may incite viewers to answer their own call of the wild, Emile Hirsch&rsquo;s heartbreaking performance may have them readjusting their travel agendas. &ldquo;Eastern Promises&rdquo; &ndash; Sorry, but director David Cronenberg&rsquo;s &ldquo;A History of Violence&rdquo; has nothing on this layered Eastern Bloc crime drama. &ldquo;Promises&rdquo; got lots of notoriety for star Viggo Mortensen exposing his little hobbit in a bathhouse sequence, but his performance is equally naked. He&rsquo;s a man trapped in a world of violence, but who also appreciates the beauty of life on the other side. It&rsquo;s a film that blossoms wider the more it is examined.<br/>
</div>]]></description><pubDate>Sat, 13 Dec 2008 23:49:07 GMT</pubDate><spout:postby>usesoap</spout:postby><spout:postto>Community Recommendations</spout:postto><spout:postdate>12/13/2008 6:49:07 PM</spout:postdate><spout:body>Here's my list of my favorites that were released in my little beach community, as we are not always privy to some of the more indie releases, so this is by no means complete (I have also eliminted the ones previously discussed): &amp;ldquo;The Simpsons Movie&amp;rdquo;  &amp;ndash; In a time where two-dimensional animation was considered dead and buried, our omnipresent family rose from the ashes like a yellow-skinned phoenix and demonstrated that whip-smart writing trumps technology any day. Let&amp;rsquo;s see those flaccid phonies over at &amp;ldquo;Family Guy&amp;rdquo; do that two decades from now.  &amp;ldquo;Breach&amp;rdquo; &amp;ndash; Chris Cooper will be completely overlooked at awards season for his riveting role as former FBI senior agent Robert Hanssen, which is just as criminal as Hanssen himself.  Pious, manipulative and ultimately tragic, Cooper keeps up captivated on his every move to elude his colleagues as he secretly feeds information about his agency overseas. Even though the film&amp;rsquo;s conclusion had been played out in papers throughout Hanssen&amp;rsquo;s trial, the film manages to hold the audience captive through every twist of his labyrinth of lies. &amp;ldquo;Ratatouille&amp;rdquo; &amp;ndash; After the stale exhaust of &amp;ldquo;Cars&amp;rdquo; cleared, Pixar returned to form with perhaps one of its most accomplished, nuanced works. With visuals as sumptuous as the meals it describes, &amp;ldquo;Ratatouille&amp;rdquo; is yet another feast offered from the Iron Chefs of animation. &amp;ldquo;Michael Clayton&amp;rdquo; &amp;ndash; George Clooney gives his finest performance without having to lose a fingernail to pliers. It&amp;rsquo;s slow and steady, which hypothetically should win a race or two. But it&amp;rsquo;s diminutive box office will unfortunately leave it behind for future generations to deem it classic. &amp;ldquo;Grindhouse&amp;rdquo; &amp;ndash; I know it&amp;rsquo;s two films. I know that one (&amp;ldquo;Planet Terror&amp;rdquo;) is inferior. But this was the single-most loving tribute to the actual long-lost art of watching movies as a communal experience. And while &amp;ldquo;Terror&amp;rsquo;s&amp;rdquo; director, Robert Rodriguez got all the superficial elements of the era right (the missing reel, the grainy, choppy print), it was Quentin Tarantino&amp;rsquo;s &amp;ldquo;Death Proof&amp;rdquo; that gave us the authentic rush of watching a loving homage to the genre.  Now that they have been severed and sold separately for their DVD release, they would not appear on the list. But for the time that they both shared the screen with a handful of mock exploitation trailers, it was pure geek bliss.  &amp;ldquo;Into the Wild&amp;rdquo; &amp;ndash; One of those Halley&amp;rsquo;s Comet moments where the film exceeds the book, &amp;ldquo;Wild&amp;rdquo; follows a clueless little rich boy on his self-absorbed nature walk into the harsh Alaskan terrain. While director Sean Penn&amp;rsquo;s lens may incite viewers to answer their own call of the wild, Emile Hirsch&amp;rsquo;s heartbreaking performance may have them readjusting their travel agendas. &amp;ldquo;Eastern Promises&amp;rdquo; &amp;ndash; Sorry, but director David Cronenberg&amp;rsquo;s &amp;ldquo;A History of Violence&amp;rdquo; has nothing on this layered Eastern Bloc crime drama. &amp;ldquo;Promises&amp;rdquo; got lots of notoriety for star Viggo Mortensen exposing his little hobbit in a bathhouse sequence, but his performance is equally naked. He&amp;rsquo;s a man trapped in a world of violence, but who also appreciates the beauty of life on the other side. It&amp;rsquo;s a film that blossoms wider the more it is examined.</spout:body></item>
    <item>
      <title>Spout Post: Time Travel, Aliens, and Biopics -- New movies 12/12</title>
      <link>http://www.spout.com/groups/Coming_Soon/Time_Travel_Aliens_and_Biopics_New_movies_12/216/38083/1/ShowPost.aspx</link><description><![CDATA[<div><img align='left' src='http://www.spout.com/ProductImages/s284294.jpg' hspace='10' style='height:80px;' />
<strong>Post By:</strong> <a href='http://www.spout.com/members/2470/default.aspx'>SkyPilot</a><br/>
<strong>Post To:</strong> <a href='http://www.spout.com/groups/Coming_Soon/216/discussions.aspx'>Coming Soon</a><br/>
<strong>Post Date:</strong> 12/8/2008 4:30:05 PM<br/>
<strong>Body:</strong> TIME TRAVEL: A BASIC HUMAN RIGHT  Bad Guys Will Always Have Time Travel, so Good Guys Should Have It Too -- 5 Movies That Prove This Argument  1. Timecrimes (NEW) -- Watch the trailer. Read the review, listen to the interview. 2. Time Bandits (1981) -- Watch the trailer. My good friend Kevin (porcupine) loves this flick. That's good, because his parents named him after one of the characters. Would it be less cool if he were named after Kevin McAlister from Home Alone? Something to ponder. 3. Time Cop (1994) -- Watch the trailer. I remember this Jean-Claude Van Damme vehicle was pretty violent and included some gratuitous nudity; I was only 13 when I saw it in '95, and that's all I remember. Are there fans who've seen it more recently? 4. Back to the Future Part II (1989) -- Watch the trailer. Remember how future Biff went back in time to give the gambling results book to 50's Biff, then 50's Biff became rich by never losing a bet at the horseraces? Who besides me wished they could do that?  5. And of course, there's the mo-fo'ing Terminator series. Man, I can't wait for Terminator: Salvation. Read the notes from the Comic-Con press conference.   WHOA: KEANU REEVES, ROCKIN' IT  3. The Day the Earth Stood Still (NEW) -- Read about the press conference with Keanu and Jennifer Connelly. I won't lie, I'm excited for this one! Not only am I nuts about Jennifer Connelly, I also think Keanu could be fantastic at playing a non-human. (Just like how Swarzenegger was always best at playing a robot.) Recast the original, you might win a t-shirt. 2. A Scanner Darkly (2006) --  Really good movie from Richard Linklater. It's rotoscoped like Waking Life, but it has a story! It's funny and sad and paranoid (it's about narcs and drug addiction). The trio of Keanu, Woody Harrelson and Robert Downey Jr. make it a buddy tragi-comedy. 1. Point Break (1991) -- Watch the trailer. Time to watch it again. When Hot Fuzz came out, I'm so glad they paid homage to this lovable turkey.   CHE &amp; OUR FAVORITE BIOPICS  Che (NEW) -- Read Karina's review and the Steven Soderberg press conference. This is not one of Karina's favorite biopics. Find out why Karina's review pissed off older bloggers. What are your favorite biopics? I asked some friends at Spout about their favorites, and one said, "Does Braveheart count?" Here are some others they listed: 6. Gandhi -- Watch the trailer. I dig that Ben Kingsley. I haven't seen this though, what do you guys think of it? 5. Into the Wild -- Watch the trailer. Haven't seen this one either. 4. Evita -- The musical with Madonna. I don't know if I could handle it. 3. A Beautiful Mind -- Watch the trailer. Haven't seen it. 2. I'm Not There -- Watch the trailer. Careful with this one, because if you don't know a lot about Bob Dylan's life, the film will just be confusing and frustrating. If you do know your Dylan, this is beautiful and a real heart-breaker. 1. Amadeus -- Watch the trailer. This one I need to watch again. I remember it as an interesting movie for anyone who feels like a Salieri when they meet a Mozart.   GOOD MOVIES THAT COME FROM PLAYS   3. Doubt (NEW) -- Watch the trailer. Great cast, with Philip Seymour Hoffman, Meryl Streep and Amy Adams. 2. My favorite Shakespeare movies: for the comedies, Love's Labour's Lost and  The Merchant of Venice. For the tragedies, I really like Titus and Roman Polanski's Macbeth. How about you guys? 1. Rope (1948) -- Jimmy Stewart is great in this thriller from Alfred Hitchcock. It all takes place in one apartment.   WEIRD-ASS LOOKIN' ANIMATED MOVIE  Delgo (NEW) -- Watch the weird-ass trailer.    OTHER NEW MOVIES You know something juicy about these? Hit us with it!What Doesn't Kill You -- ..."makes you ugly." That's the saying, right? Stars Ethan Hawke and Mark Ruffalo, who play old friends trying to dodge gangs and a detective (Mark Wahlberg) in South Boston.Nothing Like the Holidays -- Watch the trailer. Alfred Molina! Where God Left His Shoes -- Stars John Leguizamo, who's trying to find an apartment for his family on Christmas Eve, after they've lived in a homeless shelter for a few months. Dark Streets  -- Watch the trailer. I love that guy Elias Koteas. While She Was Out -- Kim Basinger's a housewife fighting for her life out in the woods (looks like some young men are trying to get her).$9.99 -- Stop-motion animation, starring Geoffrey Rush.<br/>
</div>]]></description><pubDate>Mon, 08 Dec 2008 21:30:05 GMT</pubDate><spout:postby>SkyPilot</spout:postby><spout:postto>Coming Soon</spout:postto><spout:postdate>12/8/2008 4:30:05 PM</spout:postdate><spout:body>TIME TRAVEL: A BASIC HUMAN RIGHT  Bad Guys Will Always Have Time Travel, so Good Guys Should Have It Too -- 5 Movies That Prove This Argument  1. Timecrimes (NEW) -- Watch the trailer. Read the review, listen to the interview. 2. Time Bandits (1981) -- Watch the trailer. My good friend Kevin (porcupine) loves this flick. That's good, because his parents named him after one of the characters. Would it be less cool if he were named after Kevin McAlister from Home Alone? Something to ponder. 3. Time Cop (1994) -- Watch the trailer. I remember this Jean-Claude Van Damme vehicle was pretty violent and included some gratuitous nudity; I was only 13 when I saw it in '95, and that's all I remember. Are there fans who've seen it more recently? 4. Back to the Future Part II (1989) -- Watch the trailer. Remember how future Biff went back in time to give the gambling results book to 50's Biff, then 50's Biff became rich by never losing a bet at the horseraces? Who besides me wished they could do that?  5. And of course, there's the mo-fo'ing Terminator series. Man, I can't wait for Terminator: Salvation. Read the notes from the Comic-Con press conference.   WHOA: KEANU REEVES, ROCKIN' IT  3. The Day the Earth Stood Still (NEW) -- Read about the press conference with Keanu and Jennifer Connelly. I won't lie, I'm excited for this one! Not only am I nuts about Jennifer Connelly, I also think Keanu could be fantastic at playing a non-human. (Just like how Swarzenegger was always best at playing a robot.) Recast the original, you might win a t-shirt. 2. A Scanner Darkly (2006) --  Really good movie from Richard Linklater. It's rotoscoped like Waking Life, but it has a story! It's funny and sad and paranoid (it's about narcs and drug addiction). The trio of Keanu, Woody Harrelson and Robert Downey Jr. make it a buddy tragi-comedy. 1. Point Break (1991) -- Watch the trailer. Time to watch it again. When Hot Fuzz came out, I'm so glad they paid homage to this lovable turkey.   CHE &amp;amp; OUR FAVORITE BIOPICS  Che (NEW) -- Read Karina's review and the Steven Soderberg press conference. This is not one of Karina's favorite biopics. Find out why Karina's review pissed off older bloggers. What are your favorite biopics? I asked some friends at Spout about their favorites, and one said, "Does Braveheart count?" Here are some others they listed: 6. Gandhi -- Watch the trailer. I dig that Ben Kingsley. I haven't seen this though, what do you guys think of it? 5. Into the Wild -- Watch the trailer. Haven't seen this one either. 4. Evita -- The musical with Madonna. I don't know if I could handle it. 3. A Beautiful Mind -- Watch the trailer. Haven't seen it. 2. I'm Not There -- Watch the trailer. Careful with this one, because if you don't know a lot about Bob Dylan's life, the film will just be confusing and frustrating. If you do know your Dylan, this is beautiful and a real heart-breaker. 1. Amadeus -- Watch the trailer. This one I need to watch again. I remember it as an interesting movie for anyone who feels like a Salieri when they meet a Mozart.   GOOD MOVIES THAT COME FROM PLAYS   3. Doubt (NEW) -- Watch the trailer. Great cast, with Philip Seymour Hoffman, Meryl Streep and Amy Adams. 2. My favorite Shakespeare movies: for the comedies, Love's Labour's Lost and  The Merchant of Venice. For the tragedies, I really like Titus and Roman Polanski's Macbeth. How about you guys? 1. Rope (1948) -- Jimmy Stewart is great in this thriller from Alfred Hitchcock. It all takes place in one apartment.   WEIRD-ASS LOOKIN' ANIMATED MOVIE  Delgo (NEW) -- Watch the weird-ass trailer.    OTHER NEW MOVIES You know something juicy about these? Hit us with it!What Doesn't Kill You -- ..."makes you ugly." That's the saying, right? Stars Ethan Hawke and Mark Ruffalo, who play old friends trying to dodge gangs and a detective (Mark Wahlberg) in South Boston.Nothing Like the Holidays -- Watch the trailer. Alfred Molina! Where God Left His Shoes -- Stars John Leguizamo, who's trying to find an apartment for his family on Christmas Eve, after they've lived in a homeless shelter for a few months. Dark Streets  -- Watch the trailer. I love that guy Elias Koteas. While She Was Out -- Kim Basinger's a housewife fighting for her life out in the woods (looks like some young men are trying to get her).$9.99 -- Stop-motion animation, starring Geoffrey Rush.</spout:body></item>
    <item>
      <title>Spout Post: Into the Wild.</title>
      <link>http://www.spout.com/blogs/captainryannn/archive/2008/12/4/37962.aspx</link><description><![CDATA[<div><img align='left' src='http://www.spout.com/ProductImages/s284294.jpg' hspace='10' style='height:80px;' />
<strong>Post By:</strong> <a href='http://www.spout.com/members/136653/default.aspx'>CaptainRyannn</a><br/>
<strong>Post To:</strong> <a href='http://www.spout.com/blogs/captainryannn/default.aspx'>CaptainRyannn Blog</a><br/>
<strong>Post Date:</strong> 12/4/2008 5:01:12 PM<br/>
<strong>Body:</strong> Being one of my most anticipated films of 2007, Into the Wild held up to my high expectations. Robbed of a Best Picture nomination at the Oscars, Into the Wild was possibly on of the most poetic movies I&rsquo;ve seen that has dealt with teenage angst, human and nature interactions, and the idea of ultimate freedom in such a beautiful way. Chris McCandless (Emile Hirsche) is sick of living by society&rsquo;s rules. After graduating from college, he hits the road in a quest for absolute freedom. He burns his social security card, cuts up his credit cards, and gives his life savings away to charity. He then sets out on the road where he meets a bunch of people that support him and his quest to reach Alaska. Along they way, he runs into a hippie couple who are on the road like him, a farmer who puts him to work, and an old man who wishes he was young again. While the &lsquo;present&rsquo; of the film is set on the Magic Bus in an Alaskan forest, the bulk of the film is through flashbacks of his journey and childhood. Although many people, including myself, claim that Chris McCandless was self-centered and arrogant, one cannot help but admire his courage and determination that he had in order to achieve pure happiness. With great supporting performances from Marcia Gay Harden, William Hurt, Vince Vaughn, Jena Malone, Catherine Keener, Kristen Stewart, and Hal Halbrook, Sean Penn&rsquo;s Into the Wild is a film that will most certainly be remembered years and years and years from now.<br/>
</div>]]></description><pubDate>Thu, 04 Dec 2008 22:01:12 GMT</pubDate><spout:postby>CaptainRyannn</spout:postby><spout:postto>CaptainRyannn Blog</spout:postto><spout:postdate>12/4/2008 5:01:12 PM</spout:postdate><spout:body>Being one of my most anticipated films of 2007, Into the Wild held up to my high expectations. Robbed of a Best Picture nomination at the Oscars, Into the Wild was possibly on of the most poetic movies I&amp;rsquo;ve seen that has dealt with teenage angst, human and nature interactions, and the idea of ultimate freedom in such a beautiful way. Chris McCandless (Emile Hirsche) is sick of living by society&amp;rsquo;s rules. After graduating from college, he hits the road in a quest for absolute freedom. He burns his social security card, cuts up his credit cards, and gives his life savings away to charity. He then sets out on the road where he meets a bunch of people that support him and his quest to reach Alaska. Along they way, he runs into a hippie couple who are on the road like him, a farmer who puts him to work, and an old man who wishes he was young again. While the &amp;lsquo;present&amp;rsquo; of the film is set on the Magic Bus in an Alaskan forest, the bulk of the film is through flashbacks of his journey and childhood. Although many people, including myself, claim that Chris McCandless was self-centered and arrogant, one cannot help but admire his courage and determination that he had in order to achieve pure happiness. With great supporting performances from Marcia Gay Harden, William Hurt, Vince Vaughn, Jena Malone, Catherine Keener, Kristen Stewart, and Hal Halbrook, Sean Penn&amp;rsquo;s Into the Wild is a film that will most certainly be remembered years and years and years from now.</spout:body></item>
    <item>
      <title>Spout Post: Penn gives soul to a soul-searching, sad tale</title>
      <link>http://www.spout.com/blogs/dj4our/archive/2008/10/19/36500.aspx</link><description><![CDATA[<div><img align='left' src='http://www.spout.com/ProductImages/s284294.jpg' hspace='10' style='height:80px;' />
<strong>Post By:</strong> <a href='http://www.spout.com/members/50963/default.aspx'>dj4our</a><br/>
<strong>Post To:</strong> <a href='http://www.spout.com/blogs/dj4our/default.aspx'>dj4our Blog</a><br/>
<strong>Post Date:</strong> 10/19/2008 3:47:51 AM<br/>
<strong>Body:</strong> INTO THE WILD (2007) ****     R (for language and some nudity) 2 hrs. 20 min.   written by: Sean Penn (from the novel by Jon Krakauer) produced by: Art Linson, Sean Penn &amp; William Pohlad directed by: Sean Penn       I made my way out to the movie theater on a numbingly cold December night. The wind was whipping through me on this last Saturday of 2007. I wondered what it would be like to wander off on your own with your only focus being just you and the surrounding natural elements. Familiar people and places left behind, the open road ahead with all it's possibilities of sights and sounds. I  was alone (something I rarely do), on my way to see "Into the Wild" a movie based on the true story of a young man who did something similar with the last two years of life on earth.      Back in 1996, the cover to writer Jon Krakauer's book Into the Wild caught my attention in a bookstore. It had a cover image of an abandoned snow-swept bus on the top half and on the bottom half it read....   In April 1992 a young man from a well-to-do family hitchhiked to Alaska and walked alone into the wilderness north of Mt. McKinley. His name was Christopher Johnson McCandless. He had given $25, 000 in savings to charity and abandoned his car and most of his possessions, burned all the cash in his wallet, and invented a new life for himself. Four months later, his decomposed body was found by a moose hunter   ....After I read that, I knew I would someday have to read this book.     What happened to McCandless in-between his departure and his death is just as extraordinary and shocking as his decision to discard his family and friends. This is the rugged territory covered by screenwriter/director Sean Penn in his film which adapts and takes its  title from Krakauer's book. The film depicts McCandless (Emile Hirsch) as a restless searcher roaming from one fresh experience to another, be it working the land for a rascally farmer named Wayne (Vince Vaughn) in South Dakota, hitching a ride with a hippie couple Jan (Catherine Keener) and Rainey (Brian Dierker) in Oregon, or befriending a lonely old man named Ronald Franz (played  superbly by Hal Holbrook) in the Southern California desert.Along the way, McCandless (who renames himself Alexander Supertramp on his journey) made reckless and foolhardy decisions on his westward journey. He almost got himself arrested, injured and killed with no experience and it seems he's become for today's disaffected youth either a folk hero or a cautionary tale, depending on your point of view. Penn's take on McCandless sojourn is one of a tragic figure, and his film mixes the beautiful with the devastating. Nature witnessed in the film is powerful, communing with it can be rejuvenating; yet, to view it alone is indeed a terrible thing. When reading all this about McCandless, one obvious question continues to surface....Why? What compelled him to come to such a decision? How did all this come about?                Well, the film gives us a look as to what elements may have contributed to his decision to drop off the grid. We meet 22 year-old McCandless near Atlanta, Georgia, as he graduates from Emory University in 1990. His parents Walt (William Hurt) and Billie (Marcia Gay Harden) are wealthy east coast socialites who want to purchase him a new car as a present and an incentive to go to grad school. The real reason could be that they're embarrassed by the Datsun clunker he drives. McCandless is insulted and refuses their gift, he could care less about a new car. Throughout  the film there are scenes that portray his parents as superficial as they cluelessly raise McCandless and his sister Carine (Jenna Malone). In flashbacks, they're seen constantly bickering and abusive to one another yet always prepared with a facade in public. Whether or not his family was depicted accurately is unknown but it does show how this upbringing had a tremendous impact on McCandless' life. He wanted to be nothing like his parents and wanted nothing to do with them.   Having rejected his parents and their lifestyles, McCandless focused his love and attention on the words of Thoreau, Jack London, and other naturalists. This too possibly tainted McCandless. After all, these writers wrote romantic works of natural adventures and reflections but that doesn't mean they necessarily lived them out. Still Chris believed a life living off the earth without material possessions and personal ties could be possible and should be pursued. He wanted to leave society entirely....not just the material trappings of it, but all of it....and commune with the rivers and the forests.Penn's film cuts between two time-lines which is a smart approach since we see where he is and also how he arrived there. One follows him on his westward journey, kayaking down the Colorado River, meeting hippies and foreigners, working for a time flippin' burgers at a McDonald's as well as a wheat harvester in for Wayne, all with the goal of his "Great Alaskan Adventure". The other time-line is two years later and shows McCandless living in an old bus he's found in the Alaskan woods. He has a rifle to hunt his food, some rice, his beloved books and of course the big surrounding country he cherishes. He's reached his destination and faces the peaceful beauty along with the unpredictable wild.    But McCandless learns the hard way that there's more to inner peace than that. Crushingly and heartbreakingly at times we see him scrounge for food and shelter, often meeting disappointment but sometimes making friends. Hirsch's surrender to the role is impressive, both physically and emotionally. We see the anger McCandless feels toward his parents in his performance, which has led to a disillusionment with society in general....and yet he remains a optimistic, good and decent person himself, more disappointed than cynical. His charisma enthusiasm and drive are witnessed by all who meet him but I wondered if this was the side McCandless wanted them to see. He has a solid moral code about him and it could be his parents' failure to live up to it that has turned him off. With all of these characteristics in mind, you can't help but to like him but you also wonder and worry about him. Penn's treatment of all this is passionate, ambitious and respectable. It's probably my favorite film he's directed thus far. He takes a lyrical, poetic approach that serves the film well from a visual standpoint. Throughout parts of the film we actually see words and phrases written across the screen, running along with Eddie Vedder's songs and Michael Brook's soundtrack. His weighty baritone provides earthy, folky tracks that temper the romance of absolute freedom with an eerie foreboding. At times, we also hear Carine's voice-over narration, presumably from her diary but Penn also injects some well-needed silence to the film. After all, when you're off on your own in the wild all that can be heard is what's around you.  Cinematographer Eric Gautier films outstanding shots of nature here but it's the performances though that really make this film fantastic. Starting with Hirsch's mature portrayal of the immature McCandless. Vaughn has a decent part as the shifty grain harvester who gives Chris a job. The always reliable Keener is great, playing a woman who is estranged from her own son about Chris' age. He runs into her and Rainey, these freewheelin' hippies, a couple times on his trek. They become replacement parents to him, in a way, and Jan has a conversation with Christopher late in the film that reminds him of the pain his real parents must be feeling after all these months of not knowing where he is. She almost gets him to confront his feelings, to maybe put himself in their shoes but he keeps his guard up and pretty soon he hits the road.             The most impacting character that McCandless encounters is an 84 year-old gentleman named Ron Franz, an old man Christopher meets in the California desert. Holbrook gives a buzz-worthy performance that supplies the film's needed emotional weight as it comes together as it heads into its final act. Ron was living on his own just fine until he came across McCandless with his backpack. Something in him must have immediately connected to this young man and when he tells Chris a lil of his history we see why. He gives plenty of sage advice, but he's more than just a typical Wise Old Man. Ron can see that someone this idealistic, naive, and unprepared as McCandless isn't going to make it in the harsh world without help, and he's visibly saddened by this knowledge, practically pleading with Christopher to forgive his parents and return to real life. Holbrook's work is a true definition of a great subtle supporting performance.   Sure I can appreciate what we're asked to believe were McCandless' motivations and hurts but his actions were ultimately selfish and irresponsible. The sad part of the film is really the lives that he touched. While he was a charming character and often a delight to be around he could also be a stubborn fool. He resisted the attempts of all those around him on his journey to love him, having determined that such concerns were irrelevant to him. He wasn't rude about it but right about the time that an opportunity would present itself for someone to really get to know him, he'd dodge them.  It's not until it's too late that he realizes what they were subtly teaching him all along: that communing with nature can bring tranquility and joy, but it's ultimately nothing if you don't have someone to share it with.   <br/>
</div>]]></description><pubDate>Sun, 19 Oct 2008 07:47:51 GMT</pubDate><spout:postby>dj4our</spout:postby><spout:postto>dj4our Blog</spout:postto><spout:postdate>10/19/2008 3:47:51 AM</spout:postdate><spout:body>INTO THE WILD (2007) ****     R (for language and some nudity) 2 hrs. 20 min.   written by: Sean Penn (from the novel by Jon Krakauer) produced by: Art Linson, Sean Penn &amp;amp; William Pohlad directed by: Sean Penn       I made my way out to the movie theater on a numbingly cold December night. The wind was whipping through me on this last Saturday of 2007. I wondered what it would be like to wander off on your own with your only focus being just you and the surrounding natural elements. Familiar people and places left behind, the open road ahead with all it's possibilities of sights and sounds. I  was alone (something I rarely do), on my way to see "Into the Wild" a movie based on the true story of a young man who did something similar with the last two years of life on earth.      Back in 1996, the cover to writer Jon Krakauer's book Into the Wild caught my attention in a bookstore. It had a cover image of an abandoned snow-swept bus on the top half and on the bottom half it read....   In April 1992 a young man from a well-to-do family hitchhiked to Alaska and walked alone into the wilderness north of Mt. McKinley. His name was Christopher Johnson McCandless. He had given $25, 000 in savings to charity and abandoned his car and most of his possessions, burned all the cash in his wallet, and invented a new life for himself. Four months later, his decomposed body was found by a moose hunter   ....After I read that, I knew I would someday have to read this book.     What happened to McCandless in-between his departure and his death is just as extraordinary and shocking as his decision to discard his family and friends. This is the rugged territory covered by screenwriter/director Sean Penn in his film which adapts and takes its  title from Krakauer's book. The film depicts McCandless (Emile Hirsch) as a restless searcher roaming from one fresh experience to another, be it working the land for a rascally farmer named Wayne (Vince Vaughn) in South Dakota, hitching a ride with a hippie couple Jan (Catherine Keener) and Rainey (Brian Dierker) in Oregon, or befriending a lonely old man named Ronald Franz (played  superbly by Hal Holbrook) in the Southern California desert.Along the way, McCandless (who renames himself Alexander Supertramp on his journey) made reckless and foolhardy decisions on his westward journey. He almost got himself arrested, injured and killed with no experience and it seems he's become for today's disaffected youth either a folk hero or a cautionary tale, depending on your point of view. Penn's take on McCandless sojourn is one of a tragic figure, and his film mixes the beautiful with the devastating. Nature witnessed in the film is powerful, communing with it can be rejuvenating; yet, to view it alone is indeed a terrible thing. When reading all this about McCandless, one obvious question continues to surface....Why? What compelled him to come to such a decision? How did all this come about?                Well, the film gives us a look as to what elements may have contributed to his decision to drop off the grid. We meet 22 year-old McCandless near Atlanta, Georgia, as he graduates from Emory University in 1990. His parents Walt (William Hurt) and Billie (Marcia Gay Harden) are wealthy east coast socialites who want to purchase him a new car as a present and an incentive to go to grad school. The real reason could be that they're embarrassed by the Datsun clunker he drives. McCandless is insulted and refuses their gift, he could care less about a new car. Throughout  the film there are scenes that portray his parents as superficial as they cluelessly raise McCandless and his sister Carine (Jenna Malone). In flashbacks, they're seen constantly bickering and abusive to one another yet always prepared with a facade in public. Whether or not his family was depicted accurately is unknown but it does show how this upbringing had a tremendous impact on McCandless' life. He wanted to be nothing like his parents and wanted nothing to do with them.   Having rejected his parents and their lifestyles, McCandless focused his love and attention on the words of Thoreau, Jack London, and other naturalists. This too possibly tainted McCandless. After all, these writers wrote romantic works of natural adventures and reflections but that doesn't mean they necessarily lived them out. Still Chris believed a life living off the earth without material possessions and personal ties could be possible and should be pursued. He wanted to leave society entirely....not just the material trappings of it, but all of it....and commune with the rivers and the forests.Penn's film cuts between two time-lines which is a smart approach since we see where he is and also how he arrived there. One follows him on his westward journey, kayaking down the Colorado River, meeting hippies and foreigners, working for a time flippin' burgers at a McDonald's as well as a wheat harvester in for Wayne, all with the goal of his "Great Alaskan Adventure". The other time-line is two years later and shows McCandless living in an old bus he's found in the Alaskan woods. He has a rifle to hunt his food, some rice, his beloved books and of course the big surrounding country he cherishes. He's reached his destination and faces the peaceful beauty along with the unpredictable wild.    But McCandless learns the hard way that there's more to inner peace than that. Crushingly and heartbreakingly at times we see him scrounge for food and shelter, often meeting disappointment but sometimes making friends. Hirsch's surrender to the role is impressive, both physically and emotionally. We see the anger McCandless feels toward his parents in his performance, which has led to a disillusionment with society in general....and yet he remains a optimistic, good and decent person himself, more disappointed than cynical. His charisma enthusiasm and drive are witnessed by all who meet him but I wondered if this was the side McCandless wanted them to see. He has a solid moral code about him and it could be his parents' failure to live up to it that has turned him off. With all of these characteristics in mind, you can't help but to like him but you also wonder and worry about him. Penn's treatment of all this is passionate, ambitious and respectable. It's probably my favorite film he's directed thus far. He takes a lyrical, poetic approach that serves the film well from a visual standpoint. Throughout parts of the film we actually see words and phrases written across the screen, running along with Eddie Vedder's songs and Michael Brook's soundtrack. His weighty baritone provides earthy, folky tracks that temper the romance of absolute freedom with an eerie foreboding. At times, we also hear Carine's voice-over narration, presumably from her diary but Penn also injects some well-needed silence to the film. After all, when you're off on your own in the wild all that can be heard is what's around you.  Cinematographer Eric Gautier films outstanding shots of nature here but it's the performances though that really make this film fantastic. Starting with Hirsch's mature portrayal of the immature McCandless. Vaughn has a decent part as the shifty grain harvester who gives Chris a job. The always reliable Keener is great, playing a woman who is estranged from her own son about Chris' age. He runs into her and Rainey, these freewheelin' hippies, a couple times on his trek. They become replacement parents to him, in a way, and Jan has a conversation with Christopher late in the film that reminds him of the pain his real parents must be feeling after all these months of not knowing where he is. She almost gets him to confront his feelings, to maybe put himself in their shoes but he keeps his guard up and pretty soon he hits the road.             The most impacting character that McCandless encounters is an 84 year-old gentleman named Ron Franz, an old man Christopher meets in the California desert. Holbrook gives a buzz-worthy performance that supplies the film's needed emotional weight as it comes together as it heads into its final act. Ron was living on his own just fine until he came across McCandless with his backpack. Something in him must have immediately connected to this young man and when he tells Chris a lil of his history we see why. He gives plenty of sage advice, but he's more than just a typical Wise Old Man. Ron can see that someone this idealistic, naive, and unprepared as McCandless isn't going to make it in the harsh world without help, and he's visibly saddened by this knowledge, practically pleading with Christopher to forgive his parents and return to real life. Holbrook's work is a true definition of a great subtle supporting performance.   Sure I can appreciate what we're asked to believe were McCandless' motivations and hurts but his actions were ultimately selfish and irresponsible. The sad part of the film is really the lives that he touched. While he was a charming character and often a delight to be around he could also be a stubborn fool. He resisted the attempts of all those around him on his journey to love him, having determined that such concerns were irrelevant to him. He wasn't rude about it but right about the time that an opportunity would present itself for someone to really get to know him, he'd dodge them.  It's not until it's too late that he realizes what they were subtly teaching him all along: that communing with nature can bring tranquility and joy, but it's ultimately nothing if you don't have someone to share it with.   </spout:body></item>
    <item>
      <title>Spout Post: Re:Pick a Pair</title>
      <link>http://www.spout.com/groups/Movie_Games/Re_Pick_a_Pair/598/32740/1/ShowPost.aspx</link><description><![CDATA[<div><img align='left' src='http://www.spout.com/ProductImages/s284294.jpg' hspace='10' style='height:80px;' />
<strong>Post By:</strong> <a href='http://www.spout.com/members/135589/default.aspx'>Diedo</a><br/>
<strong>Post To:</strong> <a href='http://www.spout.com/groups/Movie_Games/598/discussions.aspx'>Movie Games</a><br/>
<strong>Post Date:</strong> 7/18/2008 3:53:34 PM<br/>
<strong>Body:</strong> Or how about, Dances with Wolves (1990) and Farewell to the King (1989) where Kevin Costner and Nick Nolte are mesmerized by the local American-Indian/Borneo people, become one of them and finally are forced to face-off against the modern world encroaching upon these non-industrialized societies. A more obvious movie would be The Last Samurai (2003) as it was readily compared to Dances with Wolves when it came out. Or, The Gods Must Be Crazy (1981) and The Emerald Forest (1985) where native peoples of the Kalahari desert/Amazon rainforest come into contact with the encroaching industrialized world forcing one of them to confront it. They're very different in tone though, so the first one (The Gods...) could be paired with Crocodile Dundee (1986) as "guy who visits Western world and thinks everything is weird and hilarious", while the latter (Emerald Forest) could be seen with Greystoke: The Legend of Tarzan, Lord of the Apes (1984) as "Western world boy raised by indigenous people/apes is searched for by family". Or, Princess Mononoke (1997) and Silent Running (1971) where one of the main characters goes renegade in a last ditch effort to defend nature against the encroaching civilization of man. They make a nice pair as they contain similar themes through different genres. Love this idea of pairing up movies... and love the word 'encroach'... obviously. Just went to get something to eat and came up with this: Made in Britain (1981) and Into the Wild (2007) where main character resents authority and society, wants to free himself from it, but in the former case does this through confrontation and urban crime, while the latter does so through avoidance and seeking out nature. Both characters despise/dislike their records and documents by respectively shitting on them and burning them. Wildly different movies! You could also watch Made in Britain with American History X as "movie where main character is a neo-nazi skinhead who plays in the new Incredible Hulk movie that most people prefer over the 2003 version because it is completely formulaic and predictable". Or, First watch The Cook, the Thief, His Wife and Her Lover (1989) and then Delicatessen (1991) *POSSIBLE SPOILER* I really can't comment on the connection without giving out spoilers. There's also the well-known Twilight Zone episode How To Serve Man (1962), that'll go well with these two as a starter (pun intended). Make sure you have pork dinner before watching these movies. Or, City Slickers (1991) and Deliverance (1972) when buddies go out on a nature trip and nothing seems to go right. ;-)<br/>
</div>]]></description><pubDate>Fri, 18 Jul 2008 19:53:34 GMT</pubDate><spout:postby>Diedo</spout:postby><spout:postto>Movie Games</spout:postto><spout:postdate>7/18/2008 3:53:34 PM</spout:postdate><spout:body>Or how about, Dances with Wolves (1990) and Farewell to the King (1989) where Kevin Costner and Nick Nolte are mesmerized by the local American-Indian/Borneo people, become one of them and finally are forced to face-off against the modern world encroaching upon these non-industrialized societies. A more obvious movie would be The Last Samurai (2003) as it was readily compared to Dances with Wolves when it came out. Or, The Gods Must Be Crazy (1981) and The Emerald Forest (1985) where native peoples of the Kalahari desert/Amazon rainforest come into contact with the encroaching industrialized world forcing one of them to confront it. They're very different in tone though, so the first one (The Gods...) could be paired with Crocodile Dundee (1986) as "guy who visits Western world and thinks everything is weird and hilarious", while the latter (Emerald Forest) could be seen with Greystoke: The Legend of Tarzan, Lord of the Apes (1984) as "Western world boy raised by indigenous people/apes is searched for by family". Or, Princess Mononoke (1997) and Silent Running (1971) where one of the main characters goes renegade in a last ditch effort to defend nature against the encroaching civilization of man. They make a nice pair as they contain similar themes through different genres. Love this idea of pairing up movies... and love the word 'encroach'... obviously. Just went to get something to eat and came up with this: Made in Britain (1981) and Into the Wild (2007) where main character resents authority and society, wants to free himself from it, but in the former case does this through confrontation and urban crime, while the latter does so through avoidance and seeking out nature. Both characters despise/dislike their records and documents by respectively shitting on them and burning them. Wildly different movies! You could also watch Made in Britain with American History X as "movie where main character is a neo-nazi skinhead who plays in the new Incredible Hulk movie that most people prefer over the 2003 version because it is completely formulaic and predictable". Or, First watch The Cook, the Thief, His Wife and Her Lover (1989) and then Delicatessen (1991) *POSSIBLE SPOILER* I really can't comment on the connection without giving out spoilers. There's also the well-known Twilight Zone episode How To Serve Man (1962), that'll go well with these two as a starter (pun intended). Make sure you have pork dinner before watching these movies. Or, City Slickers (1991) and Deliverance (1972) when buddies go out on a nature trip and nothing seems to go right. ;-)</spout:body></item>
    <item>
      <title>Spout Post: Re:Take the red pill: Recast THE MATRIX (1999)</title>
      <link>http://www.spout.com/groups/Filmgaming/Re_Take_the_red_pill_Recast_THE_MATRIX_1999/563/32262/1/ShowPost.aspx</link><description><![CDATA[<div><img align='left' src='http://www.spout.com/ProductImages/s284294.jpg' hspace='10' style='height:80px;' />
<strong>Post By:</strong> <a href='http://www.spout.com/members/130209/default.aspx'>unclefestering</a><br/>
<strong>Post To:</strong> <a href='http://www.spout.com/groups/Filmgaming/563/discussions.aspx'>Filmgaming</a><br/>
<strong>Post Date:</strong> 7/7/2008 11:43:33 PM<br/>
<strong>Body:</strong> I went with people who I think could carry the roles well and have played lots of varied characters so that their performance would be different from the Matrix we know. Neo -- Orlando Bloom * His acting range is just as limited as Keanu Reeves, well he might be slightly stiffer. Morpheus -- Gabriel Byrne Nobody can project rightous anger and and a sense of forboding menace like Byrne. Trinity -- Franka Potente She does rugged and yet feminine. she can handle both the emotional needs and would be believable in the action sequences. Agent Smith -- Denzel Washington King Kong ain't got nuthin' on him. Oracle -- Eva Marie Saint Is there anybody else who can handle and deliver bad news like she can? Cypher -- Maggie Gyllenhaal Smart and sexy, Maggie can play seductive and greedy like few can. Tank - Tadanobu Asano He was great in the Zatoichi and can be tough when the situation calls for it. Apoc -- Jena Malone Let's give this role some depth. Jena can add that something special with just a look. Mouse -- Kal Penn Can anybody do a smary digital pimp like this guy? Switch -- Lisa Bonet Yes, she can act (at least enough for this role). Dozer -- Beat Takeshi This guy could take on any machine that could attack the ship single handedly. Agent Brown -- Loren Dean Agent Jones -- Jonathan Rhys Meyers Both these guys can be menacing, just standing still *Originally I posted this with Christian Bale, but then I thought that he has too much talent when compared to Reeves. Hope it OK that I changed it.<br/>
</div>]]></description><pubDate>Tue, 08 Jul 2008 03:43:33 GMT</pubDate><spout:postby>unclefestering</spout:postby><spout:postto>Filmgaming</spout:postto><spout:postdate>7/7/2008 11:43:33 PM</spout:postdate><spout:body>I went with people who I think could carry the roles well and have played lots of varied characters so that their performance would be different from the Matrix we know. Neo -- Orlando Bloom * His acting range is just as limited as Keanu Reeves, well he might be slightly stiffer. Morpheus -- Gabriel Byrne Nobody can project rightous anger and and a sense of forboding menace like Byrne. Trinity -- Franka Potente She does rugged and yet feminine. she can handle both the emotional needs and would be believable in the action sequences. Agent Smith -- Denzel Washington King Kong ain't got nuthin' on him. Oracle -- Eva Marie Saint Is there anybody else who can handle and deliver bad news like she can? Cypher -- Maggie Gyllenhaal Smart and sexy, Maggie can play seductive and greedy like few can. Tank - Tadanobu Asano He was great in the Zatoichi and can be tough when the situation calls for it. Apoc -- Jena Malone Let's give this role some depth. Jena can add that something special with just a look. Mouse -- Kal Penn Can anybody do a smary digital pimp like this guy? Switch -- Lisa Bonet Yes, she can act (at least enough for this role). Dozer -- Beat Takeshi This guy could take on any machine that could attack the ship single handedly. Agent Brown -- Loren Dean Agent Jones -- Jonathan Rhys Meyers Both these guys can be menacing, just standing still *Originally I posted this with Christian Bale, but then I thought that he has too much talent when compared to Reeves. Hope it OK that I changed it.</spout:body></item>
    <item>
      <title>Spout Post: "Into the Wild" Full Script</title>
      <link>http://www.spout.com/blogs/lopezdash/archive/2008/7/5/32153.aspx</link><description><![CDATA[<div><img align='left' src='http://www.spout.com/ProductImages/s284294.jpg' hspace='10' style='height:80px;' />
<strong>Post By:</strong> <a href='http://www.spout.com/members/89318/default.aspx'>lopezdash</a><br/>
<strong>Post To:</strong> <a href='http://www.spout.com/blogs/lopezdash/default.aspx'>The Movie Blog</a><br/>
<strong>Post Date:</strong> 7/5/2008 12:13:29 PM<br/>
<strong>Body:</strong> INTO THE WILD                             Written by                             Sean Penn                        Based on the book by                            Jon Krakauer1   EXT. THE STAMPEDE TRAIL - DAY                                    1    SUPER:    Tuesday, April 28th 1992    WIDE-SHOT: A vast, snow-blanketed wilderness that sits    beneath the icy summits of the highest mountain range in    North America. This is BIG Alaska.    A beat up 4x4 pick-up enters very small into the upper    left corner of frame on an unkept, snow-packed road, and    comes to a stop. A figure exits the passenger side and    moves around the front of the truck. We can just make    out the rifle sticking out of his backpack. We HEAR a    very distant "Thank You" as the figure walks away from    the road and away from the truck, seemingly into nowhere.                           DRIVER              Hey!    The figure with backpack and rifle, henceforth BACKPACK,    stopping in his tracks, turns around in the direction of    the truck.                           DRIVER (CONT'D)              Come here.    BACKPACK walks back to the truck.    As he approaches the    driver's door, we    CUT IN TO: TIGHT SHOT over the back-packed shoulder onto    the DRIVER.                           DRIVER (CONT'D)                     (referring to items we see                      sitting on dashboard)              You left your watch, your comb, your              change...    We STAY on the DRIVER as BACKPACK speaks:                           BACKPACK              Keep it.                           DRIVER              I don't want your money.    And I already              have a watch.                           BACKPACK              If you don't take it, I'm gonna throw it              away. I don't want to know what time it              is, what day it is, or where I am.                           (MORE)                                                                2.                          BACKPACK (CONT'D)             I don't want to see anybody. None of             that matters.The driver reaches behind the seat of the truck, pullsout an old pair of rubber work boots.                          DRIVER                    (handing him the boots)             Take em.There is a pause as Backpack considers accepting theboots.                          DRIVER (CONT'D)             If you make it out alive, give me a call,             and I'll tell you how to get the boots             back to me.We can feel over Backpack's shoulder that he has takenthe boots and is putting them on but we STAY on thedriver.                          BACKPACK             Hey, do me a favor, will ya?     Take a             picture of me.Backpack hands him an Instamatic camera and startswalking backwards. We PULL BACK with him. And hemaintains his back to us. When he stops, we CONTINUEuntil he is FULL-FRAME, head-to-toe from behind, posing.                                                          CUT TO:CU: driverCLICK.   He snaps the shot.Backpack re-enters frame in an OVER-SHOULDER.          Driverhands him the camera.                          DRIVER             You gonna be alright?                          BACKPACK             I'll be better than that.                    (I'll be who I am.)As Backpack exits the frame, we SLOWLY ZOOM past theconcerned face of the driver onto the loose change, thecomb, and the watch on the dash.                                                              3.    Throughout the ZOOM, the SOUND of FOOTSTEPS CRUNCHING THE    SNOW, FADE into the distance.                                                     BACK TO:    ORIGINAL WIDE-SHOT:    We see the small form of the truck and the smaller form    of the Backpacker walking away from the truck until the    Backpacker has exited the frame. The truck takes a BEAT,    turns around in the snow, and accelerates back into the    direction from which it came. As the truck exits frame,    we -                                                 DISSOLVE TO:2   EXT. COMMENCEMENT GROUNDS, EMORY UNIVERSITY, ATLANTA -         2    DAY    SUPER:    May 1990    The crowd of family and friends, and of course, students.    Assembled on fold-out chairs. The broad lawn.    INTERCUT: CHRIS MCCANDLESS. We don't see his face, just    feet pounding the pavement at an increasing pace.    One by one the names of graduates announced. Their    bright young faces, capped heads, and gowns, glide up to    the podium to accept their diplomas.    INTERCUT: Chris, on his run, sweatshirt hood over head.    Amongst assembled crowd and family we find: THE    MCCANDLESS': BILLIE, mid to late forties with dark    striking eyes; WALT, a taciturn man, early fifties; and    CARINE, eighteen, pretty with her mother's eyes and waist    length brown hair, a gold crucifix dangles from her neck.    They look around, looking for Chris, he's nowhere in    sight.    INTERCUT: Chris, in a shower (PHOTO-SONICS) He TURNS INTO    CAMERA, the water streaming down his face.    From the announcement podium comes the name of their son    and brother, CHRISTOPHER JOHNSON MCCANDLESS. The    McCandless family increasingly panicked over Chris'    absence, when almost magically, he appears in full cap    and gown.                                                       4.Disregarding the steps that lead up to the podiumplatform, the small-framed but athletic CHRIS MCCANDLESSleaps jubilantly onto the stage in a single bound,frightening Billie, a little wince from Walt, and Carine"That's our Chris." And just as quickly as Chris hasbeen handed his diploma, he civilly descends the platformsteps.                                                TIME CUT:SLO-MO: A ballet of graduation caps float upward into aframe of blue sky. We HEAR Chris' voice OVER this imageas we intermittently cut away from the caps against thesky to focus on his parents.(HIGH ANGLE: floating caps in FOREGROUND, Walt and Billiedelight upon the caps.) An outer glee in sharp contrastto voice over:                       CHRIS (V.O.)          I see them standing at the formal gates          of their colleges,          I see my father strolling out          under the ochre sandstone arch, the          red tiles glinting like bent          plates of blood behind his head,          I see my mother with a few light books at          her hip          standing at the pillar made of tiny          bricks with the          wrought-iron gate still open behind her,          its          sword-tips black in the May air,          they are about to graduate, they are          about to get married,          they are kids, they are dumb, all they          know is they are          innocent, they would never hurt anybody.          I want to go up to them and say Stop,          don't do it--she's the wrong woman,          he's the wrong man, you are going to do          things          you cannot imagine you would ever do,          you are going to do bad things to          children,          you are going to suffer in ways you never          heard of,          you are going to want to die. I want to          go          up to them there in the late May sunlight          and say it,          her hungry pretty blank face turning to          me,                       (MORE)                                                             5.                           CHRIS (V.O.) (CONT'D)              her pitiful beautiful untouched body,              his arrogant handsome blind face turning              to me,              his pitiful beautiful untouched body,              but I don't do it. I want to live. I              take them up like the male and female              paper dolls and bang them together              at the hips like chips of flint as if to              strike sparks from them, I say...    The last graduation cap falls out of the `blue sky'    frame, and into...                                                         CUT TO:3   INT. ATLANTA RESTAURANT - LATER                                3    (Graduation ceremony wardrobe)    Walt and Billie sit at a table. A Cadillac can be seen    through the window (ATLANTA LANDMARK), parked beside the    restaurant.                           BILLIE              Here they are.    Walt looks out the window and sees Chris drive up in his    old yellow Datsun with Carine in the passenger seat    beside him, and pulls up to the space beside the    Cadillac.4   INT. DATSUN                                                    4    Chris is holding a book from which he reads aloud the    LAST LINE OF THE POEM...                           CHRIS              I say...Do what you are going to do,              and I will tell about it.                           CARINE              Who wrote that?                           CHRIS              Well, it could've been either one of us,              couldn't it?    He hands a book of Sharon Olds' poetry to her.                           CHRIS (CONT'D)              There's a lot of great poems in there.                                                            6.                           CARINE              Thanks, big brother.    They exit the car and frame.5   INT. ATLANTA RESTAURANT - SAME                                5    Chris and Carine join Walt and Billie at the table.    Billie gets up and gives Chris a big hug.                           BILLIE              You scared the daylights out of me,              jumping on to that stage, oh my god.    Chris gives Carine a look.   Walt extends his hand to    Chris.                           WALT              Congratulations, son.    They all sit and pick up menus.                           CHRIS              I'm starving.                                                      TIME CUT:6   INT. ATLANTA RESTAURANT - LATER                               6    The foods on the table.   Chris is devouring a steak.                           CHRIS              My grades are gonna be good enough, I              think, to get into Harvard Law.                           WALT              That's a big deal. What do you have left              in your college fund?                           CHRIS              It's an inheritance, dad. I've only been              spending it as a college fund...Exactly              twenty-four thousand five hundred dollars              and sixty-eight cents.                           BILLIE              That's very specific.                           CHRIS              I had to go to the bank this morning.                                                   7.                       WALT          Well, we'll certainly contribute the          balance for Harvard.                       CHRIS          Yeah. I've got to figure out what I'm          going to do. I got a lot of things to          pack and organize here first.                       BILLIE          I'm so glad you're getting out of that          place you're living. It was so much          nicer when you lived on campus.                       WALT          You'll come to Annandale before you          disappear on us, won't you?                       CHRIS                 (reluctantly)          Sure, I will.Carine's not so sure.                         BILLIE          You promise?                       CHRIS                 (whining)          Mom.                       BILLIE          Well, your father and I want to make a          present to you.                       WALT          We want to get you out of that junker.                       CHRIS          What's a junker?Walt points outside to the Datsun.                         CHRIS (CONT'D)          The Datsun?                        WALT          Yes.   We want to get you a new car.                       CHRIS                 (appalled)          A new car? Why the hell would I want a          new car? The Datsun runs great.                       (MORE)                                                             8.                           CHRIS (CONT'D)                     (Mocking the Cadillac)              Do you think I want some fancy boat? Or              are you worried about what the neighbors              might think?                           BILLIE              We weren't going to get you a Cadillac,              Chris. Just a nice new car that's safe              to drive. You don't know when that              thing's just going to suddenly blow up.                           CHRIS              Blow up? Blow up?! Are you guys crazy?              It's a great car. I don't need a new              car. I don't want a new car. I don't              want anything. Thing, thing, thing.    Under the table, Carine jabs Chris' leg.    Chris returning    to polite -                           CHRIS (CONT'D)              But, thanks anyway.                           WALT              Everything's gotta be difficult.                           CHRIS              I said thank you. I just don't want              anything.    The group returns to some superficial calm.                           CARINE              I wouldn't say no to a new car.                           CHRIS                     (mumbling a rib)              Ivana Trump McCandless.                           CARINE                     (laughing it off)              Shut up, Chris.                     (to her parents, seriously)              Seriously, I'll pay you back.                                                         CUT TO:7   INT. OFF-CAMPUS ROOMING HOUSE, SECOND-FLOOR, ATLANTA -         7    DAY    OVER Chris' shoulder, he frisbees his graduation cap from    the upstairs window to his parents parting Cadillac on    the street.                                                             9.    As they wave goodbye, Carine catches the cap from the    backseat window. And with a parting smile to her    brother, she poses with it on her own head. Chris smiles    and waves goodbye.    As the Cadillac drifts away, his smile disappears into    something other than sadness.                                                    TIME CUT:8   INT. OFF-CAMPUS ROOMING HOUSE - NIGHT                         8    In a warm ambient light, we SEE a black and white poster    on a barren wall: Poncho-clad Clint Eastwood from "The    Good, The Bad, And The Ugly."    We TILT DOWN a stack of books sitting on the floor -    Tolstoy, Stegner, Thoreau, Jack London, and Pasternak.    Beside them, a camper's backpack.    Chris sits in introspection at his desk by candlelight.    The room is spare, supporting his monkish lifestyle. But    on the desk before him, he counts out $500.68 from a bank    envelope. He pockets those bills and change, then removes    a check for $24,000 made out to OXFAM America from the    same bank envelope. He scribbles a note: These are all    my savings. Feed someone with it. Signed, Chris    McCandless. He then slides the note and the check into a    pre-addressed Oxford Famine Relief Fund (in Boston)    envelope.    He pulls his wallet from his back pocket. Pulls all the    cards and pictures from its sleeves. Considering each,    he flicks them into a trash bin, one by one. Finally    coming to his social security card, he holds it to the    candles flame. As the flame burns bright we -                                                 DISSOLVE TO:9   EXT. ATLANTA HIGHWAY - SUNRISE'                               9    MUSIC (Gordon Peterson's BIG HARD SUN or as radio source    Tom Petty's FREE FALLING) rises and PRESENTATION TITLES    OVER:    A 1982 DATSUN B210 emerges from the rising sun as the car    heads west out of Atlanta. (HIGHWAY 20 TO 78 TO 40)    PRESENTATION TITLES and MUSIC carry OVER:                                                      9A.MONTAGE: We travel with Chris and his Datsun through thetowns and open highways, landscapes and landmarks, daysand nights, that lead to the Mojave desert in the West.                                                              10.     (In contrast to his introspection of the previous night,     Chris is buoyant throughout this sequence.)10   EXT. DESERT, SOMEWHERE BETWEEN KINGMAN, ARIZONA AND LAS     10     VEGAS, NEVADA - SUNSET     (CRANE SHOT) We see Chris stop the Datsun in the middle     of the desert road. We (CRANE?) DOWN to a close-up     through the windshield. Chris looks left. Then, right.     Into the rearview mirror, and suddenly turns the wheel,     veering the Datsun off the paved highway into the vast     desert.     As we CRANE back UP, the Datsun moves into the horizon.     END PRESENTATION TITLES. FADE MUSIC11   EXT. DETRITAL WASH - TWILIGHT                               11     ANGLE: WEST-FACING     The Datsun sits in the magical pastel twilight just     before darkness slides over the desert. It is positioned     at the foot of a wash wall that edges the soup bowl.     ANGLE: EAST-FACING     The Datsun, a yellow speck in the frame. Coyotes yap at     the moon. Other than that, no sound on the desert floor.     In the distance, voluptuous cumulonimbus clouds boil     upward catching the last rosy glow of the west-setting     sun over the rim of the upper Detrital watershed.     We see strobe bursts of lightning followed by muffled     thunder illuminating the thunder clouds from within.     Short SERIES OF ANGLES as we MOVE IN on the distant     gullies and ravines, starting to run with copious amounts     of water.12   INT. DATSUN - NIGHT                                         12     Chris McCandless, in the same clothes he had been in back     in the rooming house, sleeps in the back seat of the     Datsun. His head supported by his backpack. We begin to     HEAR a rumble. But this rumble is not thunder. It     rapidly builds into an alarming ROAR. The roar grows to     a deafening level. Chris awakens.                                                            11.     As he peeks up from the backseat looking forward through     the windshield, he just barely catches sight of the     leading edge of a flash flood. A four-foot high wall of     water, mud and debris makes impact with the Datsun,     momentarily enveloping it in water. Suddenly the car is     SLAMMED against the cliff. CRACK! Chris sits upright,     disoriented.     POV: As far as the eye can see in the desert moonlight,     water has taken over the desert with a flash flood.     However, there's no panic in Chris' face as we observe     him past a new crack in the wet windshield. The water,     while violent seems to have topped off just above the     wheels. Chris gets a slight smile on his face, as the     car settles into its new position below the cliff. He     returns to sleep.                                                       CUT TO:13   EXT. DESERT - DAY                                          13     What remains of Chris' travelling money burns in a pile     beside the Datsun on the sun-lit but muddy desert floor.     We follow a very long set of footprints (CAMERA     TRACKING/TRUE VERTICAL) away from the burning cash     through the mud, finally tilting up to the footprint     maker, Chris. Slogging toward high ground.     WIDE-SHOT: We see the abandoned Datsun nearly a mile     behind Chris as he walks toward us wearing his backpack.     He comes very close to camera (only a day or two's     stubble on his face) and as we PAN him 180, we see as     much wilderness before us as we did behind.     REPRISE MUSIC OVER MAIN TITLE:                     (INTO THE WILD)     Chris walks into the distance.     COMPLETE AND END MAIN TITLES.                                                       CUT TO:14   INT. COLLEGE BUILDING                                      14     SHAKY HAND-HELD HOME VIDEO IMAGE (4 YEARS EARLIER):                                                       12.Chris McCandless speaking to camera holds a microphone ina shadowy room, doing his Geraldo Rivera. It's tongue-in-cheek at best.                       CHRIS          This is Emory University freshman Chris          McCandless reporting from the vault at          Thompson Hall.He indicates a hatchway in the floor leading to abrightly lit corridor below.                       CHRIS (CONT'D)          We have just dynamited the hatchway and          are the first human beings to step foot          into this vault in over a hundred years.          Somewhere in here lies the secret of the          great beast within us all. A beast built          on lies, corruption, and greed.We HEAR a GROWLING SOUND from behind Chris.                       CHRIS (CONT'D)          And there it is! The legendary beast          Mocra.CAMERA quickly PANS to a blanket-wrapped, crawling FELLOWSTUDENT in a grotesque Halloween mask.We MOVE INTO CU on the monster growling.QUICK PAN back to Chris.                       CHRIS (CONT'D)                 (in mock fright)          We've got to get out of here quick and re-          secure the hatch while we make a plan of          how to kill the beast.CAMERA SHAKES all over like a bad horror film trying tostay with Chris as he makes a quick escape down thehatchway into the University dorm corridor.CLUMSY VIDEO TIME CUT: Chris nailing the last nail inthe hatchway from below. He climbs down the steps wherehe exchanges his hammer for his microphone from an off-camera source.                       CHRIS (CONT'D)          Well, it looks like we've succeeded -We HEAR the monster's GROWL from above.                                                              13.                            CHRIS (CONT'D)               - at least for the moment, in sealing the               beast back into the vault. Your humble               reporter, Chris McCandless will now               struggle with the journalistic question               of ethics: Will he retain his reporter's               objectiveness or save the future of human               truth by slaying this awful beast?     He gives us a look of vaudevillian puzzlement - what will     he do?     CONTINUE VIDEO:     We pick up with Chris in a corridor outside a door with a     cheap paper-and-tape label announcing the adjacent room     as the office of Ted Turner.                            CHRIS (CONT'D)               Once again, your humble reporter Chris               McCandless.     We HEAR OS students commenting on Chris and his video     crew:                            OS STUDENT               What is this? Filmmaking 101?                            OS STUDENT #2               Point the camera at me. I'm a star.     Chris speaking straight to camera, still tongue-in-cheek:                            CHRIS                      (with a Wizard of Oz tone)               Pay no attention to the voices behind the               curtain.15   INT. WOULD-BE TED TURNER OFFICE                             15     A FELLOW STUDENT PLAYING TED TURNER with obvious fake     mustache is locked into an episode of Matlock on his     television set as our bold reporter, Chris, barges in.                            CHRIS               Ted! We've got a monster in the vault.               It represents all the corruption, the               deceit, and greed within us all. I must               slay it.                                                       14.                        TED TURNER/STUDENT                 (worst acting we've ever                  seen)          McCandless, how many times have I had to          tell you? I've had to tell you that you          are a journalist and you can't get          personally involved in your cases...or          your stories.                       CHRIS          Ted! I know how to kill it. And I'm the          only one who knows. You can't keep          sending me on stories and expecting me to          do nothing! I look like some kind of an          idiot.                       TED TURNER/STUDENT          Do you know who you're talking to?   I'm          Ted Turner.Behind Chris in the corridor outside Ted's office, aPANICKED STUDENT arrives at the door.                       PANICKED STUDENT          McCandless! You've got to hurry! The          monster is scratching at the hatchway.          He'll be out in no time.                       TED TURNER/STUDENT                 (threatening)          It'll mean your job, Chris McCandless.                       CHRIS                 (to Ted)          That's it, Ted. Fire me if you want but          this beast must be slayed.Microphone in hand, Chris makes haste. The CAMERA RUNSWITH HIM out the door, through the corridor, up a set ofsteps to the hatchway. As he arrives, the monsterappears above him in the hatchway crawl space havingpulled off the board Chris had nailed.                       CHRIS (CONT'D)                 (into camera)          This is the only thing that can kill the          monster. It's gonna be risky but without          great risk, there is no freedom. So we          will now hear from the famous singer -          Chris McCandless.                                                      15.A piano is PUSHED INTO FRAME beside Chris. A YOUNG BLACKSTUDENT pulls a stool in front of the piano and begins toplay. Chris begins to serenade the monster,intermittently sharing the serenade directly into cameraas well. He bursts into an uninhibited solo of Tender IsThe Night.CAMERA TILTS UP to the monster looking out the hatchway,slowly dying from the song being sung.As the song continues to be sung and the monstercontinues to die, the AUDIO RECEDES and VIDEO IMAGES GOTO SLO MO.                       CARINE (V.O.)          When we were little, Chris was very to          himself. He wasn't anti-social, he          always had friends, and everybody liked          him - but he could go off and entertain          himself for hours, he didn't seem to need          toys or friends. He could be alone          without being lonely. The secrets our          parents kept, though unknown to Chris and          I, led to bouts of rage and even violence          between them that we had been forced to          witness since we were very young. It          seemed like they never fought without us.          I remember the first family meeting to          let Chris and me in on their plans for          getting a divorce. They wanted us to          choose which of them we'd live with. I          cried my eyes out. But the divorce never          happened, though the threats and meetings          never stopped. It wasn't long before          Chris and I shut off -- we would tell mom          and dad to go ahead and get the divorce.          Chris and I just wanted to get away from          their fights and mom kept promising to          get out and take us with her as soon as          their company made enough money. Dad had          been the young genius [that] NASA          enlisted to do [crucial] designs for the          American satellite radar systems that          would be our answer to the Russian          Sputnik. And mom and he later started up          a consulting firm combining her get-up-          and-go resourcefulness with his wealth of          knowledge. By the time the company          actually made its first million, the          careerism and money seemed to erase her          memory of the promise she'd made us.                       (MORE)                                                              16.                            CARINE (V.O.) (CONT'D)               I think this is when Chris began to see               "careers" as a diseased invention of the               twentieth century and to resent money and               the useless priority people made of it in               their lives. He'd begun planning to               "slay the beast"...to make himself free.     VIDEO IMAGE:     The beast dies.                                                     FADE OUT.                                       CHAPTER 1: BIRTH - FADE                                                           IN:16   INT. TENT (IN THE SCRUB BRUSH BESIDE LAKE MEAD) - DAY      16     We see a pile of berries sitting atop a handkerchief.     Beside them, a survivalist's guide to edible growth.     POV: THE TOP OF THE TENT - SOFT FOCUS     The glare of the sun penetrating the canvas. A fly     buzzes and lands, hanging upside down. The image is     blurry.     ECU: CHRIS' EYES     Delirious in the heat, we WIDEN OUT to see that he's     filthy (2 weeks of growth on his face and naked.) He     makes his way out of the tent, peers at the relentless     sun and scurries to his backpack where he removes a     canteen, barely a sip of water left in it. He downs it.                                                     TIME CUT:17   EXT. LAKE MEAD DAY                                         17     The following short vignettes are silent and focused     exclusively on Chris:     1. Recreational BOATERS on Lake Mead. GIRLS in bikinis.     BOYS on boats eating Kentucky Fried Chicken.                                                       CUT TO:     2. At lake-side, an unusual sight - the NEW Chris     McCandless, a sun and dirt-beaten bum with a backpack.                                                       CUT TO:                                                             17.     3. A family ski-boat has taken Chris on. They give him     water, dropping him at the north end of the lake at     TEMPLE BAR MARINA. (Director's Note: HIGH ANGLE, TIGHT,     sees Chris and the glimmering water treadmilling below)                                                          CUT TO:     4. Chris washes himself in the lake by the marina.                                                          CUT TO:18   ESTABLISHING SHOT: CAFE, TEMPLE BAR MARINA                  18                                                          CUT TO:19   INT. MARINA CAFE, UNISEX RESTROOM                           19     Chris brushes his teeth.                            CHRIS (V.O.)               I need a name.     He takes a swallow of water. Rinses his mouth. Spits it     out. Then checks his bearded face in the mirror. He     likes what he sees.     As he wipes the corners of his mouth with a tissue and     throws it into the bin below the sink, he notices a     discarded tube of lipstick. He picks it up. It's down     to its end. Yet with what lipstick remains, he writes on     the mirror:     ALEXANDER SUPERTRAMP WAS HERE   JULY 1990                                                          CUT TO:20   EXT. MARINA CAFE (BLDG REAR) - SUNDOWN                      20     Chris is behind the cafe beside a pair of dumpsters. He     removes the Datsun's license plates from his backpack and     discards them deeply into the garbage.                                                          CUT TO:                                                          17A.21   EXT. MARINA CAFE (BLDG FRONT) - SUNDOWN                   21     Chris appears from behind the cafe lugging his backpack     up the rise from the cafe to the highway and starts     thumbing for a ride.                                                       CUT TO:                                                               18.22    INT. MCCANDLESS HOME, ANNANDALE                            22      VARIOUS shots to accompany V.O.                             CARINE (V.O.)                Toward the end of June, Chris had mailed                our parents his final grade report.      Walt and Billie open the envelope.                             CARINE (V.O.) (CONT'D)                Almost all A's. "A" in Apartheid in                South African Society and History of                Anthropological Thought; A- in                Contemporary African Politics and the                Food Crisis in Africa; and on it went.                Clever boy, my brother.      We observe Carine in a delicate afternoon light. She is      sitting up on her bed with an unread book, looking out      the window toward us.                             CARINE (V.O.) (CONT'D)                But by the end of July we hadn't heard                anything from him and my parents were                getting very worried.      Carine's POV:   Walt with his arm around Billie in the      yard.                             CARINE (V.O.) (CONT'D)                Chris had never had a phone, so they                decided to drive down to Atlanta and                surprise him.                                                           CUT TO:22A   EXT. ROAD TO TAHOE                                        22A      Chris, backpack on, walking away from camera.                                                           CUT TO:23    EXT. HIGHWAY - ATLANTA - DAY (END JULY 1990)               23      We see Walt and Billie's car pass under an Atlanta      mileage sign.                                                             19.                            CARINE (V.O.)               When they arrived at the apartment, there               was a "For Rent" sign in his window, and               the manager told my parents that Chris               had moved out at the end of June.24   EXT. OFF-CAMPUS ROOMING HOUSE, ATLANTA - DAY                24     We observe Walt and Billie chatting with Chris' apartment     manager.                            CARINE (V.O.)               When they got home, I had to hand them               all the letters they had sent Chris that               summer which had been returned in a               bundle.25   INT. MCCANDLESS HOME, ANNANDALE                             25     The bundle of letters are splayed out on the kitchen     table - "Return to Sender" stamps visible.                            CARINE (V.O.)               Chris had instructed the post office to               hold them until August 1st so that mom               and dad wouldn't know that anything was               up. Some part of me understood what he               had done. That he had spent the previous               four years fulfilling an absurd and               onerous duty in graduating from college.     We return to the image of Carine sitting on her bed as     she plops on Chris' old graduation cap. We slowly ZOOM IN     on her throughout the remaining V.O.                            CARINE (V.O.) (CONT'D)               And now, at last he was unincumbered.               Emancipated from the stifling world of               parents and peers. Abstraction,               security, and material excess. Those               things that cut Chris off from the raw               truth of his existence. I only hoped he               was safe...and I missed him.                                                          CUT TO:26   EXT. SIERRA NEVADA MOUNTAINS (LAKE TAHOE AREA) - DAY        26                                                            20.     HELICOPTER SHOT: (MUSIC OVER: PHILIP GLASS) WE FIND     CHRIS MAKING HIS STRIDES THROUGH PINES AND PEAKS, IN AWE     OF THE SCALE AND POWER OF THIS LANDSCAPE.     TRACKING SHOT (GROUND LEVEL): CLOSE ON Chris, surrounded     by a summit grove embraced in its nature.     ANGLE: A DEER drinking from a creek, pops its head up     between trees and scrub, watching the alien human pass.     An EAGLE soars above (perhaps it was this POV represented     in our helicopter shot)     WATER babbling in a mountain creek.     VARIOUS WILDLIFE SHOTS     ANGLE: Chris -   In his eyes we see the landscape inject     itself.                                                        CUT TO:27   EXT. CAMPSITE, PACIFIC CREST TRAIL - SUNSET                 27     SEQUENCE: Chris makes camp beside a stream pulling a sack     of rice from his backpack and cooking it.28   EXT. CAMPSITE, PACIFIC CREST TRAIL - NIGHT                  28     Wrapped in his own "The Good, The Bad, And The Ugly"     poncho, Chris eats rice while crouched beside a campfire     reading from Jack London's White Fang.                                                        CUT TO:29   EXT. PACIFIC CREST TRAIL - FURTHER NORTH - DAY              29     Chris is on the move north through the gorgeous landscape     of the Sierras, humming as he walks, when he comes upon a     sign on the trail: PERMIT CAMPING IN DESIGNATED     CAMPGROUNDS ONLY.     Chris bows to the sign as one would to speak to a small     child.                            CHRIS                      (singing)               Sign, sign. Everywhere a sign. Fuckin'               up the scenery, breakin' my mind.                            (MORE)                                                               21.                             CHRIS (CONT'D)                 Do this. Don't do that. Can't you read                 the sign?     And then, very impulsively, he karate kicks the sign off     its post into a log collapsing into ---                                                          CUT TO:30   OMITTED                                                     3031   EXT. CAMPSITE II, PACIFIC CREST TRAIL - NIGHT               31     A burning log collapses in Chris' campfire, reduced to     glowing embers.32   INT. TENT                                                   32     Chris is awakened by the SOUND of TWIGS SNAPPING in a     nearby thicket. He quickly grabs a knife from his     backpack, unzips six inches of the tent door open. We     see his eyes peering out. The CRACKLING moves closer.     His grip on the knife tightens.     Suddenly a hot white light hits his face.   And a VOICE     comes from behind the light.                              FOREST RANGER                 U.S. Forestry. Could you step out of the                 tent please?     Now we see the FOREST RANGER appear from the thicket.     Chris exits the tent, catching himself holding the knife.                             CHRIS                       (as he drops the knife to the                        ground)                 Sorry. I thought you were a bear.                              FOREST RANGER                        (approaching)                 I don't blame you. You're less than a                 hundred yards from the nearest den.                 That's why I came over here to talk to                 you. Do you have some identification?                                                         22.                       CHRIS          No. I'm sorry. My name's Alex. I've          been travelling a lot and I got robbed          and my identification was taken.                       FOREST RANGER          You mind if I take a look in your tent?                        CHRIS          Go ahead.The Forest Ranger bends over. Pops his flashlightthrough the tent door and peers around a bit before re-addressing Chris.                       FOREST RANGER          You're not the character who knocked down          our sign, are ya?                      CHRIS                (giggles)          No.                       FOREST RANGER          Because there was a sign indicating that          camping was allowed by permit only.                       CHRIS          Well, I don't have a permit.                       FOREST RANGER          No, I'm sure you don't. Listen, it looks          like you've got your food secured pretty          good, so I'm not gonna make you move on          tonight. But, these bears out here are          nursing young and you know how that goes.          Next time, stop at the Rangers station          and get yourself a permit.                       CHRIS          Alright. I appreciate it. I'm gonna be          headed towards the coast tomorrow.                        FOREST RANGER          Be careful.They shake hands and the Forest Ranger disappears intothe thicket.                                                     CUT TO:                                                               23.33    EXT. THE NORTHERN CREST - DAY                              33      Chris descends the mountains where they meet the      Redwoods. Every perilous step creates a mini landslide      down the hill; dirt and gravel.      Chris stops briefly to observe an over-flying commercial      airliner.                             CHRIS                       (mocking imaginary                        conversation among                        passengers)                Is that a man mommy?                That's no mere man, sweetheart. That's                Alexander SuperTramp! King of the wild                frontier!      Chris briefly waves to the airplane above and continues      his descent.                                                         CUT TO:34    OMITTED                                                    3435    EXT. HIGHWAY NEAR WILLOW CREEK (AUGUST 10, 1990)           35      A car slows to a stop.36    INT./EXT. CAR-HIGHWAY                                      36                             DRIVER                This is where I turn off.                               CHRIS                Alright man.    Thanks a lot.      Chris is dropped off. The driver veers off the highway      and into the distance. Chris is left behind to hitch      another ride.36A   EXT. HIGHWAY                                              36A      CAMERA is across the road from Chris as one by one cars      pass him by. He turns to move north by foot and we track      with him, his back to oncoming traffic, he continues to      hitchhike with an extended thumb. Something catches his      eye in the treeline beside the road.                                                         24.REVERSE: Chris, moving to the mysterious object. As helifts it, we see that it is a goofy looking straw hat.He dusts it off, and snugs it onto his head, when apolice car comes into frame and stops beside Chris.With a quick blast of the siren, Chris turns to regardthe police car. The POLICEMAN gets out of the car andmoves to Chris.                       POLICEMAN          How're you doin' this evening?                       CHRIS                 (reluctantly)          I'm alright. What's the matter?                       POLICEMAN          You wanna put your backpack down on the          hood of my car.Chris does not oblige.                         CHRIS          Why?                       POLICEMAN          Because I asked you to, sir.                       CHRIS          But I haven't done anything wrong.   These          are my personal items.                       POLICEMAN          Do you know that it's unlawful to          hitchhike on this stretch of highway.                       CHRIS          You're kidding.                       POLICEMAN          Do you see a safe area for a vehicle to          stop? We got a tree-lined highway          without a substantial shoulder here. And          we've had a lot of accidents on this road          from people stopping in the traffic lane          for hitchhikers.                       CHRIS          Alright, but...I mean, you stopped your          car. You're in the traffic lane. And          you can see, there's hardly any cars out          here. Plus, it's a straight road; you          can see for a long ways.                       (MORE)                                                            25.                            CHRIS (CONT'D)                      (in disbelief)               There's really been accidents along here?                            POLICEMAN               May I see some identification?     Now Chris is worried.                            CHRIS               I don't have any.                            POLICEMAN               You don't have any identification?     Chris shakes his head "No."                            POLICEMAN (CONT'D)                      (pulling out a ticket)               Well, I'm gonna site you for unlawful               hitchhiking. You don't have to appear.               You can send a check directly to the               Humboldt County Clerks Office for               restitution. If you don't pay it within               30 days, you're subject to fine and               warrant. I'm gonna trust that you're               gonna give me accurate information.               What's your name?     Chris can't bring himself to lie.                            CHRIS                      (a beat)               McCandless. Christopher Johnson               McCandless.                                                         CUT TO:37   INT. MCCANDLESS HOME, ANNANDALE (MID-AUGUST 1990)          37     Walt, Billie, and Carine sit around the kitchen table in     August. A copy of Chris' ticket has been sent to the     Annandale address and sits before them. Billie and     Carine sit silently. Walt's on the phone.                            CARINE (V.O.)               If Chris were trying to disappear, it               would have been a pretty uncharacteristic               lapse for him to give the police his real               place of residence. Though my parents               had already contacted the Annandale               police with their initial concerns, this               ticket arriving from California made them               frantic.                            (MORE)                                                              26.                            CARINE (V.O.) (CONT'D)               My father called one of his old               government friends who put him in touch               with a private investigator, someone               who'd done work with the DIA and the CIA.               Using the Willow Creek ticket as a               starting point, the investigator began               chasing down leads. Most of them led far               afield -- to Europe and South Africa.               Ultimately turning up nothing. What my               dad couldn't believe was that he'd given               up his car. He seemed to love that               Datsun so much. It sounded just like               Chris to me, though. He was very much of               the school that you should own nothing               except what you could carry on your back               at a dead run.38   EXT. NORTHERN CALIFORNIA HIGHWAY, NEAR ORICK, 60 MILES     38     SOUTH OF THE OREGON LINE - DAY (MID-AUGUST 1990)     With his backpack lunging and a free hand holding his     goofy new hat onto his head, we find Chris at a "dead     run" to catch a ride that had overshot him. (Director's     note: Don't leave this image too soon.) An old van idles     waiting for him. As he gets to the passenger side, the     woman passenger gets out. This is JAN BURRES, early     40's, looks to be still on the long road home from     Woodstock. A little heavyset, dark wavy hair with a lot     of premature grey in it.     Jan moving to the side door.                            JAN               Hi. We just barely saw you there, under               that crazy hat of yours. We couldn't               back up - the van's reverse is broken.                             CHRIS                       (as Jan fiddles with side                        door handle)               Oh.   That's okay. Thanks for stopping.                            JAN               This door's a little tricky, I'll get it.     And with a little pulling, it opens. Indicating the pony-     tailed and bearded driver (RAINEY), early 50's,     definitely Woodstock...                            JAN (CONT'D)               Hop in, that's Rainey.                                                              27.                            RAINEY               Hey, I'm Rainey.                              JAN               And I'm Jan.                              CHRIS               Hey, Rainey.    Hi Jan.    I'm Alex.                            RAINEY               Alex of the hat.                             CHRIS                       (closing the side door)               Yeah.     Jan jumps back in passenger seat and the van rolls on.39   INT. RAINEY &amp; JAN VAN                                      39     3-SHOT - CHRIS BETWEEN THEM IN THE BACKSEAT.                            RAINEY               Were you out there a long time hitching?                            CHRIS               Couple of days. But sometimes I forget to               put my thumb out.                            JAN               Probably, the rest of the time, that hat               scares `em away.     Chris checks himself in the rearview mirror and gets a     kick out of what he sees (That hat's staying on.) Jan is     looking at the rearview mirror too, observing Chris with     mild concern.                            JAN (CONT'D)               When's the last time you ate something?     Chris pulls out a bag of berries and edible plants he's     collected.                            CHRIS                      (excited)               See that? I've got this book and it               shows you all the plants and berries that               are edible. You can find things wherever               you go.     Jan steals a glance to Rainey.      He's hip.                                                           28.                            RAINEY               We were just in town getting some beads               and stuff. Jan does handicrafts, so               we're usually going from one swap meet to               another. She's so good at what she does,               we sold everything. So, we set up camp               at Orick Beach. You're welcome to camp               there with us.                            JAN               And eat there with us.     Chris is beaming at the thought of real food.                                                       CUT TO:40   EXT. CAMPSITE, ORICK BEACH - NIGHT                         40     Chris, Jan, and Rainey are beside a campfire, sitting on     blankets. Their tents loom behind them.     Jan is weaving some sort of craft art. Chris is chomping     on chicken and beans like they're going out of style.                            CHRIS                      (between large swallows)               So, I just left the car. It was a great               car too. I'd driven it cross country the               first time when I got out of high school.               I had some really great adventures with               it. That thing would just go and go. I               mean, it was an `82 but if I'd kept it,               it would've lasted me forever.                            RAINEY               So, you're a leather now.                            CHRIS               I'm a leather?     Rainey nods, smiling.                            CHRIS (CONT'D)                      (looking to Jan)               What's a leather?                            JAN               You're a leather tramp. That's what they               call the ones that hoof it on foot. So,               we're technically rubber tramps.                                                     29.                       RAINEY                 (interjecting)          As we have a vee-hi-cle.Rainey makes a move to put his arm around Jan. She goesa little stiff and fends it off. Chris notices.                       JAN          Alex could have a vehicle. If he didn't          burn his money. Why would you want to do          that?                       CHRIS          I don't need money.   It makes people          cautious.                       JAN                 (a little irritated)          Well, you have to be a little cautious          Alex. That book of yours is all well and          fine but you can't depend entirely on          leaves and berries.                       CHRIS          I don't know if you'd want to depend on          much more than that.                       JAN          Where's your mom and dad?                       CHRIS          Makin' their money somewhere.                       JAN          Come on Chris. You look like a loved             *          kid. Be fair.                                    *                      CHRIS          Fair?                       JAN          You know what I mean.                       CHRIS          I'll paraphrase Thoreau -- "Rather than          *          love, than money, than fairness, give me         *          truth."                                          *                       RAINEY                              *          You look like shit.   There's the truth.         *They all laugh.                                            *                                                              30.                                                          CUT TO:     *41   INT. CHRIS' TENT, ORICK BEACH - LATER                       41     Chris sits up reading, his tent entry flap ajar to let     the small candle lantern ventilate.     OS we HEAR a ZIPPING SOUND. It's Rainey. We see him     from Chris' POV coming out of his tent deep in thought.     As he moves to the glowing embers of what remains of the     campfire, Rainey's face goes out of frame and all Chris     can see are his booted feet, tapping bits of glowing wood     into the center of the fire. The tapping is slow and     thoughtful. Micro-embers float upward into the night.     Chris' tent flap closes by his own hand.     ANGLE: Chris' dog-ears his book and puts out the lantern.                                                          CUT TO:42   EXT. ORICK BEACH - DAY                                      42     We see Chris foraging for firewood in the bluffs above     the beach. He's got it tied to his back and his front.     If we didn't know better, we'd think he was camouflaging     himself.     Chris' POV: The rocks beside the water's edge. We see     Rainey sitting beside the water, staring out to sea. We     follow Chris' gaze to Jan, some fifty yards down the     beach, walking melancholically in the opposite direction     of Rainey.     ANGLE: Rainey at the water's edge.   Chris appears beside     him.                            RAINEY                      (regarding Chris wrapped up                       in wood)               Geez. If I struck a match to you, I'd               have warmth and dinner at the same time.                                                       31.But Rainey's humor does not hide an inner turmoil.                       CHRIS          Where's Jan going?                       RAINEY          Well, my friend, all is not well on the          hippie front.Chris pulls out his pocketknife, cuts the twine thatbinds the firewood to his body, and takes a seat besideRainey.                       RAINEY (CONT'D)          You're an industrious little fucker,          aren't ya... Yeah, it's funny how things          happen at particular times. I've loved          that woman for a lot of years. But you          know, she's got a...story. We've been          going through this thing real quietly          cause, well...So, after running into you          last night, this thing we were going          through quietly, she started talking          about. You know what I mean?                        CHRIS          I think so.                       RAINEY          You think what?Chris is looking off at Jan walking in the distance.                       CHRIS          I think she's probably quietly          disconnecting. It doesn't feel right to          her to be close to you if there's a hole          of some kind somewhere else.                       RAINEY          That's a helluva insight. Jesus!...          You're not Jesus, are you? You gonna          walk on that water and get her back for          me?                       CHRIS          Actually, I'm a little afraid of water.Rainey gives him a sideways glance.                       CHRIS (CONT'D)          It's true. But it's something I've got          to get over sometime.                       (MORE)                                                              32.                            CHRIS (CONT'D)               So, I'll swim in it if you'll carry the               firewood back to the campsite.                             RAINEY               I'll carry.   Shit-yes I'll carry.     And with that, Chris runs down the beach toward Jan.     Rainey watches Chris and Jan chat briefly. Then they     strip down to their underwear and jump into the ocean,     splashing and laughing.     ANGLE: Rainey. A warmth comes over him, watching his old     lady having some fun. He grabs two armfuls of wood and     heads to the campsite.     ANGLE: Chris and Jan swimming in the chilly water, having     a ball.     Jan increasingly indulges herself a motherly closeness     and joy with Chris. And Chris allows it. She pushes the     stringy hairs from his eyes, worries when he descends     below the surface for too many seconds, and smiles and     laughs in tender relief when from below surface one of     her toes is pulled on by the big fish Chris. As he re-     surfaces, she gives him a splash right in the face.                                                        TIME CUT:43   EXT. CAMPSITE, ORICK BEACH - LATER                          43     Through a burning campfire in the late afternoon, we see     the chilly bodies of Chris and Jan carrying their clothes     run shivering toward us.     Rainey sits beside the campfire.                            RAINEY               I thought you guys might need a little               heat.     Jan smiles appreciatively.                            JAN                      (moving to Rainey)               That's not hot enough. Put your arms               around me.     As they embrace, Chris throws a coat on from his tent,     puts on his funny straw hat, and grabs a book.     Rainey has wrapped a blanket around Jan and they sit     beside the fire.                                                             33.                            CHRIS               I'm going to go down the beach a ways and               read a little bit. I'll bring the rest               of that wood back before nightfall.                            RAINEY               Alright. We might take a run into town               to grab some food for tonight.                              CHRIS               Sounds good.     He heads off down the beach.44   EXT. ORICK BEACH MONTAGE                                   44     MUSIC OVER:     1. The ocean moving toward sunset.     2. Seagulls, gliding inches over the water.     3. The breeze on the sea grass.     4. Chris in his big hat reading at water's edge.     5. Jan and Rainey deeply engaged in conversation beside     the fire.     6. Chris closing his book, remaining meditative at     water's edge.     7. Jan and Rainey in town, buying groceries and being     playful with each other.     8. OVER Chris' shoulder, the sun sets and day becomes     night.                                                          CUT TO:45   EXT. CAMPSITE, ORICK BEACH - NIGHT                         45     Jan and Rainey on a blanket sharing a joint. Chris lying     beside the campfire in his sleeping bag. Jan takes a     toke, passes the joint to Rainey.                            JAN               You know what Alex ought to do, Rainey?               He ought to come out to the Slabs this               winter.                                                         34.                        RAINEY          Oh yeah.Rainey takes a toke on the joint.                       RAINEY (CONT'D)          You'd like that if you're still on the          road. Lot of fellow travelers.Rainey offers the joint to Chris.   Chris passes it upwith a hand gesture.                       CHRIS          What is that? The Slabs?                       RAINEY          It's down in Niland, California.   You          know where the Salton Sea is?                       CHRIS          Near San Diego, yeah?                       RAINEY          Well about 200 miles Northeast of there,          but yeah. Niland's off the east shore of          Salton. Wild place. The navy bulldozed          and abandoned a base there. All that's          left is a grid of concrete foundations.          They're scattered over about a square          mile or so.                       JAN          When the weather turns cold across the          rest of the country, people show up there          by the thousands: snow birds...                        RAINEY          Drifters...                       JAN          Sundry vagabonds...                       RAINEY / JAN          Like ourselves.                       JAN          Livin' on the cheap under the sun.                       CHRIS          You sell your handcrafts there?                                                              35.                            JAN               Oh yeah. And a lot of second-hand goods.               There's a swap meet. The people are               cool. There's even some kids running               around sometimes. Most everyone there,               if they're not avoiding the cold, are at               least dodging the IRS.                             RAINEY               Or the FBI.   CIA! DDT!!!     The three of them laugh.                            JAN               It's good. You should check it out. If               you come, I'll make a proper hat for you.                      (standing, shaking out her                       blanket)               Well, Alex. I'm gonna clean up and the               old man and I are gonna get some rest.                      (indicating the sleeping bag)               Looks like you got yourself a good bag               there.                            CHRIS               Yeah...my mother made it from a kit.     Jan sees an almost imperceptible mother pang in Chris,     but he pushes it away quickly.                            CHRIS (CONT'D)               I'm gonna sleep out here by the fire.     I               want to read a little bit.     Jan moves to Chris, hugs him, kisses him on the cheek.                            JAN               You're wonderful.   Don't make me worry               about you.                                                         TIME CUT:46   EXT. CAMPSITE, ORICK BEACH - LATER                          46     The fire is burning low. Chris reads from Thoreau's     WALDEN from the chapter on "Higher Laws" as we move     slowly in toward him, we begin to HEAR quiet sounds of     what may be love-making coming from Rainey and Jan's     tent. A gentle smile comes over Chris' face and in its     irony, he looks to the page before him.                                                            36.     Chris' sliding fingertip underlines the following     passage:     Chastity is the flowering of a man; and what are called     genius, heroism, holiness, and the like, are but various     fruits which succeed it.                                                         CUT TO:47   EXT. CAMPSITE, ORICK BEACH - MORNING                       47     Gulls pierce into the grey morning ocean, snapping from     schools of fish. And the subtle crackling of a     campfire's death. There on the beach, Jan and Rainey's     van, their tent, and the fireless coals of last night.     But no sign of Chris, his bag or his tent.     Jan appears from her tent, rubbing her eyes. She wears a     sarong which she re-secures at the breast, then notices     that Chris has left. But where his tent had been, the     words:     THANK YOU JAN AND RAINEY     are spelled out in the sand with bits of driftwood.     CU: Jan - We see her sadness. Rainey appears at her     shoulder. He understands what is inside his woman.                            JAN               He reminded me...                            RAINEY               I know.     Go to WIDE SHOT: Jan and Rainey remaining as they were.     FOREGROUND: Seagulls GLIDE THROUGH FRAME.                                       CHAPTER 2:    ADOLESCENCE                                                    DISSOLVE TO:48   EXT. CASCADE RANGE - DAY                                   48     MUSIC OVER: Joe Henry's King's Highway     A SERIES OF SHOTS:     1. Chris hitchhiking through the Sage Brush Uplands     2. Chris squatting over a water bucket, shaving.                                                              37.     3. Camping in the lava beds of the Columbia River Basin.     4. Walking across the Idaho Panhandle.     5. Cooking the last of his rice on the Montana border.     6. Hitchhiking in the Montana sunset.49   EXT. CUT BANK, MONTANA - SUNSET (SEPTEMBER 10 1990)        49     We see Chris hitching down a lonely two-lane road     surrounded by fields and distant mountains.                            CARINE (V.O.)               In early September, mom and dad got a               call from the Annandale police notifying               them that Chris' abandoned car had been               identified by the Arizona Highway Patrol               after a group of rare flower hunters               stumbled upon it in the desert. There               were no signs that Chris had intended to               return to it. But there wasn't any               evidence of struggle. The police said               they thought Chris had chosen to leave it               behind and not that it had been taken               from him. Nonetheless, the initial               comfort that gave mom and dad, quickly               turned to their realization that Chris               was actually trying not to be found.50   EXT. ANNANDALE STREET - DUSK                               50     We see Walt. He walks out the door of his house into the     street. He keeps walking. And we go with him in his     silent but internal Armageddon. We PULL him in CU     throughout all that follows...(Refer to SCENE 171: "Dad     calls it `suspended animation.'" This may affect our     visual approach)                            CARINE               The year Chris graduated high school he               bought the Datsun, used. He wanted to               drive it cross-country and visit our old               neighborhood in California. The day               before he left was my dad's birthday.               Chris made a speech...                                                             38.51   INT. MCCANDLESS HOME, ANNANDALE (PAST)                      51     Chris stands beside the family piano, speaking to a party     of his parent's friends, Walt and Billie among them.     Beside him, a large gift-wrapped present. Carine sits at     the foot of the stairs at the back of the room watching     her brother with a hint of concern.                            CHRIS                      (a little drunk, a little                       emotional)               Dad, you and I have had our differences               over the years...but on your birthday I               want to tell you how grateful I am for               all the things you've given me. And that               you did it starting from nothing to               working your way through college and               busting your ass to support us kids. So,               in return, I've been busting my ass a               bit...at Domino's Pizza -     Chris moves to the gift.                            CHRIS (CONT'D)               and I've gotten you this token, this               damned expensive token, as a token of               that appreciation.     Chris holds the large gift toward Walt. Walt moves     through his friends to Chris and strips the paper,     exposing a beautiful Questar Telescope.                            WALT                      (patting his son the back)               Would you look at that.     Walt holds the telescope up for all to see.   And the     party responds with applause.     Chris walks through the cheering family friends to take     his place beside Carine at the bottom of the steps.                            CARINE               Jesus, you must've had a lot to drink.                            CHRIS               Too much and not enough. I used to               believe all that stuff. That whole               story. I thought maybe if I said it               again, I'd believe it. But I don't.                                                            39.     Tears have come to Chris' eyes. He puts his head in his     hands. Carine puts an arm around him.                                                       BACK TO:52   EXT ANNANDALE STREET - DUSK                               52     PRESENT:   Walt expressionless, walking into camera.                             CARINE (V.O.)                The day after the party, Chris left on                his trip and ended up staying away most                of the summer. It was nearly three months                before he walked back into our house in                Annandale. He had a scruffy beard, his                hair was long and tangled, and he was                rail thin. As soon as I heard he was                home, I ran into his room to talk to him.                In California, he'd looked up some old                family friends who still lived there.                He'd found out that long after he had                been born, our dad had continued a                relationship with his first wife Marcia                in secret.53   EXT CUT BANK, MONTANA - SUNSET                            53     BRIEF CUTAWAY to Chris hitching on the Montana highway.                             CARINE                And that one lie had led to another.                That two years after Chris was born, dad                had had another son with Marcia. Worse                yet was that it was Marcia to whom he was                still legally married at the time. And                it was Chris and I who were the bastard                children.                                                       BACK TO:54   EXT ANNANDALE STREET - DUSK                               54     Walt.                             CARINE                Dad's arrogance made him conveniently                oblivious to the pain he caused. And                mom, in the shame and embarrassment of a                young mistress, became his accomplice.                             (MORE)                                            39aA.             CARINE (CONT'D)She and my dad had decided to bend thetruth about this other child saying thatdad wasn't the father and they maintainedthat their fraudulent marriage was real.             (MORE)                                            39A.             CARINE (CONT'D)Chris was quiet when he told me this. Hesaid it made his "entire childhood seemlike a fiction"; that "the truth had beendying everyday." If something botheredChris, he'd usually keep it to himself.And he made me promise to do the same.             (MORE)                                                           40.                            CARINE (CONT'D)               He never did tell mom and dad that he               knew. But Chris measured himself and               those around him by an impossibly               rigorous moral code. He loathed what he               considered mom and dad's hypocrisy and               resented what they considered guidance.               Chris submitted to dad's authority               through college but I knew he raged               inwardly the whole time. It was               inevitable that Chris would rebel. And               when he did, he did it with               characteristic immoderation.     Walt suddenly collapses to his knees weeping, heartbroken     and ashamed on a quiet Annandale street in the shadowless     light of dusk.                            CARINE (V.O.) (CONT'D)               My father is a brilliant man. But he had               made some terrible mistakes. And to some               extent, it seemed Chris was making him               pay an awful price.     The image of Walt DISSOLVES INTO...                                                      BACK TO:55   EXT. CUT BANK, MONTANA (SEPTEMBER 10, 1990)                 55     A pick-up truck pulls over for Chris. As Chris jumps in,     we see on the passenger side door, the name WAYNE     WESTERBERG boldly painted across it. Chris hops in     beside a hyper kinetic man with thick shoulders and a     black goatee.                            WAYNE                      (rolling a cigarette without                       moving forward with the                       truck, his knees rattling up                       and down)               How're you doing? Wayne Westerberg.                            CHRIS                      (shaking hands)               Hi Wayne. Alex McCandless.                            WAYNE               Seems like every time I come on this               road, there's somebody hitching out here               who looks as skinny and unfed as you.     Chris nods with a laugh.   Wayne continuing...                                                              41.                            WAYNE (CONT'D)               Look, I gotta stop in Ethridge to drop               something off (know what I mean?)     Chris is not sure about the "drop something off" part.                            WAYNE (CONT'D)               How `bout you and I grab something to eat               down there?                            CHRIS               Oh, I wouldn't want to burden you.                            WAYNE               How long has it been since you've had               anything to eat?                            CHRIS               Couple of days. I kinda ran out of               money.                            WAYNE               Well, there's no choice about it.    I'm               gonna get you some dinner.     Wayne lights his cigarette, puts the truck in gear and     they head down the road.     As the sun dips behind the horizon we TILT UP off the     departing truck to the sky. Ominously mounting clouds     stunningly reflect the red rays of the hidden sun:                                                          CUT TO:56   EXT. SUNBURST - NIGHT                                       56     Wayne's truck cuts through a track in a wheat field     moving toward a compound of three trailers, one a double-     wide, the other two on wheels, smaller. Beside them, a     Wyeth-esque farmhouse. He eases the engine and comes to     a stop in front of the double-wide.     As he and Chris dismount the truck, Wayne gives him a     hushing finger across the lips. They tip-toe up to the     door, where Wayne shuffles a bunch of keys.     A little thunder kicking in the distant sky.                                                           41A.56A   INT. DOUBLE-WIDE - NIGHT                                  56A      As Wayne and Chris enter, they tip-toe over empty booze      bottles and passed out work crew; Wayne's harvesting      team.      They make their way to a small table in the kitchenette.      Remains of the evening's dinner are on the stove. Wayne      turns on the stovetop coils to heat it up.                             WAYNE                So where is it you're headed?                             CHRIS                I was thinking about doubling back                through the Canadian side of Glacier                Park.                             WAYNE                Yeah, I used to have a girlfriend who'd                go there, camp on the Black Feet Res.                She was into all that American Indian                stuff.                             (MORE)                                                      42.                       WAYNE (CONT'D)          I can bring you to the border at Sweet          Grass once you've had some food.                       CHRIS          Well, that'd be great.   What do you do          out here?                       WAYNE          Well, I do a lot of things. Computer          programming. Video game repair. I'm a          licensed pilot, own a grain elevator in          Carthage and another one a few miles out          of town. But in the summertime I run a          combine crew, follow the harvest from          Texas way the hell north to the Canadian          border. We just got done cutting barley          for Coors and Anheuser Busch. But then I          got this little black box deal on the          side (You know what I mean?)                       CHRIS          You mean those free satellite TV deals?                       WAYNE                 (as though he hadn't brought                  it up)          You said it, not me.Chris is dazzled by this renaissance man of the plains.Wayne stands to dish out a couple of plates of heatedfood. As Chris starts digging in, a major gust of windrocks the trailer.                       WAYNE (CONT'D)                 (smiling, responding to wind)          OOOOOOH.Chris doesn't respond, digs into the food. Points to theunconscious tribe splayed out. SIX GERMANIC-LOOKINGUNCONSCIOUS BODIES.                       CHRIS          Who are these guys?Wayne gets a little giggle.                       WAYNE          Those are my Hudderites. Agriculture's a          pretty transient business. These guys          come off the Hudderite colony looking for          work. I always got work for people.          Then that guy -                       (MORE)                                                           42A.                            WAYNE (CONT'D)                      (pointing at guy making most                       of his snore)               That's Kevin. He's with me most of the               time. He's not a Hudderite. He's from               Madison.                              CHRIS               Madison.    Okay.     Just then, the rain kicks in full gear outside, pounding     the trailer shell. A couple hits of lightning follow.                            WAYNE               Listen, you don't want to go out there on               the road tonight. Why don't you just               roll your sleeping bag out and play like               a Hudderite until morning.     Chris looks about. There's not much room but it beats     the pelting outside.                            CHRIS               Thanks Wayne. I will.                                                     TIME CUT:     Chris, with a grin on his face, lays in his sleeping bag     between a Hudderite and the sleeping KEVIN. Wayne comes     from the back bedroom, tip-toes through the sleeping     bodies to hand Chris a pillow.                            WAYNE               Get a good sleep. See you in the               morning.     Chris waves a thanks, puts the pillow beneath his head     and closes his eyes.57   OMITTED                                                    5758   OMITTED                                                    5859   EXT. SUNBURST - DAY                                        59     We are TIGHT on Chris' hand atop the shifter of one of     Wayne's lumbering harvesters.                                                              43.                            WAYNE (O.S)               Okay. Now take hold of the joystick, get               the feel of header, idle it down with the               toggle switch...     As Chris makes the attempt, we immediately hear the     grinding of gears, the instrument alarms in chaos.     WIDE SHOT: Chris and Wayne sit atop a combine. In the     background we see Wayne's trailer and two other combines     piloted by Wayne's crew members on the ocean of ripe     blond grain.     Chris tries his hand at the shifter once more.   This time     the thing starts to move.                            WAYNE (CONT'D)               That's it. That's it. Now take it on               out and make yourself some money.     Wayne jumps off the combine and Chris begins to cut his     pattern, intermittently struggling with the shifter.     Wayne laughs his ass off.60   EXT SUNBURST - DAY                                           60     SERIES OF SHOTS indicating a SERIES OF DAYS passing as     Chris gets a hang of the machines a little more at a     time.                                                         CUT TO:61   INT. DOUBLE-WIDE, SUNBURST - NIGHT                           61     Six men including Wayne and Chris, two among them -     Hudderites, crowd in to the small dinner area of the     trailer. Talking politics and bullshit, and eating a     welcome meal.                            WAYNE               I'm gonna break out some whiskey. Alex,               you want anything other than that beer?                            CHRIS               I'd take a White Russian if you've got               it.     The group of men laugh at the youngster's order of a     fancy drink.                                                              44.                             MAN #1                What are you Alex, a Commie?                             CHRIS                No, I just like White Russians.                             WAYNE                I haven't got anything like that here.                But I tell ya what. And I know I speak                for everybody. You wanna come work with                us in Carthage, we'll hook you up on the                grain elevator and get you a White                Russian down at the Cabaret.                               CHRIS                Really?                             WAYNE                Dawn tomorrow, engines roaring.                       (to the others like a mock                        blues singer)                "Pot o Gold. Oh that pot o gold."      They all join in to the chant/song:                               ALL                "Pot o Gold.    Gotta get that pot o gold!"                             CHRIS                       (raising his beer)                To Carthage.                             WAYNE AND HIS MEN                       (toasting)                To Carthage.                                                           CUT TO:62    OMITTED                                                    6262A   EXT. HIGHWAY BETWEEN SUNBURST AND CARTHAGE                62A      MAGIC HOUR. TELEPHOTO LENS. The harvesting convoy rolls      toward us like a herd of mammoths.                                                           44A-45.63    EXT. CARTHAGE - NIGHT (LATE SEPTEMBER 1990)                63      A series of silent, quaint establishing tableaus.      (Director's Note:    Condor above street)      It's a sleepy little town. Population: 274. Cluster of      clapboard houses, tiny yards, and weathered brick      storefronts rising humbly from the immensity of the      northern plains. Stately rows of cottonwoods shade a      grid of streets, seldom disturbed by moving vehicles.      From UNDER CAMERA, the series of tableaus is interrupted      as the convoy roars into our frame from BENEATH CAMERA.                                                           CUT TO:63A   INT. WAYNE'S TRUCK                                        63A      In the passenger seat, Chris is glowing at his new      surroundings. Wayne picks up the CB radio.                             WAYNE                Okay Kevin, get all the machines back to                the elevator. I'm gonna show Chris to                his room.                             KEVIN (O.S.)                       (over CB)                I've got dibs on that shower, that                shower's all me.                             WAYNE                       (laughs)                First come, first serve buddy.      Wayne signs off and veers off the road.64    OMITTED                                                    64                                                              46.65   OMITTED                                                    6566   EXT. WESTERBERG'S CARTHAGE HOME - NIGHT                    66     A two-story Victorian in the Queen Anne style. Wayne     veers his truck into the front yard, parking under the     big cottonwood that towers above.                                               SHORT TIME CUT:67   INT. WESTERBERG'S CARTHAGE HOME - SAME                     67     Chris follows Wayne up the narrow stairwell.                                                             47.                            WAYNE                      (carrying Chris' pack for                       him)               Come on up in here. This'll be your room               for as long as you hang about.     Wayne opens the door at the top of the stairs.68   INT. CHRIS' ROOM, WESTERBERG'S CARTHAGE HOME - SAME        68     Wayne plops Chris' pack beside a single bed in the tiny     but comfortable room. Chris enters, very happy with his     new quarters.                            WAYNE               Shower's down the hall. If you hurry you               can beat the rest of the boys to it. But               you do want to grab a shower cause we're               all heading over to the Cabaret in               exactly thirty-six minutes. So, get your               dancing shoes on. There's foo-foo in the               medicine cabinet. I think it's Brut.                      (slaps his own face as if                       he's putting on cologne)               Then you want to put your charm in               overdrive cause we like to PAH-TAY!     Wayne gives Chris a wink and exits, shutting the door     behind him.     Chris takes in his new surroundings. He's on a work crew     and he likes it. Chris makes the move for the shower but     by the time he opens his door to the hall, all the other     crew members are barreling up the stairs in front of     them, clamoring for dibs (Chris' POV)                              MAN #1               I got first!                            MAN #2                      (in a kid voice)               You had first last night!                            MAN #1                      (entering the bathroom)               Well, if you wanna wash my back,               cowboy...                            MAN #2               You go ahead, fairy.    Just don't use all               the soap.                                                             48.     ANGLE: Chris. He gets a kick out of these guys.    He     closes the door.                                                          CUT TO:69   INT. CABARET BAR, CARTHAGE - NIGHT                          69     The Jack Daniels is flowing. Wayne's crew drinks,     smokes, and strikes out with every fat woman in the     place. GAIL BORAH, an on-again, off-again girlfriend of     Wayne's tends bar. A petite sad-eyed woman, slight as a     heron, delicate features and long blond hair. Wayne and     Chris sit at the end of the bar.                            WAYNE               Alex, this is Gail . This is the one to               go to for that White Russian you've been               wanting. Of course the quid pro quo can               be hazardous.                            GAIL               Shut up, Wayne.                      (to Chris)               You want a White Russian, sweetie?                            CHRIS                      (shyly)               Yes please, ma'am.                            WAYNE               Yes please, ma'am?     Wayne slaps Chris on the back.                            WAYNE (CONT'D)               Ain't he great?                            GAIL                      (to Chris)               Don't pay any attention to him.     With that Wayne reaches over the bar, grabs Gail and     gets her in a lip-lock, to which she ultimately gives in.                                                       TIME CUT:70   INT. CABARET BAR, CARTHAGE - LATER                          70     Wayne and Chris are both drunk.                                                       49.                       WAYNE          Anything to do with hunting, preserving          the meat, smoking it or whatever, you          talk to Kevin over there. That's your          man.ANGLE: KEVIN.   He looks every bit the Grizzly Adams part.                       WAYNE (CONT'D)          Outdoors-man. What's the interest in all          that?                       CHRIS          I'm thinking about going to Alaska.                       WAYNE          Alaska, Alaska? Or city Alaska?     The          city Alaska does have markets.                       CHRIS                 (with a drunken, excited                  energy)          No, Alaska, Alaska. I want to be all the          way out there. On my own. No map. No          watch. No axe. Just out there. Big          mountains, rivers, sky. Game. Just be          out there in it. In the wild.                         WAYNE          In the wild.                      CHRIS          Yeah. Maybe write a book about my          travels. About getting out of this sick          society.                       WAYNE                 (coughing)          Society, right.                       CHRIS          Because you know what I don't understand?          I don't understand why, why people are so          bad to each other, so often. It just          doesn't make any sense to me. Judgement.          Control. All that.                       WAYNE          Who "people" we talking about?                       CHRIS          You know, parents and hypocrites.          Politicians and pricks.                                                               50.     Chris is clearly troubled by his own words.      Wayne leans     into Chris.                              WAYNE                        (tapping a long finger                         against Chris' forehead)                 This is a mistake. It's a mistake to get                 too deep into that kind of stuff. Alex,                 you're a helluva young guy, but I promise                 you this: You're a young guy. Blood and                 fire! You're juggling blood and fire!                              GAIL                        (chimes in)                 Who are you to be giving advice to                 anybody?                              WAYNE                 Blood and fire...What? Mr. Happy.                 That's who I am. Gimme a kiss.     Gail    pushes him off with mock disgust.                              WAYNE (CONT'D)                        (mock opening his zipper, in                         a high-pitched voice)                 Come on, give Mr. Happy a kiss!     On the television above the bar appears Reverend Jesse     Jackson. We can't hear him but we can see him. Chris     points at the television and yells out to the entire bar     of cowboys and ranch hands -                              CHRIS                 Now, that's who could be President!     Wayne buries his face in his hands.                                                           CUT TO:71   INT. CHRIS' ROOM, WESTERBERG'S CARTHAGE HOME - DAWN            71     Chris is sacked out from his night of drinking when -     BOOM!   BOOM!   BOOM!     The door knocks blast into Chris' head. He awakens to     Wayne opening his bedroom door. Wayne, despite his own     drinking the night before, is wide awake and fresh as a     daisy.                                                             51.                            WAYNE               Workin' time!                                                        CUT TO:72   EXT. GRAIN ELEVATOR - SUNRISE'                              72     All the boys are hard at it, including Chris and Wayne.     Wayne moves to Chris' side.                            WAYNE               So, what do you think about all this?               (The working life)                            CHRIS               I like all this.                                                       TIME CUT:73   EXT. GRAIN ELEVATOR - DAY - LUNCH BREAK                     73     While Wayne and most of the crew get a little rest in the     shade of the grain elevator and eat their lunches, Chris     and Kevin are deep in a bald patch in the field.     Kevin is taking Chris through the paces of smoking and     curing meat in the wilds. Chris listens and takes notes.     (Director's note: Cast a "Kevin" who knows this shit and     shoot it as a dialogue scene as well as a silent     tableau.)                                                        CUT TO:74   INT. CABARET BAR, CARTHAGE - NIGHT                          74     The place is packed and Chris is taking over the piano,     surprising everyone with a tremendous talent. Segueing     from honky-tonk country to ragtime, he's become the life     of the party.     The MUSIC continues OVER:75   EXT. GRAIN ELEVATOR - DAY                                   75     All the men of Wayne's crew (who by now we've come to     know) and Chris are working their asses off.     POST LAP MUSIC FADES OUT as we:                                                         52.INTERCUT the crew at work with a SERIES OF MYSTERYANGLES: Tires kicking up dust on dirt roads, throughtown, and into the field behind the grain elevator. Backto the work, back to the tires. Back to the work, backto these several cars hauling ass through the field.Back to Wayne, up high in the grain elevator -                       WAYNE                 (to Chris, as he lowers                  himself down the man-lift)          I gotta take a piss.Chris' POV: from high in the grain elevator. He watchesWayne below, as Wayne saunters out to the field to take apiss. With his back to us, Wayne whips it out and startspissing about 25 yards from the grain elevator.CU Wayne. He looks up from his urination, the grainelevator behind him. We see a slight mischievous smilecome to his face. He puts his hands up into the air whensuddenly -Six unmarked FBI vehicles surround him.(Director's note: Triangulate three long lenses on Wayneas the mysterious cars enter each frame, as they skid toa dusty stop on all sides of him.)Chris and the men of his crew look on.                       MAN #1          I warned him about those little black          boxes.As Wayne is handcuffed and led away, he nods up to hisboys.                        WAYNE                 (to arresting agent)          You wanna get that zipper for me?                 (and then calling out to his                  crew)          Sorry boys. Gonna have to shut down for          a while. Alex! You come back and work          for me anytime.                 (to Chris and the men)          Gail's got all your checks, guys. I          shouldn't be away too long.With that, the FBI agents have hustled the good-naturedWayne into the back of one of the cars.                                                             53.     As they take off into the distance, we move in on Chris,     bemused.                            GAIL (O.S.)                      (pre-lap)               Where are you gonna go?                                                          CUT TO:76   INT. CABARET BAR, CARTHAGE - LATE AFTERNOON                76     Chris sits at the end of the bar with Gail Borah.                            CHRIS               I've been thinking a lot about Alaska.                            GAIL               Alaska? What kind of nut-nut are you?               Alex, it's October for Christ's sake.               You go to Alaska, you go in the Spring.               This time of year you wanna head south.               Personally, I like Las Vegas. One-armed               bandit. That's what I like.                            CHRIS               Yeah, maybe I ought to put off going to               Alaska, at least so I can get settled up               there in decent weather.                            GAIL               South. You want to go south. You want               me to take you out to the highway?                            CHRIS                      (putting on his cowboy)               Little lady, I walked in, I can walk out.     He puts a few bills down on the bar, saddles up his     backpack, and gives Gail a hug.                            GAIL               You take care of yourself now, Alex. You               got a whole family here depending on it.                            CHRIS               I will. Thanks Gail .   And tell Wayne,               I'll drop him a line.     He gives her a kiss on the cheek and he's off.                                                          CUT TO:                                                              54.77   EXT. CARTHAGE STREETS                                       77     Empty Carthage streets but for Christopher Johnson     McCandless walking off as we CRANE UP.                                                          CUT TO:78   EXT. HIGHWAY BETWEEN CARTHAGE, SD AND THE GRAND CANYON - 78     NIGHT (OCTOBER 28 1990)     Chris has hitched a ride with a long-haul trucker.     SERIES OF ANGLES: MUSIC OVER: Traveling shots.                                                          CUT TO:79   EXT. COLORADO RIVER, STRETCH OF THE GRAND CANYON - DAY      79     Chris disembarks the long-haulers truck, waves a goodbye,     and the truck moves on.     SERIES OF ANGLES: Chris walking south through the desert     following the river bank. He covers twelve miles before     he arrives in an Arizona town, a dusty weigh-in station.80   EXT. ARIZONA TOWN - NIGHT                                   80     The town is quiet but along the storefront lane where     Chris walks, he comes upon a sporting goods store. In     the window, a fiberglass river kayak. Chris stares at     it.                                                          CUT TO:81   EXT. INTERSTATE UNDERPASS - NIGHT                           81     We HEAR passing cars humming above. Chris has set up     camp and he's digging in the dirt. He buries many of his     belongings. He makes sure he's got his check from     working with Wayne in his pocket. He packs only the     essential items, burying all else. He gets into his     sleeping bag and goes to sleep.                                                          CUT TO:                                                             55.81A   EXT. LEE'S FERRY ROAD - DAY                              81A      Chris backpacks past the mushroom rock forms at the      entrance of Lee's Ferry.                                                          CUT TO:82    INT. RANGER'S STATION - LEE'S FERRY - DAY                 82      Chris approaches the GREEN-SUITED FUNCTIONARY at the      front desk.                             GREEN SUIT                Can I help you?                             CHRIS                Yeah. If I wanted to paddle down the                river, where's the best place to launch                out of?                             GREEN SUIT                "To launch out of?" What's your                experience level?                             CHRIS                Not much.                              GREEN SUIT                Any?   Do you have a permit?                             CHRIS                A permit for what?                             GREEN SUIT                You can't paddle down the river without a                permit. If you like, you can apply for                one here, get yourself some experience,                and I'll put you on the wait-list.                              CHRIS                Wait-list?   To paddle down a river?                             GREEN SUIT                That's right.                             CHRIS                       (giggling)                Well, how long do you have to wait?                             GREEN SUIT                I've got an opening May 2003.                                                                56.                            CHRIS                      (laughing)               Twelve years?                            GREEN SUIT               Well, you could always join a commercial               raft trip and go with a licensed guide.               They usually have a few last minute               cancellations. I think it's about two-               thousand dollars.     Chris busts a gut.                            CHRIS               Thanks for your help.     The Green Suit eyes Chris' departure with suspicion.                                                          CUT TO:83   EXT. COLORADO RIVER - DAY                                    83     Chris stands beside a dramatic section of rapids.    The     whitewater roars.     As we SLOWLY ZOOM INTO Chris' face, terrified and     absorbed by the torrent, a bead of sweat drops across his     forehead, TILTS OUR CAMERA to his trembling hands and     legs, when Peter Gabriel's I Have The Touch begins to     play.                                                         BACK TO:     ZOOM INTO Chris' face...a decision:     Fear becomes determination     We SMASH CUT ON CUE with Peter Gabriel's vocals. SLO MO,     SUPER DRAMATIC - Chris blasting out of a shoot in the     rapids in the kayak we saw the night before. It's     outrageous. Hair-raising. Just like Peter Gabriel sings     it, he has the touch.     This kid's never kayaked before, certainly never on     rapids. But it's that immortal stage of life, no care,     no helmet, no life-jacket, pure adrenaline. He can     hardly believe he's surviving it as he goes but there's     no looking back now. And with every thump of the music,     we share his rush. His pure unadulterated exhilaration.     With the culmination of the music, Chris has successfully     shot the rapid. He paddles through quiet waters.                                                            57.     We move in on him as he maneuvers the kayak to face     upstream. There before him, the impossible rapid he had     just completed.                            CHRIS                      (to himself)               I'm Superman. SuperTramp.     He feels immortal. He makes his about-face and is about     to head down stream when he sees at the river's edge, a     group of RIVER TOURISTS and their GUIDE lunching beside a     pontoon raft. The tourists look like a bunch of     bewildered tubby-troopers in their misfitted orange life-     vests and cereal bowl helmets. The RIVER GUIDE yells out     at Chris as Chris moves PAST CAMERA and away. The guide     gets on his satellite phone to alert the Rangers. We     ZOOM SLOWLY away from them toward the rapid.                                                        CUT TO:84   EXT. ANOTHER QUIET SECTION OF RIVER - LATER                  84     Phillip Glass' Cloudscape plays OVER:   Chris paddles on.     LOW ANGLE: It is a narrow gorge of solid rock, looking up     from hundreds of feet below the canyon crest.                                                        CUT TO:85   EXT. FURTHER ALONG THE RIVER - LATER                         85     The canyon has widened to beach-like banks.   Music FADES.     Along the banks he sees a YOUNG BLONDE COUPLE. This is     MADS and SONJA, in their 20's, Danish. They play at the     river's edge beside their campsite, hotdogs cooking on a     Hibachi. Chris averts his eyes when Sonja rises from the     water, topless.                              MADS                        (yelling out to Chris)               Hello!                              CHRIS               Hello.                            MADS               You can join us!     Chris doesn't know quite what to do. But Mads seems     quite comfortable inviting a stranger into the presence     of his topless girlfriend.                                                         58.                       MADS (CONT'D)          We have hotdogs!Chris - can't turn that down!   He paddles to within feetof the water's edge.                        MADS (CONT'D)          I am Mads.                        CHRIS          Hi. Alex.                        SONJA          I am Sonja.Chris gives Sonja a little wave. She bypasses it, wadingup to the Kayak, giving him a big hug.                        SONJA (CONT'D)          Hello Alex.This couple is extremely energetic. Can't wait toplease. And a bona fide American adventurer in theirmidst. It's everything they could've wanted.                       MADS          We are from Copenhagen.   And you are from          the rapids.                        CHRIS          I am.                        SONJA          My Got!                       MADS          Crazy man. You're a crazy man!    Sonja,          he is a crazy man.                 (to Chris)          I'll make you a hotdog.Mads grabs a hotdog from the Hibachi.                       MADS (CONT'D)          Just one minute. One minute...Sonja has moved to the tent to put on a dry T-shirt. Butas she moves back to the water's edge, those nipples keepsaying Hello.Chris, meanwhile, simply cannot wipe the smile off hisface in the presence of these warm, open people.                                                      59.                      MADS (CONT'D)          I love this. Don't you love this? This          is nature. We see it in the American          movies. How come you're crazy?                       CHRIS          Well...                       MADS                 (interrupting)          Because that's crazy! You come down the          rapids. What do you want on your hotdog?          Mustard and relish?                       CHRIS          You have ketchup?                       MADS          No, I have mustard and relish.                       CHRIS          Mustard and relish it is then.                       MADS          Sonja, you want a hotdog?                       SONJA                 (in Danish)          Of course I want a hotdog.   Why are you          stupid?Mads plops two more hotdogs onto the grill.                       MADS                 (translating)          She asked me why I'm stupid. And I say,          well...like I ask you why you're crazy          and you say "well." Where are you going?                       CHRIS          I haven't decided.                       MADS          We like it here very much. We went to          Los Angeles. And then, we went to Las          Vegas.                       SONJA          Las Vegas is very nice.   The universe is          very good.                                            59A.             MADSAnd then, we come here.   Maybe you go toMexico.             (MORE)                                                         60.                       MADS (CONT'D)          You can take kayak around Lake Mead and          then take the river down to Mexico.Chris likes the idea.                       CHRIS          How far are we from Lake Mead?                       MADS          Sonja, how far is Hoover Dam?Sonja grabs a map from the tent, opens and scrutinizesit. We follow her finger tracing the river.                       SONJA          Maybe three hundred thirty          kilometers...like two hundred miles.Sonja walks the map over to Chris at water's edge andhands it to him. He studies it.                       CHRIS          Man, I wonder if I could go all the way          down into the Gulf of California.Chris traces his finger along the impossibly long routeleading to El Golfo de Santa Clara.                       MADS                 (entering the water with                  Chris' hotdog)          I go with you. We leave Sonja here.    You          and me in kayak - we go to Mexico.                       SONJA                 (in Danish)          You're embarrassing.   Idiot.Mads with a burst of re-exhilaration, grabs Chris' hand,shaking it violently.                       MADS          I like the meeting you.                      CHRIS          Thank you. I'm very happy to meet both          of you too.Sonja heads back for her hotdog taking her T-shirt off onthe move. Chris is about to bust a gut. Sonja returnsto her sunbathing. These two are a hoot.                                                     60A.Just then, something catches Chris' attention upriver.We can just barely make out the SOUNDS of a jet boatmotor. His eyes narrow a bit, then -                                                             61.                            CHRIS (CONT'D)               Well, guys I really appreciate the               hospitality but I wanna make camp down-               river a ways so I better take off before               dark.                                                          CUT TO:86   EXT. COLORADO RIVER - MOMENTS LATER                        86     Chris, back in the kayak is paddling down river. Mads     and Sonja on the bank, wave a boisterous goodbye. And     they just keep waving. And Chris keeps waving until he     has drifted out of sight, when around the upriver bend     arrive the RIVER PATROL.     At river's edge, Mads, thinking quickly, waves for their     attention. Pointing the river patrol back upriver, he     yells:                            MADS               He went thattaway!   The crazy man - he               went thattaway!     And miraculously, the river patrol makes an about face     and heads in the opposite direction of Chris. Suddenly     Sonja thinks Mads is the most clever man on earth. As     she jumps his bones right there on the river's edge -                            SONJA               Just like in the movies.                                                              62.                                                       CUT TO:87   EXT. DESERT ROAD, NEAR HOOVER DAM - DAY                     87     Chris and the kayak are in the back of a pick-up truck     heading down river by road. We pass the Hoover Dam.                            CARINE (V.O.)               It would be Christmas in a couple of               months. And the last news we'd had was               about his car being found. I woke up a               couple of days ago, and for the first               time, I was surprised to realize that it               wasn't only my parents who hadn't heard               from Chris. I wondered why he hadn't               tried to call in case I might answer. He               could've hung up if it wasn't me.88   EXT. COLORADO RIVER, TOPOCK, ARIZONA - DAY                  88     Chris is re-stocked on some food items which he packs in     his bag and shoves into the bow of the kayak. This lower     stretch of the river has little in common with the     unbridled torrent that explodes through the Grand Canyon.     Emasculated by dams and diversion canals, the lower     Colorado burbles indolently from reservoir to reservoir,     through some of the hottest, starkest, most austere     country on the continent.                                                              63.                             CARINE                But why he didn't send a letter, maybe                through a friend. I got mad. But I told                myself it was good. It made me remember                that there was something more than                rebellion, more than anger that was                driving him. Chris had always been                driven, had always been an adventurer.                When he was four years old...89    EXT. DARK NEIGHBORHOOD STREET - NIGHT                       89      Chris at age four.                             CARINE                ...he once wandered six blocks away from                home at three o'clock in the morning.90    INT. NEIGHBOR'S KITCHEN - NIGHT                             90      Four-year old Chris opening a kitchen drawer.                             CARINE                He was found in a neighbor's kitchen, up                on a chair, digging into their candy                drawer.91    EXT. COLORADO RIVER, TOPOCK ARIZONA - DAY                   91      As Chris paddles downstream with Mexico in his sights, he      is stirred by the saline beauty and the clean slant of      light.      (Director's Note: ANGLE over Chris ONTO water reflecting      the landscape and diamond flashes of sunlight.)                             CARINE                Whatever drawer he was opening now must                have something sweet in it.                                                           CUT TO:91A   EXT. COLORADO RIVER, TOPOCK ARIZONA - DAY                 91A      Chris floats in SLO-MO through the air, his hair wisping      skyward.                                                          63A.     As he pierces feet first, a clear blue surface of the     river's water, CAMERA goes UNDERWATER with him and     follows him in CU as he surfaces, jubilant in the beauty     of the Topock gorge. He shakes the water out of his     hair.                                                       CUT TO:92   EXT. COLORADO RIVER, TOPOCK ARIZONA - DAY                  92                                                               64.      Chris continuing down river through the Imperial National      Wildlife Refuge, drifting past saguaros and alkali flats.                                                        CUT TO:92A   EXT. IMPERIAL NATIONAL WILDLIFE REFUGE - DAY              92A      Chris, on a day hike, the river behind him, he (TELEFOTO      LENS played in beautific BACK LIGHT) tracks a herd of      wild horses.      ANGLE: Chris: The herd moves in an S-pattern. Chris runs      beside them and in our LONG LENS PERSPECTIVE, he seems to      be among them.                                                        CUT TO:93    EXT. RIVER CAMPSITE - NIGHT                                 93      Chris sits outside his tent, beside a campfire scrawling      a letter. His "bought-food" bounty in evidence.      The words APPEAR ON SCREEN in his handwriting OVER THE      IMAGE:      WAYNE, SOMETIMES I WISH I HADN'T MET YOU. TRAMPING IS      TOO EASY WITH ALL THIS MONEY. MY DAYS WERE MORE EXCITING      WHEN I WAS PENNILESS AND HAD TO FORAGE AROUND FOR MY NEXT      MEAL. I COULDN'T MAKE IT NOW WITHOUT MONEY HOWEVER...94    EXT. YUMA POST OFFICE - DAY                                 94      CONTINUE letter OVER:      ...AS THERE IS LITTLE FRUITING AGRICULTURE DOWN HERE AT      THIS TIME.      Chris moves up the steps of the post office with an      enveloped letter in hand.      CONTINUE letter OVER:      I'VE DECIDED THAT I'M GOING TO LIVE THIS LIFE FOR SOME      TIME TO COME. THE FREEDOM AND SIMPLE BEAUTY OF IT IS      JUST TOO GOOD TO PASS UP...                                                               65.95    INT YUMA POST OFFICE - DAY                                   95      Chris is in the elegant, 1930's-style post office buying      a stamp.      CONTINUE letter OVER:      ONE DAY I'LL BE ABLE TO REPAY SOME OF YOUR KINDNESS.    A      CASE OF JACK DANIELS, MAYBE? TILL THEN, I'LL ALWAYS      THINK OF YOU AS A FRIEND...      Chris licks the stamp.      Continue letter on screen:      GOD BLESS YOU, ALEXANDER.      The stamp comes down onto an envelope addressed:      WAYNE WESTERBERG      C/O GLORY HOUSE      SIOUX FALLS WORK RELEASE FACILITY      SIOUX FALLS, SD    57104                                                          CUT TO:95A   EXT. THE SAND DUNES ON THE AMERICAN SIDE OF MEXICAN         95A      BORDER - DAY      Chris ports his kayak over the dunes, snaking a scar      through the sand in his wake. Mexico in his sights.      POV: Morelos Dam at the Mexican border.96    EXT. MORELOS DAM AT THE MEXICAN BORDER - DAY (DECEMBER       96      2ND, 1990)      Careful not to be seen, Chris shoves off, just upriver      from the dam/border.      The floodgates are open just enough to allow Chris to lay      back in the kayak and drift prone under the gate. He      sits back up and paddles through having passed the      border, either unnoticed or ignored by patrols.                                                         FADE OUT.                                                            65A.97   INT. IMMIGRATION OFFICE - NIGHT                           97     A television set with George Bush plays.   SOUNDS of     typewriters.                            IMMIGRATION OFFICER (V.O.)               Why'd you go to Mexico?                            CHRIS (V.O.)               I thought I'd run the whole river into               the Sea of Cortez. The stupid dams dried               it up.                                                             66.98    EXT. 50 MILES SOUTH OF THE MEXICAN BORDER                   98      Chris is kayaking.   He dead ends in a reeded tributary.99    OMITTED                                                     99100   INT. IMMIGRATION OFFICE (CONTINUED)                        100                             IMMIGRATION OFFICER (V.O.)                How long were you on your own down there?                              CHRIS (V.O.)                36 days.                             IMMIGRATION OFFICER (V.O.)                How'd you know?                             CHRIS (V.O.)                Fingers and toes.      We see Chris' fingers and toes.   (DOWN ANGLE into      interrogation room)                             CHRIS (V.O.) (CONT'D)                After the river dried up, I ported the                kayak and got a lift to Golfo.101   EXT. FISHING VILLAGE, EL GOLFO DE SANTA CLARA - DAY        101      We see Chris jump down off the back of the duck hunter's      truck. He slides the kayak off the truck bed onto the      street. Chris goes into his pocket, pulls out a sealed      sandwich bag of cash. He tries to pay the hunters for      their time but they refuse the money. Nonetheless, Chris      is insistent and they relent.      Chris pulls his backpack from inside the bow and saddles      it up on his shoulders. The hunters pull away.                                                            67.102   EXT. EL GOLFO DE SANTA CLARA                           102      (1000mm lens) LOW ANGLE: SAND AND HEAT WAVES IN      FOREGROUND AND BACKGROUND: Chris, paddling his kayak      toward us, seemingly in the sand dunes. As we BOOM UP      SLIGHTLY, we see that there is a bend in the water's edge      and that he is in fact, paddling in the crystalline blue      of the Gulf.                             CHRIS (V.O.)                I paddled south about 20 miles.103   EXT. EL GOLFO DE SANTA CLARA                           103      UNDER-WATER SHOT: We are directly UNDER the passing kayak      as it slices the water's surface above us. We BACKFLIP      the CAMERA as it passes.                             CHRIS (V.O.)                That's when I saw the cave and everything                went upside down.                                                             68.104   EXT. EL GOLFO DE SANTA CLARA                             104      See the ocean and sand, wind whipping them. CAMERA PULLS      BACK to reveal Chris in a cave where he has made camp;      watching, waiting.                             CHRIS (V.O.)                A sandstorm hit and I was pretty much                stuck. My kayak blew away, so I left it                and walked up the beach, hitched back                north, and here I am.                                                          CUT TO:105   OMITTED                                                  105106   OMITTED                                                  106                69.107   OMITTED    107108   OMITTED    108109   OMITTED    109110   OMITTED    110111   OMITTED    111                                                 70.112   OMITTED                                     112113   OMITTED                                     113114   OMITTED                                     114115   INT. IMMIGRATION OFFICE - NIGHT             115      Chris sits with the IMMIGRATION OFFICER.                                                               71.                             IMMIGRATION OFFICER                36 days, wow. I guess they're gonna have                to watch that spillway a little better.                             CHRIS                What they ought to do is open up the dams                and let the rivers flow.                             IMMIGRATION OFFICER                I can't disagree with you on that. Okay,                Alexander SuperTramp. I think we're                gonna let you out of here shortly but                you've got two working weeks to get an ID                card in the United States. You can't be                crossing these borders without                identification, are we understood?                             CHRIS                Yes, sir. I've eaten enough sand to send                me back to the city anyway.                                                          CUT TO:116   EXT. TRAIN YARD, SOMEWHERE NEAR ALGODONES - NIGHT         116      A freight train cranks up its great engines and starts      its move west.      Chris POV: We see a BULL (hobo slang for a railway      security guard) making his rounds. As the bull      disappears around the caboose, and the trains motion      picks up, Chris appears from behind a fuel pump. He      makes his move in the shadows to the passing freight      cars, not quite sure how to board them. He begins to      slowly jog beside the train. There is a vertical steel      rod on each passing car. He times the train by putting      his hand out and letting the vertical rods slap it.                             CHRIS                       (counting)                One...Two...Three -                                                     71A.And with that he accelerates to a run, throws his packinto the moving freight car before him, simultaneouslyleaping up to grab the rail and throw himself into thecar.                                                              72.      But his left foot misses and he's suddenly dangling from      the moving train. He grabs hand over hand on the rail.      ANGLE: Dangling feet and razor sharp wheels.      ANGLE: Chris. He puts everything into pulling himself      up, growling the strength into his muscles finally...117   INT. FREIGHT CAR - NIGHT                                  117      As Chris rolls forward into the car -- he made it!                             CHRIS                As Alexander Supertramp returns to                civilization...a hobo.                       (quietly)                I'm a for real hobo.      He's very happy about this (despite the near surrender of      it.) Chris uses his pack as a pillow, lays back on it and      begins to sing Roger Miller's King of the Road.                                                           CUT TO:118   EXT. FREIGHT TRAIN - NIGHT                                118      We TRACK with train by HELICOPTER as we SEGUE from Chris'      rendition of King of the Road to Roger Miller's. We let      the train get away from us and disappear.                                                           CUT TO:119   EXT. TRAIN YARD, LOS ANGELES - DAY (FEBRUARY 3, 1991)     119      Chris' train pulls into the yard. Bulls and loaders      greet the train. Chris jumps off and breaks for the      fence unseen.                                                           CUT TO:120   OMITTED                                                   120                                                               73.121   EXT. DOWNTOWN LOS ANGELES - EARLY EVENING (STILL LIGHT) 121      The streets are crowded with business people on their way      to homes and happy hours, buses and parking garages,      showers and comforts. Among the throngs, we find Chris      walking up Grand Street, backpack on his shoulders. We      find he is not such an unusual sight, there are homeless      to the left and homeless to the right.                                                         CUT TO:122   EXT. MIDNIGHT MISSION, LOS ANGELES - NIGHT                122      Chris walks in.123   INT. REGISTRATION DESK, MIDNIGHT MISSION - SAME           123      (Reminder: Condition of Mission is circa 1991)      Chris stands at the registration desk talking with a a      HEAVY-SET BLACK FEMALE SOCIAL WORKER.                             CHRIS                Can you tell me how to get an ID card?                                                        74.                       SOCIAL WORKER          Did you lose your identification sir?                       CHRIS          Yeah.                       SOCIAL WORKER          No birth certificate? Nothing?Chris shakes his head apologetically.                       SOCIAL WORKER (CONT'D)          Ouch. Alright. Well you're gonna have          to work that out with the DMV. You can          catch them in the morning.The social worker begins to write an address on a pieceof paper.                       SOCIAL WORKER (CONT'D)          The closest one is Montebello and we can          help you with a bus voucher.She hands the Montebello address to Chris.                       SOCIAL WORKER (CONT'D)          So, just come to this desk when you need          the voucher.                       CHRIS          And, if I want to apply for a job          somewhere, can you help me with that?                       SOCIAL WORKER          If you know how to cook, we might have a          space for you in our mobile kitchen. But          I'll have to talk to my supervisor about          it in the morning.                       CHRIS          Alright then. Thank you. Oh, one last          thing. Do you have a bed for me?                       SOCIAL WORKER                 (handing him a form)          Sure. Just fill this in and I'll get you          all set up.Chris begins filling in the form.                                                     CUT TO:                                                              75.124   INT. MIDNIGHT MISSION DORM, LOS ANGELES                   124      Throughout the next two scenes, there is steady HONKING      of CAR HORNS, WAILING of POLICE SIRENS, AMBIENT HOSTILE      BANTER, GRINDING ENGINES OF BUSES, puffs of diesel      exhaust choke us.      300 HOMELESS occupy nearly as many beds in the dorm.      Chris searches the locker wall for his assigned locker.      When he comes upon it, he double checks the number with      that on the key, opens it, and puts his backpack inside.      CU: The lock, as Chris closes and secures his locker.                                                        CUT TO:125   EXT. LOS ANGELES STREETS - 6TH AND WALL - NIGHT           125      Chris walking among the hordes of homeless at 6th and      Wall streets. Open fires burn in front of cardboard      shacks. There are blacks, whites, Mexicans, even      families with children, junkies, winos, hustlers, and      hookers.                                                        CUT TO:126   EXT. LOS ANGELES STREETS - BROADWAY - NIGHT               126      NEW ANGLE: Chris walking down Broadway. This is clearly      just blocks away from where we last saw him, yet the      atmosphere is as if of a different world. One of those      downtown LA hip yuppie blocks. He comes upon a bar.      Through the window Chris sees young men and women roughly      his own age - working people, suits, gold-chainers.      Metallica blares on the sound system.                                                        CUT TO:127   INT. MIDNIGHT MISSION DORM, LOS ANGELES                   127      Same CU on locker as before, but this time it's being      opened.                                                        CUT TO:                                                           75A.128   INT. REGISTRATION DESK, MIDNIGHT MISSION                  128      We don't even see Chris but the camera is his POV as he      passes the social worker (same as before) The social      worker catches a thrown key.                                                                76.                             SOCIAL WORKER                You leaving us so soon? I know them DMV                lines are long...                                                          CUT TO:129   EXT. MIDNIGHT MISSION, LOS ANGELES - NIGHT                 129      (Director's Note: Traffic and pedestrians move in an      accelerated speed while Chris moves nearly in slo-      motion.)      Chris exits the building into CU.   He looks left, then      right, then directly into camera.                                              CHAPTER 3: MANHOOD                                                      FADE OUT/IN:130   OMITTED                                                    130131   EXT. TRAIN TRACKS OUTSIDE LOS ANGELES - NIGHT              131      Chris' train barrels along.132   INT. TRAIN CAR - NIGHT                                     132      Chris goes into his pack, grabs his canteen and drinks      some water. Mid-sip, the train begins to make a      surprising stop. Screeching wheels on track. Chris is      alarmed. As he moves to peer out the door, even before      he has a chance to see what's coming -- WHAM! He's      smashed in the head with a baton. A BULL jumps into the      car with him.                             BULL #2                Lay down on your stomach, spread eagle!                                                              77.      Chris turns to reason with the man. And that's all it      takes -- six straight blows to the ribs, legs, and arms.      We hear it more than we see it. Chris is in agony.                             BULL #2 (CONT'D)                Let me see your face.      The bull shines a flashlight into Chris' eyes.                             BULL #2 (CONT'D)                I never, ever, ever forget a face. If I                see yours again, I won't arrest you.                I'll kill you. This is the god-damned                railroad. And we will do whatever we                have to, to keep you freeloaders from                violating our liability.      Chris is trying to understand what the man is saying.                             BULL #2 (CONT'D)                If one of you people gets hurt on our                train, we are liable. Do you understand                that?                             CHRIS                       (despite the violent irony)                I'm sorry, sir.                             BULL #2                You have I.D.?                             CHRIS                No, sir.                             BULL #2                Of course you don't.                                                          CUT TO:133   EXT. TRAIN - NIGHT                                       133      Chris is pushed off the train, his pack thrown out after      him. The bull jumps down beside the track as well and      walks down track away from Chris, signalling an "all      clear" with his flashlight to some unseen engineer.                             BULL #2                       (to Chris over his shoulder)                Last time, my friend.                                                               78.      Chris stumbles to his feet. The pain of the beating is      real. He bleeds from the back of his ear. But he can      walk. And he does.                                                         CUT TO:134   EXT. DESERT HIGHWAY - DAY                                 134      Chris sits on his pack on the roadside, hitchhiking and      eating from a can of beans he opened with his      pocketknife. The odd car passes but doesn't stop.                                                         CUT TO:135   EXT. ARIZONA INTERSTATE OVERPASS - NIGHT                  135      Chris hops out of a Camaro that gave him a ride.   The      lighting is anonymous and so is the driver.                             CHRIS                Thanks very much.      He closes the door and the car drives off. We follow      Chris as he goes to the overpass edge. He drops his pack      over the side. Chris climbs down the edge of the      overpass, grabs his pack, and scurries into the UNDERPASS      below. (We suddenly recognize this as his pre-river run      campsite)      He digs up his buried belongings, returning them to his      pack. Last to come out of the ground, Chris' copy of      Jack London's Call of the Wild. He pulls off a temp      wrapping and dusts it off.      Chris lights his candle lantern and begins to read.      O.S. VOICES from the PAST:                             BILLIE (O.S.)                       (screaming, angry)                I'm not talking about this anymore!      Feet stomping off.                             WALT (O.S.)                Don't walk away from me WOMAN!                              BILLIE (O.S.)                Fuck you!   I hate you!      Sounds of scuffle.                                                           78A.                              BILLIE (O.S.) (CONT'D)                KIDS!   LOOK WHAT YOUR FATHER'S DOING TO                ME!136   INT. MCCANDLESS HOME, ANNANDALE (PAST)                    136      ELEVEN-YEAR OLD CARINE sits in the stairwell leading to      her parent's room where an argument ensues. Carine's      head in her hands, a delicate tear moistens the webs      between her small fingers.                                                            79.      FIFTEEN-YEAR OLD CHRIS enters from O.S. He leans against      the stairwell and looks up the stairs. Our focus remains      on Carine. In the B.G. SOFT FOCUS, Walt is pinning      Billie down onto the bed. She flails at him but he holds      down her shoulders.                             WALT                LOOK WHAT YOUR MOTHER IS MAKING ME DO!      Billie slips his grasp. Walt reaches out with a hit/push      of her back. She is thrust out of the bedroom onto the      landing above the staircase followed by Walt who      positions himself in the doorway like a hostile      crucifixion.                             WALT (CONT'D)                       (raging)                I'll just cancel Christmas then!      Billie returns to him, punching on his chest:                             BILLIE                Who do you think you are?   God?                              WALT                Yes.   I'm God!      Chris puts his hand out to Carine. She looks up to him.      He gives her a smile and a wink. She takes his hand and      they exit frame as the argument continues.                             WALT (O.S.) (CONT'D)                Where do you kids think you're going?                             BILLIE (O.S.)                       (not in desperation so much                        as a demand for their                        witness)                Kids, get back here!      We HEAR a DOOR SLAM OC.                                                         CUT TO:137   EXT. ANNANDALE STREET - DAY (PAST)                      137      The young Chris and Carine. She sits atop the handlebars      of his bicycle beaming as Chris peddles her down the      middle of the street. We PULL THEM as they ride.                         79aA.             CHRIS       (mockingly)I'll cancel Christmas!                                      79A.             CARINE       (humored out of her sadness)Who do you think you are? God?              CHRISYes.   I'm God.                                                               80.138   EXT. ARIZONA INTERSTATE UNDERPASS - NIGHT                 138      As they both laugh we DISSOLVE BACK to Chris (PRESENT)      reading beside his candle lantern.                             CARINE (V.O.)                In the nine months since Chris'                disappearance, my parents went through                enormous changes. Guilt was giving way                to pain. And pain seemed to bring them                closer. My father had humbled                dramatically. And what had always been a                sort of curt arrogance, the kind of man                who actually thought he could cancel                Christmas, had given way to the                vulnerability of a father's heart. Even                their faces had changed. It made me sad                that I couldn't share with Chris the new                closeness I felt toward our parents.      The image of Chris reading begins a SLOW DISSOLVE INTO...139   INT. FREIGHT TRAIN CAR - NIGHT                            139                             CARINE                I close my eyes at night sometimes and                imagine where Chris might be.      Suspicious, ghostly faces briefly appear in the strobing      lights that hit the train car from outside. They're      toothless and tattooed. Aged and young. Punks and      piercings. They're train tramps.      We see Chris observing them.   Warmly he speaks but we DO      NOT HEAR, "I'm Alex."140   EXT. TRAMP CAMP, LAS VEGAS - DAY                          140                             CARINE                Was there beauty around him?   Was he                hurt? Was he alone?      We see Chris sharing camp with the train tramps in the      outskirts of Las Vegas. DISSOLVE...                                                            80A.141   INT. LAS VEGAS RESTAURANT - NIGHT                       141                             CARINE                Was he having the great adventure that he                wanted?      We see Chris working as a waiter in a Las Vegas      restaurant. DISSOLVE...                                                               81.142   EXT. MOUNTAIN PASS - DAY                                  142                             CARINE                Could he feel the changes here at home?                By some kind of supernatural osmosis?                Chris once wrote to me from college                saying he wanted to talk to me about all                the problems he had with mom and dad.      We see what may be Chris' POV from a train car snaking      through a mountain pass.                                                   DISSOLVE TO:143   EXT. LAS VEGAS DESERT - NIGHT                             143                             CARINE                He said I was the only person in the                world who could've possibly understood                what he had to say.      We see Chris in the Las Vegas desert by a campfire at      night.                                                   DISSOLVE TO:144   EXT. SEATTLE - DAY                                        144      HIGH ANGLE CU: We see Chris walking the streets of      Seattle. As we WIDEN OUT, he becomes a dot in the      Seattle landscape.                             CARINE                In those silent moments, with my eyes                closed trying to picture where Chris                might be at that very moment, probably                climbing some scary mountain, I want to                reach into that picture and bring him                back to see what mom and dad, what our                family might become.      LONG LENS: Chris disappears over the rise into the      Seattle marketplace overlooking Puget Sound (per location      photography.)                                                   DISSOLVE TO:                                                              82.145   EXT. ANNANDALE SUPERMARKET - DAY                          145                             CARINE                But instead when I open my eyes, what I                see is my mother, sitting at the dining                room table, sifting through photo albums                and pictures of Chris. It's all she can                do to examine the snapshots. And, though                she breaks down from time to time, she                studies them with a sort of hungry                intensity - like looking at food you                can't eat, or into a window at a family                around a table that you were once a part                of and can be no more.      We see Billie driving out of the Annandale supermarket      onto the boulevard. She sees a hitchhiker roadside. She      cranes her head - is it Chris? It's not.                             CARINE (V.O.)   (CONT'D)                She convinces herself it's   Chris; that                it's her son, whenever she   passes a                stray. And I fear for the    mother in                her...                                                     DISSOLVE TO:146   EXT. BARREN DESERT - DAY                                  146      We see Chris hitchhiking in a barren desert.                             CARINE                Instincts that seem to sense the threat                of a loss so huge and irreparable that                the mind balks at taking its measure - I                begin to wonder if I do understand what                Chris is saying any longer. But I catch                myself in doubt and remember that these                are not the parents he grew up with.                That in the forced reflection that comes                with loss, indeed everything Chris is                saying, has to be said. And I trust for                him that everything he is doing has to be                done. This is our life.                                                           CUT TO:                                                               83.147   EXT. BULLHEAD CITY, ARIZONA - DAY (OCTOBER 1991)           147      Chris is in the passenger seat of a Mac truck cab. Both      Chris and the TRUCKER look outward as though to find an      address or landmark.                             TRUCKER                I don't know where to drop you.                Bullhead's kinda haphazard - there's no                "center." You sure you don't want to be                in Laughlin? It's casinos versus                chiropractors.                              CHRIS                Yeah, no.   This is good.   Right here.                             TRUCKER                Alright then. Chiropractors it is.      He pulls over. Chris grabs his pack and exits the truck      in front of a laundromat. As the truck pulls away, Chris      sees a "Help Wanted" sign for Burger King on the      laundromat window.                                                          TIME CUT:148   INT. BURGER KING, BULLHEAD CITY - DAY                      148      The place is packed with a line out the door. LORI, the      second assistant manager, hurries back into the kitchen,      where we find Chris in paper cap, bunning whoppers at a      leisurely pace.                             LORI                Chris, you gotta go faster.   We've got a                line out the door.                              CHRIS                        (a bit oblivious)                Okay.      But then just continues on at his leisurely daydreaming      pace. Lori is about to say something but by now she      knows there's no getting through to him. She looks down      to the floor where we see that Chris wears no socks.                             LORI                       (extending patience)                Chris, I don't mean to be on you about                everything. You're doing a great job.                             (MORE)                                                              84.                             LORI (CONT'D)                I want to keep you on. And we all want                to help you get to Alaska, but you've got                to start wearing socks.                             CHRIS                Right, right. I forgot.                              LORI                And please.   Hurry.   We're ten deep.                              CHRIS                Okay.      But the pace remains.                                                           CUT TO:149   INT. BANK, BULLHEAD CITY - DAY                            149      Chris stands at the counter making a deposit with a YOUNG      FEMALE TELLER.                             CHRIS                How much do I have in the account now?                             TELLER                It looks like...let me see. Including                this latest deposit...One thousand, two                hundred and fifty two dollars                and...twenty-two cents.                             CHRIS                What's the interest on twenty-two cents?      The young teller giggles.                                                           CUT TO:150   EXT. BANK, BULLHEAD CITY - DAY                            150      We're TIGHT ON Chris' sock-less feet, pedalling away from      the bank on a bicycle. The growing independence of his      financial situation felt in the MUSIC OVER:      SERIES OF ANGLES as Chris rides out of town, into the      desert, from a late afternoon sun into a sunset as he      arrives at his -151   EXT. CAMPSITE, OUTSIDE BULLHEAD CITY - SUNSET             151      The casino lights of Laughlin, Nevada distantly in B.G.                                                                85.      Chris pedals up a dirt path to find many of his      belongings strewn about. And in particular, some food      supplies have been torn into. A coyote yips in the      distance as Chris finds his old straw hat torn to shreds.      Across the desert, scurrying away beyond the tumbleweed,      three young coyotes head for the hills. Chris picks up      his tattered hat and smiles.                                                             CUT TO:152   INT. BURGER KING, BULLHEAD CITY - DAY                       152      We are TIGHT on the PUNCHCLOCK as Chris' timecard comes      into frame and is punched out.      WIDEN OUT to see Chris taking off his paper hat and      Burger King overshirt.      He walks his timecard over to Lori.   The place is all but      empty.                             CHRIS                Lori, I'm punching out.                              LORI                Okay.   Just put it in the drop.                             CHRIS                No, I mean I'm punching out for good.                             LORI                       (happy for him)                We've made our quota, have we?                             CHRIS                Yeah. Also, I've got to do some things                before I head north.                             LORI                Alright Chris. Well, we've enjoyed                knowing you. I won't be able to get that                last check to you right away though.                               CHRIS                That's okay.    I'll let you know where to                send it.                             LORI                Alright then Chris.    Bye-bye now.                                                                86.                               CHRIS                   Bye-bye.                                                           CUT TO:153   EXT. BULLHEAD CITY - DAY                                   153      City crews string Christmas lights and ornaments along      the main drag. We CRANE DOWN to find Chris' bike leaning      on a lamppost. A cardboard sign attached to it reads -      FREE BIKE.    MERRY CHRISTMAS.   - ALEXANDER SUPERTRAMP                                                           CUT TO:154   EXT. DESERT, HIGHWAY 95 - DAY                              154      MUSIC OVER:      Chris is hitching south on the 95 into the Big Maria      Mountains. Beyond him we see a sign for Niland 206      miles.155   EXT. TRUCK STOP ON INTERSTATE 10, BLYTHE, CA - NIGHT       155      CONTINUE MUSIC OVER:156   INT. MEN'S ROOM, TRUCK STOP - NIGHT                        156      CONTINUE MUSIC OVER:      Chris gets a clean shave and a whore's bath.      CU: Chris      Music FADES.                                                 CHAPTER 4: FAMILY                                                      DISSOLVE TO:157   EXT. THE SLABS, NILAND, CA - DAY                           157      This is the vista of former barracks foundations Rainey      and Jan Burres had told Chris about. Hundreds of people      in tents and trailers, a quarter inch to the right of a      Rainbow Gathering as hillbillies and renegades mix with      the hippies. There are canvas-covered booths set up for      swap and trade. Even a few makeshift food stands.                                                               87.      We SEE that many of the inhabitants have set up CHRISTMAS      TREES outside their trailers and tents. Kids play naked      in a mud pool.                                                         CUT TO:158   EXT. THE BOOTH OF JAN &amp; RAINEY, THE SLABS - SAME          158      We see Rainey selling their wares. Beside the booth,      their van with its backseat door open. A little dog,      Sunni, jumps out the van door, sniffing something out.      Jan exits the van after the dog.                               JAN                Sunni!    Come here boy.      But Sunni has sniffed out Chris' large backpack leaning      against the rear of the van. Jan is just beginning to      recognize it, when from behind the van appears Chris,      looking like a million bucks.                               CHRIS                Surprise!                               JAN                         (overjoyed)                Alex!      As she goes to hug him -      ANGLE: Rainey hearing his name, jumps up from his stool      to join them.      Big embraces all around.                                                         CUT TO:159   EXT. THE SLABS - NIGHT                                    159      An impromptu campfire celebration with live music from a      makeshift stage. Jan, Rainey, and Chris sit on chairs      outside the circle of inhabitants, taking in the music.                             JAN                You have to tell us everything.      (Note: This scene should largely be improvised. They all      know their characters, their history. Jan and Rainey are      doing great. And while Chris is intermittently aware      that the eyes of a pretty 16-year old girl are upon him,      Chris lays out his travels and his PLAN FOR ALASKA.                                                               88.      Jan remarks, "I guess if you can figure out how to paddle      a canoe down to Mexico, hop freight trains, and score      beds at inner-city missions, you can figure out Alaska      too.")      At this point, the PRETTY 16-YEAR OLD GIRL who had had      her eyes on Chris, takes the stage with an acoustic      guitar, introduces herself as TRACY, then SINGS an              *      innocent love song of her own composition, stealing      seductive glances at Chris throughout the performance.                             JAN (CONT'D)                I think you've made yourself a friend.                             CHRIS                       (blushing)                She's only a teenager.                             JAN                Good luck.      The girl finishes her song.                                                         CUT TO:160   EXT. THE BOOTH OF JAN &amp; RAINEY - DAY                      160      Chris and Rainey man the second-hand goods booth while      Jan bathes Sunni in a steel bucket by the van. Among the      goods, a USED ORGAN. Chris is thrilled to have access to      all the second-hand books that are part of Rainey and      Jan's inventory. As he skims through Jack London's      Odyssey of the North, Rainey notices Tracy sitting on the       *      steps of her vagabond parents' rig across from the booth.      She picks silently at her guitar with her bright eyes      fixed on Chris.                             RAINEY                How long can you stay with us?                             CHRIS                Well, I'm waiting on a check from my last                job to come into Salton City the day                after Christmas. I've got to start                thinking about getting ready for Alaska.                When the sun gets a little lower tonight,                I'm going to start a calisthenics                routine. I think after the check comes                in, I'll try to find some mountains I can                climb everyday till spring comes. I                gotta see how far the money's gonna go.                             (MORE)                                                      89.                       CHRIS (CONT'D)          I'm going to have to pick up a lot of          supplies before spring. So, I might take          another job or I might be okay.                       RAINEY          Well, you know, we'll give you a little          something for every day you work the          booth.                       CHRIS          I'm not taking any money from you,          Rainey.   It's been a real great twist          meeting you two. You look like you're          doing good.                       RAINEY          We are, and you were a big part of that,          coming along when you did. Yep, things          are good.                 (gives a little giggle)          Man, I used to think Tantric sex was just          a bunch of reading. Speaking of which,          don't you think you ought to introduce          yourself to Joni Mitchell over there?Chris looks up from his book to the wide open 16-year oldsmile of Tracy. Rainey laughs aloud. Chris smiles back,      *and against his better instincts, gives her a little wave-over with the paperback. Tracy jumps off her step,           *putting her guitar inside the rig, and trots like alittle wood nymph to Chris.                       TRACY                                 *          Hi.                       CHRIS          Hi.                       TRACY                                 *          You selling books?                        CHRIS          I am.   We are.                       TRACY                                 *          I read a lot.                       CHRIS          Do you?                       TRACY                                 *          Yeah.                                                               90.                               CHRIS                That's good.    I heard you play your song                last night.                             TRACY                                    *                       (embarrassed)                I'm terrible.      Rainey amused by all of this.                             CHRIS                You are not terrible.                               TRACY                                  *                I'm not?                              CHRIS                No.   You sing sweet.                             TRACY                                    *                Thank you. I was going to go watch the                kids play in the mud. Do you want to go?                              RAINEY                Go on.   I'll watch the store.                              CHRIS                I'm sorry.   This is Rainey.   And I'm                Chris.      Whoops, a slip on the name, but...                             RAINEY                Hi. Rainey. And this is Alex. ("Don't                lie to her.")                               TRACY                                  *                I'm Tracy.                                            *      Chris realizes his slip but before Rainey can question      anything, Chris stands and goes off with Tracy.                 *      Rainey and Jan share a conspiratorial smile.161   EXT. THE MUD PIT, THE SLABS - SAME                        161      (Salvation Mountain?) (Leonard?)                                                               91.      LONG LENS: We watch Chris and Tracy sit pit-side with a         *      foreground of frolicking naked children splashing about      in the mud. We don't hear their conversation. We just      watch its gentleness.                                                           CUT TO:162   EXT. RAINEY &amp; JAN'S VAN, THE SLABS - NIGHT                162      Tracy helps Rainey cook dinner on the barbecue, meaning         *      to demonstrate to Chris what a wonderful wife she would      be. Jan and Chris sipping on beers sit beside each other      on folding chairs, out of Rainey and Tracy's earshot.           *                             JAN                I wasn't much older than Tracy when I got             *                pregnant. And I thought my husband and I                were going to invent peace on earth and                stay together forever. But it didn't                work out that way. He left. History.                Now ancient history. And that was the                end of that. So, I raised Reno by myself                - that's my son. Then I met Rainey. And                that was really good for a while. But                Reno was already a teenager and was                becoming a man in his own way. And then,                I don't know. He kinda followed in his                father's footsteps - out the door and                gone. And I really don't know where he                is. I haven't heard from him in two                years.                             CHRIS                I hope I get to meet him sometime.      Jan looks into Chris' eyes and smiles with pure love.      She leans over and gently kisses Chris on the cheek.                             JAN                Do your folks know where you are?      Chris aims to deflect the question as Tracy enters the          *      scene.                             TRACY                                    *                Soup's on. Oh, I'm sorry.   Are you guys                getting heavy?                                                               92.                              JAN                 No, sweetheart. Just hungry. You've                 been doing a fantastic job over there.                        (to Chris)                 Shall we eat?                             CHRIS                 Yeah.      Tracy grabs Chris' hand and proudly leads him to supper.         *      As they exit frame, we remain for a moment with Jan and      her thoughts.                                                            CUT TO:163   INT./EXT. SLABS MONTAGE - DAY                              163      MUSIC OVER:      MONTAGE:      1. Chris reading and selling books.      2. Chris and Tracy taking walks with Sunni.                      *      3. Rainey and Jan stealing some afternoon delight in the      van. (It's the days of wine and roses)      4. Chris' new daily regimen of calisthenics.      5. Tracy's new daily regimen of watching Chris do                *      calisthenics. His lean body tighter and stronger      everyday.                                                            CUT TO:164   EXT. RAINEY &amp; JAN'S VAN, THE SLABS - (CHRISTMAS) DAY       164      Rainey stands over Chris as Chris does sit-ups.     Rainey's      gut hanging a little heavy over his belt.      OS VOICES exchange Christmas greetings.                              RAINEY                 I really ought to get myself doing that.                              CHRIS                 You should Rainey. Makes that Tantric                 stuff go even better.                                                     93.                       RAINEY          How the hell would you know? That poor          girl over there is about ready to vault          onto a fence post. And here you are, the          monk of Jack LaLane.They share a laugh. Chris comes to the end of his sit-ups. Wipes his brow with a towel. Rainey squats downnext to him.                       RAINEY (CONT'D)          I guess Jan filled you in. About Reno          and everything. Children can be harsh          judges when it comes to their parents.          They don't grant clemency easily. I          think Reno tended to see things in black          and white. I just hope he lives long          enough to forgive her.The connection is not lost on Chris.                       RAINEY (CONT'D)          But painful as it is, you turned a light          on in her and I'm grateful.                       CHRIS          Me too.                       RAINEY          For what?Chris doesn't answer. A kid rides by on a bright new BigWheel. Must be from the rich side of the commune.                       RAINEY (CONT'D)          Do your folks know where you are?                       CHRIS          No.                       RAINEY          Don't you think they ought to?                       CHRIS          They should. But I can't. Not yet,          anyway. I got a sister though, Carine.          She's the most beautiful girl in the          world. But, it's all got to stay behind          me until I get where I'm going.                       RAINEY          Alaska?                                                              94.                             CHRIS                Yeah, Rainey. Alaska.      Rainey won't intrude any further. He just nods. Chris      notices Tracy in the door of her parent's rig, stealthily       *      waving him over. Chris gives Rainey the "Uh-oh" look,      pulls on his T-shirt, and walks over to the rig. Tracy          *      has disappeared inside.                                                          CUT TO:165   INT. TRACY'S PARENTS RIG - SAME                           165   *      Chris pops his head in.                               CHRIS                Hello?    Merry Christmas?                             TRACY (O.C.)                             *                Come in here.      As Chris mounts the steps, he finds Tracy laying on the         *      bed inside, wearing a skimpy white girl's tank top and      underpants.                                TRACY (CONT'D)                        *                Guess what.                               CHRIS                         (deer in headlights)                What?                             TRACY                                    *                My parents went into town.                                CHRIS                No!                             TRACY                                    *                Yes, they did. They went to call my                grandma for Christmas.                             CHRIS                No, I mean, no, we can't do that.                                TRACY                                 *                Why not?      Chris moves to sit on the edge of her bed.    Tracy sits up     *      beside him.                                                                 95.                             CHRIS                How old are you?                               TRACY                                    *                Eighteen.      Chris throws her a look of doubt.                               TRACY (CONT'D)                           *                Seventeen.                             CHRIS                What year were you born?      As soon as she has to think about it, the jig is up.                             CHRIS (CONT'D)                You want to do something together?      Shyly, she shakes her head "yes."                                                          CUT TO:166   EXT. THE SLABS - NIGHT                                      166      We SEE the used Christmas trees of the residents being      thrown onto an existing campfire, building into the      enormous, celebratory bonfire that lights the scene.      As we did with the footsteps in the mud and the kayak      slashing the sand, we TRACK VERTICALLY along an extension      cord from one of the trailer generators to the stage      until we find -      Tracy with her guitar and Chris with the second-hand              *      organ from Rainey and Jan's booth on the stage. They      enter into a duet of John Prine's Angel from Montgomery      for the crowd of the Slabs' fire-lit inhabitants.      In the crowd, we find Rainey and Jan clapping and dancing      along to Chris and Tracy's song. Merry Christmas.                 *                                                          CUT TO:167   EXT. THE SLABS - DAY                                        167      Jan is pulling the van out from their plot.    Rainey is      guiding the single-directional vehicle.      Chris and Tracy stand beside the car path.    Chris writes        *      down Wayne Westerberg's Carthage address.                                                              96.                             CHRIS                You can always get in touch with me by                sending mail here. I don't know when                I'll get it, but I'll get it.                              TRACY                                   *                        (crying)                Okay.                             CHRIS                You're pretty magic.                              TRACY                                   *                I am?      He hugs her.   And kisses her. (cheek, lips? I don't      know.)      Jan pulls up in the van. Rainey walks over to Chris and      gives him a paternal hug.                             RAINEY                You take care of yourself, kiddo.                             CHRIS                You too, Rainey. Thanks for everything.      Chris gives Rainey's gut a full-hand pinch.                             CHRIS (CONT'D)                New Year's resolution?      Rainey gives him a wink and puts his arm around Tracy as        *      Chris jumps into the car. Then he and Jan hit the road.                                                           CUT TO:168   EXT. MARKET POST OFFICE, SALTON CITY - DAY                168      This market/liquor store/post office serves as the      cultural nexus for the greater Salton Sea area.      As Jan's van pulls up opposite the post office and makes      a U-turn to curbside, Chris gets out of the van. Now      Jan's eyes really well up.                             JAN                       (sweetly)                Just get your pack out of the back and                get out of here. I can't take a hug.                                                               97.      Chris says nothing. He just looks at Jan. They      understand each other. Chris closes the door. He      fiddles with the broken handle of the back door, gets it      open, gets his pack out. On top of his pack, A WRAPPED      XMAS GIFT and when he closes the back door, Jan heads      straight off back to the Slabs. Chris opens the      giftwrap; it's the new hat Jan had promised. Chris is      touched.                                                          CUT TO:169   EXT. TWO-LANED ROAD, ANNANDALE, VA (PAST) - DAY           169      TELEPHOTO LENS: A long two-laned road before us rises and      falls in a series of saddles and peaks. The narrow      shoulders are densely wooded. SLOWLY APPEARING over the      near most peak, a TEAM OF EIGHT SHIRTLESS HIGH SCHOOL      RUNNERS. Leading the group - 17 YEAR-OLD CHRISTOPHER      MCCANDLESS. Lean, softly handsome, and graceful.                             CARINE (V.O.)                In high school, Chris became captain of                the cross-country track team. They                called themselves the Road Warriors.      REVERSE ANGLE: The group of young runners, led by Chris      suddenly veer off the paved road into the adjoining      woods.170   EXT. TRAILS, ANNANDALE (PAST) - DAY                       170      SERIES OF ANGLES: The runners, led by Chris, pace      unchartered trails, grassy hillsides, and shallow      streams.                             CARINE                He'd take them on what he loved to refer                to as "epic" runs. The whole point was                to run until they were completely lost                and so exhausted that they were on the                verge of puking. Then they'd slow down a                little, somehow he'd find their bearings,                and lead them home again at full speed.                This was my brothers idea of fun.      We FAVOR Chris as he jogs in place at the exhilarating      point of being lost. When he has identified a most      likely return route, he quickens his pace, leading the      group in the direction of return.                                                          CUT TO:                                                              98.171   INT. MARKET/POST OFFICE, SALTON CITY                      171      Chris heads out with his last Burger King check in hand,      proudly wearing his new hat and in search of mountains to      climb.                             CARINE (V.O.)                A year and a half into Chris'                disappearance, each day that goes by now                feels like two. Dad calls it "suspended                animation." I kept telling myself that                he had to get lost to prove his                independence to himself. But this was no                day run for the Road Warriors and after                so much time, I could no longer keep out                the haunting thoughts.172   EXT. MARKET/POST OFFICE, SALTON CITY - DAY                172      Chris, with pack and new hat walks away from camera      toward the interstate and the brittle mountains beyond.                             CARINE (V.O.)                In many ways, my life and even my parents                had begun to move in new directions. I'd                fallen in love. And mom and dad had even                ventured out on a brief vacation. But,                when a search of tax records uncovered                Chris' contribution to OXFAM, the weight                of his disappearance just seemed to lie                down on us full length.                                             CHAPTER 5: GETTING OF                                               WISDOM DISSOLVE TO:173   EXT. BADLANDS OF ANZA-BORREGO DESERT STATE PARK - DAY     173      (JANUARY 1992)                                                              99.      WIDE SHOT: We see the Oh My God Hot Springs. Steaming      pools lined with rocks and shaded by palm trees. A small      group of campers and Charlie Manson wannabes in      FOREGROUND.      We ZOOM past them to the sheer rock faces and landforms      of the badlands, several miles beyond.                                                        CUT TO:174   EXT. STONE WALL, ANZA-BORREGO DESERT - DAY                174      SLO MO: We are looking down a radically steep rock face.      A shirtless Chris is in training running towards us under      the hot desert sun.      We HEAR only breath and footsteps.                                                        CUT TO:175   EXT. CHRIS' CAMP BESIDE THE STONE WALL - DAY              175      Chris rests on the sand under a tarp, hung from a      Creosote branch. A plate of beans and rice eaten nearly      clean and an empty water jug beside him. Flies buzz and      pick.                                                        CUT TO:176   EXT. OH-MY-GOD HOT SPRINGS - DAY                          176      Chris on a morning jog, wearing a shoulder bag and      carrying an empty water jug. A quick wave to one of his      distant "neighbors" at the spring's camp as he runs by.                                                        CUT TO:177   EXT. PAVED TWO-LANE ROAD INTO SALTON CITY - DAY           177      Chris continues his jog, cars whisk by and dust kicks      into the air. But Chris is undeterred, keeps running.178   EXT. MARKET/POST OFFICE, SALTON CITY - SAME               178      Chris approaches, slowing his jog to a walk. Chris sets      down his water jug and stretches his calves. In the      distance we see the peaks of the badlands landforms from      where he ran.                                                             100.      Chris shakes off the jog, picks up the jug, and we go      with him around the side of the building. There's a      water faucet dripping slowly into the desert mud. Chris      pops his jug under it and fills it up.                                                        CUT TO:179   INT. MARKET/POST OFFICE - SAME                           179      Chris walks the aisles, sipping from his jug, as he comes      across bags of rice on the market shelves. A HEAVY SET      GIRL passes him in the aisle with her well-mannered dog      following her.                             CHRIS                       (no high-pitched pet voice)                Hey boy. You are a handsome fellow.                       (over shoulder to the girl)                Beautiful dog.                               THE GIRL                Thank you.      As the girl continues on, the dog wants to stay with      Chris.                               CHRIS                Go on, boy.    Go on.      And the dog obeys him.      As he sorts through the various rice selections, brown,      white, wild, we notice a MAN peering over the opposite      shelf at Chris. This is RON FRANZ, between 70 and 80      years old, six-feet, thick arms, barrel chest, and large      ears. He wears old jeans, an immaculate white T-shirt, a      decorative tooled leather belt, white socks, and scuffed      black loafers. His deeply pitted nose demonstrates a      purple filigree of veins which unfold like an finely      wrought tattoo. And on either side of it, the wary blue      eyes of a soldier. He is the archetypical American man.      Chris has caught his sympathetic eye. Chris moves to the      counter to pay for rice.                                                        CUT TO:180   EXT. MARKET/POST OFFICE - SAME                           180      In WIDE SHOT, we watch Chris from behind, walking out      across the two-lane road. He puts out his thumb to hitch      a ride.                                                              101.      When a truck comes from BEHIND INTO FRAME heading      straight for Chris, the truck makes a relaxed L-turn,      pulling up beside Chris.181   INT. RON'S TRUCK                                          181                             RON                Where's your camp?                             CHRIS                       (pointing)                Out past Oh-My-God Hot Springs.                             RON                I've lived in and around here six years                now and I've never heard of any place                that goes by that name.      Ron leans across the bench seat of the truck, opening up      the passenger door.                             RON (CONT'D)                Show me how to get there.      Chris hops in beside Ron, who extends his hand -                               RON (CONT'D)                Ron Franz.                               CHRIS                Alex.                               RON                Alex.    Where are you from Alex?                             CHRIS                West Virginia.                             RON                Okay, Alex from West Virginia. I like a                fellow who doesn't raise the pitch of his                voice when he talks to animals...shows he                doesn't condescend.      Chris remembers now the dog in the store and why Ron      must've thought to give him a ride.      And they head off.182   EXT. FEW MILES UP ROAD                                    182      Ron truck drives up the road.                                                              102.183   INT. RON'S TRUCK                                          183      As we come upon a 4x4 track twisting down a narrow wash -                             CHRIS                You go left here.      Ron turns the truck down the 4x4 track.184   EXT. 4X4 TRACK, ANZA-BORREGO DESERT - SAME                184      We watch the truck bump and grind on the mangled dirt      road about a mile in.      Out the window, Ron's eye has been caught by something.      Ron's POV: Oh-My-God Hot Springs -      We see a couple of day-glo vans and rusted out      Studebakers that hadn't been turned over since Eisenhower      was in the White House. Several of those living there      mill about buck naked. And at the center of the camp,      the steaming pools lined with rocks under the palm trees.                             RON                You live here?                             CHRIS                No, we keep going. I'm further up.                Another half-mile or so, out on the                Bajada.185   EXT. CHRIS' CAMP BESIDE THE STONE WALL - SAME             185      Ron and Chris drive up in the truck. Ron shuts off the      ignition and gets out of the truck to stretch his legs.      Chris follows, puts his full water jug under the tarp at      his campsite, hooking it onto a branch. He throws his      shoulder bag with the rice in it into his backpack.                             RON                Well, this is somethin' out here. Don't                you worry about those dope smokers and                nudists down below there?                             CHRIS                No, they keep to themselves pretty much                and so do I.                                             103.            RON      (skeptical)Hmmm. You strike me as a bright youngman. Am I wrong about that?             CHRISI think I got my head on my shoulderspretty good.             RONThat's what I mean.    How long have youbeen out here?             CHRISCouple of weeks.             RONAnd before that?             CHRISA lot of places. I've been movingaround.             RONHow old are you?             CHRISTwenty-three.             RONTwenty-three years old! Son, don't youthink you should be getting an education?And a job? And making something of thislife?             CHRISLook Mr. Franz. I think careers are atwentieth century invention and I don'twant one. You don't need to worry aboutme. I have a college education. I'm notdestitute. I'm living like this bychoice.               RONIn the dirt?             CHRIS       (laughs)Yeah, in the dirt.             RONI just don't know.    Where's your family?                                                        104.                       CHRIS          Don't have one anymore.                       RON          That's a shame.Chris can see some deep sadness in this man.                       CHRIS          Hey, Mr. Franz. I want to show you          something.Ron follows Chris to the rockface we'd seen Chris runningearlier. They begin to walk up it. It's tough on theold-timer, walking this steep hill. But he's a tough old-timer, at least for the moment...ANGLE: The two men nearly half way to the summit.     It'sgetting steeper and higher. Ron stops.                       RON          This is getting a little steep.     And a          little high for me kid.                       CHRIS          Alright.   But look out there. Even from          half way out, it's quite a sight isn't          it?Their POV: Enormous beautiful vista all the way acrossthe Bajada.                       CHRIS (CONT'D)          From the top you can see all the way to          the Salton Sea too.Ron looks up the precarious rock wall.   He ain't gonna beseeing the Salton Sea today.                       RON          You can see the Salton Sea from up there?                       CHRIS          Yes, sir.                        RON                 (starting his way down the                  hill)          My goodness.                       CHRIS          You don't want to go up?                                                                 105.                                RON                  Nope.   I don't do these kind of things.      Chris smiles and follows Ron.       As they approach the      bottom of the hill -                               RON (CONT'D)                  How about you and me take a drive? About                  fifty miles or so up highway, I know a                  place that's got a view, great food, and                  requires no climbing. How's that sound?      Chris thinks about it.     Then -                               CHRIS                  Yeah, sure. It'll take me a couple of                  minutes to clean up.                                 RON                  Fair enough.                                                             CUT TO:186   EXT. DESERT HIGHWAY - AFTERNOON                              186      Ron's truck drives through frame.187   EXT. INDIAN AVENUE SOUTHBOUND, PALM SPRINGS - DAY            187      We see Ron and Chris driving parallel on the windmilled      road (Our frame will only hold the lower fraction of the      spinning windmills in the background)                                                             CUT TO:188   EXT. SAN JACINTO TRAMWAY - LATE AFTERNOON                    188      VERTICAL POV: We are thousands of feet in the air over      the rigid rocky canyon as we ascend toward San Jacinto      summit. It's high. Scary HIGH.189   INT. TRAM                                                    189      MUSIC OVER: As Chris and Ron ride the tram to the peak,      we watch Chris watching Ron, his kind, moist old eyes,      slowly blinking at the wonder of the nature around him.      Other passengers on the tram seem nervous, but Ron is      meditative, almost hypnotized.                                                                106.      And with each roll-through of the tram through the cable      towers, the tram car rocks and sways, but Ron's peace      goes unbroken. And Chris continues to admire the gentle      blinking of his eyes.                                                          CUT TO:190   INT. ELEVATION RESTAURANT (SAN JACINTO SUMMIT) - TWILIGHT90                                                              1      The two of them sit in a quiet, corner   booth of the      tramway eatery that sits on the summit   of San Jacinto      overlooking the lights of Palm Springs   and the desert      clear back to Salton Sea. Chris is on    a roll.                             CHRIS                How old are you, Mr. Franz?                             RON                Seventy-nine years old.                             CHRIS                Seventy-nine...see, all due respect, but                the real difference between people is the                quality of their soul and not on how long                they've trudged around like a dip-shit.      Ron laughs.                             CHRIS (CONT'D)                But it's true.                              RON                It is.   No question about that.      Ron continues to let Chris vent.                             CHRIS                The government's the same as my parents.                They don't respect anybody. Regulation.                Regulation. Regulation. WE can't do                this. But THEY can do that. I mean, the                hypocrisy of the whole...culture.   Makes                me crazy. My father was having children                *                with two women at the same time, and then              *                has the gall to think that he can be of                some guidance to me? Make judgments on                me? My mother, of course, goes along                with all of it. Keeps the secret, which                of course, makes my whole life a fiction.                Everything I thought was, wasn't.                They're such fools! Fucking idiots!                                                             107.                             RON                Alex, please don't lump me in amongst                your judges. And your tyrants. But I'd                prefer to not hear that kind of language.                             CHRIS                       (realizing his slip)                Sorry. I don't usually use that kind of                language either. I just get so angry                thinking about it.      Ron reaches across the table.    Puts his sturdy hand on      Chris' shoulder.                             RON                You got a lot of passion, young man.      Chris smiles at Ron.                                                          CUT TO:191   EXT. CHRIS' CAMP BESIDE THE STONE WALL - NIGHT             191      As Ron and Chris pull up in the pick-up truck, we see      SPORADIC FIREWORKS WHISTLING AND CRACKLING into the air      above the hot-springs, and HEAR the distant HOOTING of      its inhabitants. Chris hops out and walks around to      Ron's side of the truck.                             CHRIS                Awww, that was a great time Mr. Franz.                Thank you.                             RON                Look here. If Charles Manson and his                buddies don't kill me on my way out of                here, I'd like to cook you up a home                cooked meal tomorrow night. If I come                out here about, say, four o'clock                tomorrow, how would that be?                             CHRIS                That would be swell.      Ron is thrilled.                             RON                Good, good. I'm no gourmet but I know                where the spices are. Good night, kid.                             CHRIS                Good night Mr. Franz.                                                              108.      And with that, Ron hits the road.                                                        CUT TO:192   EXT. STONE WALL - SUNSET                                  192      Chris hikes up it with his backpack on, one laborious      step at a time.                                                   DISSOLVE TO:193   EXT. STONE WALL SUMMIT - SAME                             193      Chris summiting the rock formation. He looks down over      the desert and there before him, The Salton Sea.                                                        CUT TO:194   EXT. RON'S HOUSE, SALTON SEA - SUNSET                     194      The house is a single-level, beige structure, sitting      between the Salton Sea and a small inlet where he keeps a      fishing boat. Underneath a canopy in the backyard, there      is a small workshop of some kind.      HIGH ANGLE: Chris, looking at his own reflection in the      water below Ron's dock. In the reflection, we see his      hands full of dirty laundry.                                                        CUT TO:195   INT. KITCHEN, RON'S HOUSE - SAME                          195      Ron broils a couple of steaks. Chris enters and moves      past Ron carrying his laundry into another room.196   INT. LAUNDRY ROOM, RON'S HOUSE - SAME                     196      Chris pours detergent over his long-in-need clothes.      Starts the cycle.197   INT. KITCHEN, RON'S HOUSE - NIGHT                         197      As Chris enters, Ron is pulling the steaks from the      broiler.                                                       109.Above the kitchen sink, Chris sees a row of approximatelyten photographs, each in vertical 4x6 frames, some blackand white, some color: all of Japanese boys and girls informal American and Japanese attire.                       RON          Did you find everything you need?                       CHRIS                 (breaking his gaze from the                  photographs)          Yeah. I hope I don't wreck your machine.          There's a lot of grime in that stuff.                       RON          Well, that's what it's for.   How do these          steaks look?Ron pops the steaks on the kitchen table.                       CHRIS          Great.                       RON          Well, sit down.Ron grabs some silverware from a drawer, plops it down onthe kitchen table with some paper napkins.                       RON (CONT'D)          What do you drink?                       CHRIS          You got a White Russian?                       RON          Nope.                       CHRIS          Beer?                       RON          Nope. Don't have any alcohol. I had to          quit all that. How about a guava juice?                       CHRIS          I'll take a guava juice, that sounds          good.As Ron gets the drinks -                       RON          Yeah, I had a little spell with the          bottle, you could say.                                                      110.Ron pops the drinks down on the table, then sits withChris. They lift their glasses toward one another, then -                       RON/CHRIS          Cheers.                       RON          I spent most of my life in the army. On          New Year's Eve 1957, I was stationed over          in Okinawa. My wife and son were here in          the States, just driving down the road          when a fellow who'd had too much to drink          plowed right into them. Killed them          both. Anyway, you might think that the          last thing in the world I'd do, is go to          the whiskey, but at the time, it felt          like the only thing I could do. And I          did it hard. But pretty soon, I figured          I wasn't doing my wife and son any good,          mourning them with a bottle. So, I          pulled myself together and quit drinking,          cold turkey. And then...Ron, spinning his body around, points to the photographsover the sink.                       RON (CONT'D)                 (brightening)          You see all these kids over here?                       CHRIS          Yeah, I was gonna ask you.                       RON          Yeah, that's...                 (pointing at each with his                  finger)          Fuki, Kenjiro, Yoshiko, Keiko, Masaro,          Junichi, Kimpei, Nayoko...For the last picture frame, Ron stands and takes it offthe shelf -                       RON (CONT'D)                 (pridefully shows Chris the                  picture)          And this is Akira. Just finished medical          school.Chris takes the picture and studies Akira's face.   Ronsits back down.                                                            111.                             RON (CONT'D)                Yeah, I unofficially adopted all of them.                It did my heart some good but I guess                really it was just writing a few letters                and sending some money. Anyway, it was                important to me. I get a letter from                each of them from time to time. You                know. So, since all that, this is pretty                much me.                       (indicating his small                        reclusive abode)                             CHRIS                Do you ever travel, Mr. Franz?                             RON                No. I can't seem to get too far from my                leather. I'll show you after you finish                eating. I do a lot of leather engraving.                I got a little workshop in the garage.                Between that and my pension, I do pretty                well. But every time I think I might                take a trip somewhere, I get too far                behind on orders and such to consider it.                             CHRIS                       (having wolfed down the                        steak)                Well, I'm finished eating. I'd love to                see your workshop.                             RON                Would ya?      Chris nods.                             RON (CONT'D)                       (standing)                Alright then.      Ron picks up the picture of Akira and replaces it on the      shelf above the sink.                                                         CUT TO:198   INT. RON'S GARAGE/WORKSHOP - NIGHT                       198      As we begin, Ron is instructing Chris in the skills of      leather engraving.                                                   DISSOLVE TO:                                                            112.199   EXT. CHRIS' CAMP BESIDE THE STONE WALL - MORNING          199      Chris, a clear plastic bag of clean laundry beside him,      sits alone, cross-legged. He begins to carve into a      leather belt.                                                         CUT TO:200   EXT. STONE WALL - LATER                                   200      We follow Chris in a LOW ANGLE up his mountain run      framing from mid-back to just above his head, sweating      profusely.                                                         CUT TO:201   EXT. 4X4 TRACK, ANZA-BORREGO DESERT - DAY                 201      Ron's truck cuts along the 4x4 track.                                                         BACK TO:202   EXT. STONE WALL, ANZA-BORREGO DESERT - SAME               202      Chris reaching the summit.   He bends over to catch his      breath, hands on knees.                             RON (O.S)                How about some fishing?      Chris turns to the voice. And down at the bottom of the      rock wall beside the campsite, is Ron holding up two      fishing poles.                             RON (CONT'D)                       (referring to the Sea)                That thing's twice as salty as the ocean.                Did you know that?      Chris has barely the breath to speak.                             CHRIS                Anything alive in it?      Ron shrugs his shoulders in a "who cares?" fashion.      Chris laughs but nods in the affirmative and gives Ron      the thumbs up.                                                             113.203   EXT. ANZA-BARREGO DESERT - DAY + NIGHT                    203      BEGIN MUSIC OVER:   MONTAGE:      1. Chris and Ron fishing in the Salton Sea. (no catch)      2. At Ron's workshop/garage, Ron guides Chris in his      leather belt project.      3. At Chris' campsite, Chris does push-ups while Ron sits      on the tailgate of his truck spying on the "Manson      family" through binoculars, shaking his head.      4. Chris at his campsite working on the belt by campfire      light. We MOVE IN on the belt, he's beginning to form      the letter N in the leather.      5. Chris jogging in the morning beside Oh-My-God Hot      Springs.      6. Chris and Ron at the leather bench in Ron's      workshop/garage.      In a EXTREME CLOSE-UP, MUSIC FADES OUT as we PAN across      Chris' leather belt and the story being told on it      through the engravings:204   EXT. RON'S WORKSHOP - DAY                                 204      ALEX is inscribed at the belt's left end; then the      initials C.J.M. (for Christopher Johnson McCandless)      frame a skull and crossbones. Across the strip of      cowhide one sees a rendering of two-lane blacktop, a No U-      turn sign, a thunderstorm producing a flash flood that      engulfs a car, a hitchhiker's thumb, an eagle, the Sierra      Nevada, salmon cavorting in the Pacific Ocean, the      Pacific Coast Highway from Oregon to Washington, the      Rocky Mountains, Montana wheat fields, a South Dakota      rattlesnake, Westerberg's house in Carthage, the Colorado      River rapids, a canoe beached beside a tent, Las Vegas,      and at the buckle end, finally, the letter N.                             RON                What's the N stand for?                              CHRIS                ...North.                                                        CUT TO:                                                           114.205   EXT. CHRIS' CAMP BESIDE THE STONE WALL - DAY           205      AN ISOLATED CLOUD ECLIPSES THE SUN AGAINST A BLUE DESERT      SKY.      Ron is sitting on his tailgate, watching Chris, backpack      on, climb the stone wall.                             RON                Alaska?      Chris summits.                             RON (CONT'D)                Son, what the hell you running from?                             CHRIS                       (yells down from above)                I could ask you the same question.                Except I already know the answer.                             RON                You do, do you?                             CHRIS                I do, Mr. Franz. You've got to get back                out in the world. Get out of that lonely                house of yours, that little workshop,                and go live on the road.      Ron waves him off.                             CHRIS (CONT'D)                Really. You're going to live a long                time, Ron. You should make a radical                change in your lifestyle. The core of                man's spirit comes with new experiences.                And there you are, stubborn old man,                sitting on your butt.                             RON                Sittin' on my butt, huh?      Ron gets up off the tailgate.                             RON (CONT'D)                I'll show you sittin' on my butt.      And Ron starts making the old man hustle. Shifty      shoulders and all, up the stone wall.                                                     115.                       RON (CONT'D)                 (mumbling)          "Stubborn old man."Chris is laughing and clapping.                       CHRIS          Come on, old man! Come on!                       RON                 (mumbling)          Ya little pinhead.Chris is jumping up and down, thrilled for Ron's efforts.Now the old man's shuffle has turned into an old man'swalk. But he ain't stopping. And bit by bit he showshe's got it in him after all.As Ron is just about to mount the summit, Chris extends ahand. Ron swats it away.                       RON (CONT'D)          Ya little pinhead.Ron drops down onto his back to catch his breath and lethis thumping heart slow down.                         CHRIS          You alright?Ron, after taking one more deep breath, sits up and Chrissits next to him. He's actually pretty happy withhimself. He looks out and sees the distant Salton Sea.                       RON          I'm going to miss you when you go.                       CHRIS          I'll miss you too, Ron. But you're wrong          if you think the joy of life comes          principally from human relationships.          God's placed it all around us. It's in          everything. In anything we can          experience. People just have to change          the way they think about those things.          You ought to put a little camper on the          back of your pick-up and go take a look          at some of the great work god's done out          here in the American west.                       RON          Alex...You're probably right.   And I'm          going to take stock of that.                                                             116.      Chris offers a skeptical glance.                              RON (CONT'D)                No, I am.      A second skeptical glance.   Which Ron squashes with      genuine sincerity.                              RON (CONT'D)                        (almost to himself)                I am.      Chris buys it this time and feels he's accomplished      something with Ron.                             RON (CONT'D)                But I'll tell you something. The bits                and pieces I've put together, you know,                what you've told me about your family.                Your mother and dad. And I know you got                your problems with the church too, but                there's some kind of bigger thing that we                can all appreciate. And it sounds like                you don't mind calling it God. But when                you forgive, you love. And when you                love...God's light shines on you.      Miraculously, it is just at that moment that the cloud      clears from the sun and the light shines in Ron's eyes.      Chris points at Ron's face at the light shining on him -                              CHRIS                Holy Shit!                             RON                I told you about that language.      The two men, their eyes welling up, fall back laughing.      EXTREME WIDE SHOT FROM BELOW: The two men on the summit      with the echoing of laughter and Ron's screams -                             RON (CONT'D)                I told you so! I told you so!                                                         CUT TO:206   INT. LAUNDRY ROOM, RON'S HOUSE - NIGHT (MARCH 11, 1992) 206      Chris pulls his laundry out of the dryer. He's got his      pack sitting in the doorway to the kitchen. He folds his      things and tucks them into his pack.                                                         117.Ron appears in the doorway dressed for travel.                       CHRIS          What are you doing up?     It's three-thirty          in the morning.                       RON          Heard you get up off the couch half an          hour ago, and had a funny feeling you          might not be here for our breakfast.Chris says nothing.                       RON (CONT'D)          I'm going to drive you a hundred miles to          somewhere where you can pick up a train,          a plane, or hitch a ride without getting          stuck on this desert. I'd take you all          the way to Alaska if I didn't have to get          to an eight o'clock mass.                       CHRIS          Ron, you don't have to do that.                       RON          I want to do it.     Get you started on this          thing of yours.                       CHRIS          On my Great -                       RON                 (interrupting)          I know. On your "Great Alaskan          Adventure."From just out of Chris' eye-line, Ron leans out of frame,picking up a zippered duffel bag. He opens it,displaying the contents to Chris.                       RON (CONT'D)          There's a machete, an arctic parka,          collapsible fishing pole, and a few odds          and ends I threw in there for you.                       CHRIS          Ron...                       RON          Oh, just take it.Chris does, nodding his thanks.                                                            118.                             RON (CONT'D)                I'll wait for you in the truck.                                                          CUT TO:207   EXT. HIGHWAY 10, OUTSIDE SALTON CITY - DAWN                207      We follow the two men (on this nondescript locale)      driving along the highway east from dawn through sunrise.      They ride in silence through Coachchella Desert Center      and Blythe.                                                          CUT TO:208   EXT. HIGHWAY 10                                            208      The truck exits at a North/South junction 95.209   INT. RON'S TRUCK                                           209      As Ron begins to pull over.                             RON                Well my friend.                             CHRIS                Yep.      Both of them are uncomfortable. Chris goes for the door      handle. Ron's gnarled hand reaches out to take Chris'      elbow.      After a long beat, Ron speaks without looking at Chris.                             RON                I had an idea. You know my mother was an                only child. So was my father. And I was                their only child. Now, with my own boy                gone, I'm the end of the line. When I'm                gone, my family will be finished. What                do you say, you let me adopt you. I                could be, say, your grandfather.      This takes Chris by surprise.   He knew it would be hard      but not this hard.                             CHRIS                How about we talk about this when I get                back from Alaska, Ron. Would that be                alright?                                                               119.      Silence.   Ron nods.   Releases Chris' elbow.                              CHRIS (CONT'D)                 Alright, Ron. We'll talk about it then.                               RON                         (trying to mask. The                          blinking, moist eyes again)                 Yep.   We can do that, yep.                                CHRIS                 Thanks, Ron.      Ron nods. Chris gets out of the truck. Ron watches as      Chris saddles up his bag including the duffel that Ron      gave him.      Chris crosses the exit junction to where he can pick up a      ride north on the far side of the road.      We ZOOM SLOWLY through the windshield into Ron's face as      he watches Chris hitching away.      We HEAR the first bars of Neil Young's My My, Hey Hey.      This will carry throughout the following MONTAGE.                                                        DISSOLVE TO:210   INT./EXT. VARIOUS - MONTAGE                                 210      1. We ZOOM into Walt McCandless' face as he looks through      the Questar telescope that Chris had given him. ANGLE:      The stars through the telescope. The same stars his son      walks under...somewhere. We PAN ACROSS SPACE.      (Note: This montage will intercut Chris' traveling POV      with objective shots. However, we never SEE Chris.)      2. We PULL BACK from the starry night sky to see it      framed from within a moving train.      3. Carine in her shower, water cascades over her face.      4. Billie in her kitchen, making dinner.      5. Through the windshield of a semi-truck, the sun rises      on Glacier National Park.      6. A HANDHELD ZOOM-OUT from Canadian border crossing,      CAMERA TURNS to the woods beyond and MOVES INTO THEM.                                                        120.7. SERIES OF TRAVELING SHOTS: (Through Skookumchuk andRadium Junction, Lake Louise to Prince George and DawsonCreek) STATIC NATURE SHOTS: HELICOPTER SHOTS8. On the bed in their van, Jan sits on Rainey's barefeet while he does sit-ups.9. Ron holding a garage sale, while hooking a trailer tohis truck.10. Wayne being released from jail.11. Mads and Sonja, side by side, one-armed bandit-ing ina Vegas casino.12. Tracy at a high school dance, slow-dancing with her        *young date.13. Looking through the windshield of another semi. Abear lopes across the two-lane road before us. We PANand ZOOM with it into the tundra beside the road.HANDHELD, WALKING, we pass Mile 0 of the Alaska highway:The sign: Fairbanks 1523 miles.14. A waterfall.15. Intercut hand and thumb hitching - a sense that ridesare few and far between.16. A misting mountain peak.17. Beavers in streams.18. Melting blue ice-walls.19. A lynx skittering across a snowy mound.20. Walt and his telescope.21. The hitchhiker's VIEW on a two-lane road, walkingpast a highway sign for the Yukon Territory. (ThroughJohnson's Crossing, Whitehorse, and Beaver Creek.)22. From a passenger car window, a series of road signsreading: Closed for winter.MUSIC FADE OUT                                                              121.211   INT. MCCANDLESS HOME, ANNANDALE - DAY                     211                             CARINE (V.O.)                About a month short of the second                anniversary of Chris' disappearance, I                had gotten engaged to my boyfriend Jerry                Ray and was moving in with him...      Carine, packing her belongings into boxes, stumbles upon      the Sharon Olds book Chris had given her on his      graduation day.                             CARINE (V.O.) (CONT'D)                ...when I stumbled upon the book Chris                had given me on his graduation day. For                some reason, it was the last line of the                poem he read that really stuck out.      FLASH BACK: (From page 2-3)212   INT. DATSUN                                               212      Chris is holding a book from which he reads aloud the      LAST LINE OF THE POEM...                             CHRIS                ...and I will tell about it.                             CARINE (V.O.)                I asked Chris who had written the poem.      What we SEE of Carine plays with the VOICE OVER TRACK and      SILENT with the production track; in essence lip synching      herself.      Chris' dialogue comes directly from the flashback image.                             CARINE (V.O.) (CONT'D)                Who wrote that?                             CHRIS                Well, it could've been either one of us.                Couldn't it?      We see pictures of Chris on the night-stand of Walt and      Billie's bedroom                             CARINE (V.O.)                What would he tell about now?   What did                his voice sound like now?                             (MORE)                                                             122.                             CARINE (V.O.) (CONT'D)                I realized that the words to my thoughts                were of less and less meaning. Chris was                writing his story and it had to be Chris                who would tell it.      The pictures in the scene BLUR as -                             CHRIS (O.C.)                       (in a far away, tunnel-like                        sound)                Mom, help me.                                                          CUT TO:213   INT. BEDROOM, MCCANDLESS HOME, ANNANDALE - NIGHT          213      Billie sitting bolt upright in the middle of the night,      tears rolling down her cheeks.      Walt awakens beside her.                              WALT                What is it?                             BILLIE                I wasn't dreaming! I didn't imagine it!                I heard his voice, Walt. I heard Chris.      Walt takes her in his arms, trying to squeeze life into      both of them.                                            CHAPTER 6: DELIVERANCE                                                    FADE TO BLACK.214   FAIRBANKS ALASKA,   SERIES OF STATIC IMAGES:              214      Berms of cleared snow line the streets      1. A GAS STATION (Gold Hill Gas and Liquor)      We see Chris' writing appear on screen:      APRIL 27, 1992      2. OLD ALASKA PROSPECTOR'S STORE      WAYNE,      GREETINGS FROM FAIRBANKS! THIS IS THE LAST TIME YOU      SHALL HEAR FROM ME. ARRIVED HERE TWO DAYS AGO.      3. A SALOON                                                               123.      4. A LIBRARY      IT WAS VERY DIFFICULT TO CATCH RIDES IN THE YUKON      TERRITORY.      5. TRAIN STATION      6. BARBER SHOP      BUT I FINALLY GOT HERE. PICKED UP A NEW    BOOK ON THE      LOCAL FLORA AND FAUNA (TANAINA PLANTLORE   / DENA'INA      K'ET'UNA: AN ETHNOBOTANY OF THE DENA'INA   INDIANS OF      SOUTHCENTRAL ALASKA BY PRISCILLA RUSSELL   KARI)      7. BOOKSTORE      MIGHT BE A VERY LONG TIME BEFORE I RETURN SOUTH. BUT I'M      PREPARED AND HAVE STOCKED ALL NECESSARY COMFORTS TO LIVE      OFF THE LAND FOR A FEW MONTHS.      8. A GUN AND SPORTING GOOD STORE      INCLUDING A NYLON 66 MODEL SEMIAUTOMATIC .22 REMINGTON.      JUST WANTED TO LET YOU KNOW, YOU'RE A GREAT MAN. I NOW      WALK (PAUSE WRITING ON SCREEN) INTO THE WILD.      ALEX      9. A SIGN AGAINST A RADIO TOWER "RADIO FAIRBANKS"(Perhaps      we hear a weather report)215   EXT. ALASKAN RANGE (STAMPEDE TRAIL) - DAY                  215      We return to the area of Scene #1.      MUSIC OVER: Of religious scope.    Perhaps choral.      HELICOPTER SHOT: We travel a long ways across snowy      peaks and valleys (clearly far from anywhere) passing      between two escarpments of outer range bordering      bottomlands five miles wide until we barely see a tiny      form within it trudging through the snow. We overfly it.                                                           CUT TO:216   EXT. STAMPEDE TRAIL - DAY                                  216      Chris, crunching through two to three feet (not more) of      snow, in arctic parka, big boots, his warm hat, rifle      slung over his shoulder, and pack.                                                              124.      He moves TOWARD CAMERA. We PAN AROUND with him as he      walks past, where beyond Chris on the snow plain, rises a      tree line.                                                        CUT TO:217   EXT. TEKLANIKA RIVER - DAY                                217      Its banks lined with a jagged shelf of frozen overflow.      At its center, a channel of gently flowing water, opaque      with glacial till. Beyond the far ice shelf, Chris      appears from the riverside treeline. He eases across the      ice, then wades through the latte-colored channel and on      to the other side.      REVERSE ANGLE: Chris moving toward the opposite tree      line, he turns back to the gentle river behind. Chris'      POV scanning the terrain.      From the river to a distant mountain peak and then to a      second mountain peak, triangulating his location. He      makes a drawing on a pad of paper and piles some medium-      sized rocks to mark the spot before moving on into the      trees.                                                        CUT TO:218   EXT. VAST ALASKAN SNOWSCAPE - DAY                         218      Total silence across the beatific white vista of snow,      mountain, and colorless trees UNTIL a DISTANT ECHOING      GUNSHOT.                                                        CUT TO:219   EXT. CAMPSITE, BESIDE SUSHANA RIVER - NIGHT               219      Chris has skinned and is cooking a squirrel.                                                        CUT TO:220   EXT. CAMPSITE, BESIDE SUSHANA RIVER - MORNING             220      Chris packs the last of his camp and begins his march      upriver.                                                        CUT TO:                                                             125.221   EXT. UPRIVER - DAY                                        221      As Chris walks upon a clearing in the tree line, he      catches his first glimpse of Denali's (Mt. McKinley's)      high-blinding white bulwarks. Chris stands in awe. We      remain in his WIDE-SHOT POV as it -                                                   DISSOLVE TO:      SAME SHOT - NIGHT      But now Chris' tent sits in its foreground with the      moonlit Denali still visible.                                                        CUT TO:222   EXT. WOODS BESIDE RIVER - DAY                             222      CAMERA ANGLED SKYWARD into the broken rays of grey light.      We TILT DOWN to find (and TRACK through the trees with)      Chris moving along the river, when he sees something just      OFF CAMERA.      Chris' POV: Through the trees and fireweed, he sees      something metallic and rusty. Chris moves up through the      underbrush and the snow into the narrow tree line and on      into the clearing, where before him:      A DERELICT SCHOOL BUS. It is a vintage International      Harvester from the 1940's.      Chris approaches the bus, lifts the hood a little bit      seeing that the engine is gone. As he moves around the      vehicle, we see several windows are cracked or missing      altogether. The green and white paint is badly oxidized.      Weathered lettering: Fairbanks City Transit System Bus      142.223   INT. BUS                                                  223      Broken whiskey bottles litter the floor. Chris may well      have found his new home. The bus is outfitted with a      bunk and a barrel stove. Previous visitors had left it      stocked with matches, bug dope, and other essentials.224   EXT. BUS                                                  224      We follow Chris back out of the bus, surveying the area      of the clearing. He loves what he sees.                                                               126.      CELEBRATORY MUSIC OVER:      He runs up a berm to look down into the river.      He runs from corner to corner of this "Magic Bus" area      like a new bride surveying her honeymoon suite with glee.      He climbs a tree, swings from its branch, doing a flip in      the air, landing on his feet, but then slipping on the      snow and onto his butt and then onto his back. He grabs      a handful of snow, shoves it in his mouth, melts it into      water, and swallows it.      CRANE SHOT:   We PULL UP from Chris to high above the      clearing.      MUSIC FADES OUT                                                         CUT TO:225   INT./EXT. BUS                                              225      He re-enters the bus and pulls his pen from his pocket,      scribbling on the wall of the bus:                TWO YEARS HE WALKS THE EARTH. NO PHONE,                NO POOL, NO PETS, NO CIGARETTES, ULTIMATE                FREEDOM. AN EXTREMIST. AND AESTHETIC                VOYAGER WHOSE HOME IS...      ANGLE: Chris:   He continues to write as he SPEAKS the      words aloud:                             CHRIS                ...the road. Escaped from Atlanta. Thou                shalt not return `cause the "west is the                best." And now after two rambling years,                comes the final and greatest adventure.      Chris is cleaning up the bus.                             CHRIS (CONT'D)                The climactic battle to kill the false                being within and victoriously conclude                the spiritual revolution.      Chris shoveling snow away from the bus entrance with a      rock.                                                              127.                              CHRIS (CONT'D)                 Ten days and nights of freight trains and                 hitchhiking, bringing him to the great                 white north.      Back to Chris, REAL TIME as he continues to write as he      speaks:                              CHRIS (CONT'D)                 No longer to be poisoned by civilization,                 he flees, and walks alone upon the land                 to become lost in the wild.      Chris signs his doctrine -                 ALEXANDER SUPERTRAMP MAY 1992                                                    JUMP CUT TO:226   INT. BUS                                                  226      Chris posts a found piece of paper on the inner wall of      the bus alongside his doctrine.      CU: Chris' hand, he writes and circles the number:      1 - MAGIC BUS DAY.                                                           CUT TO:227   EXT. BUS - DAY                                            227      Chris comes out, rifle in hand. We TRACK with him as he      moves into the woods on the hunt.      SERIES OF ANGLES:      Chris searching for game. He moves through the woods      along the river and at the base of a nearby mountain.      Finding animals for food seems more difficult than      expected.                                                           CUT TO:228   EXT. A MOUNTAIN SADDLE - DAY                              228      Chris stumbles upon a caribou as it steps out from the      woods. He lines up his rifle on the animal, about to      pull the trigger, when its calf appears beside it.                                                             128.      He lowers his rifle, unwilling to take a shot that would      separate mother and child.                                                         TIME CUT:229   EXT. WOODS - DAY                                          229      A spruce grouse is spied on a foreground branch.      BANG!      The branch splinters and the bird makes haste.      ANGLE: Chris, rifle in hand.                               CHRIS                Shit!                                                          CUT TO:230   INT. BUS - NIGHT                                          230      Chris, cooking rice. We see his single bag of rice.     Its      amount tells us the hunting had better improve soon.      We explore a PASSAGE OF TIME throughout which CHRIS GETS      INCREASINGLY THIN AND PALE: hunting, sleeping, cooking,      rice dwindling, line-ups of scrawny shot birds. He adds      holes to his belt leather to accommodate his shrinking      waistline.                                                          CUT TO:231   EXT. SNOWY PLAIN - DAY                                    231      BANG!      Chris bags a squirrel on a snowy plain.                                                          CUT TO:232   INT. BUS - LATER                                          232      Chris eats his measly catch but looks to his bag of rice      with concern, perhaps only a day or so left of his      rations. We come to the diary/log posted on the wall.      We see that he has been there for a week's worth of      entries as the squirrel is mentioned on day seven.                                                          CUT TO:                                                                 129.232A   OMITTED                                                    232A232B   OMITTED                                                    232B233    INT. BUS - MORNING                                          233       Chris is awakened by a new May sun, streaming light       through the windows of the bus.       POV: the sun, circling high in the heavens.    Snowmelt       dripping quickly across the windowpane.                                                           CUT TO:233A   EXT. BUS - DAY                                             233A       Chris dances atop the bus, naked in the new spring.                                                           CUT TO:233B   INT. BUS - DAY                                             233B       Chris shaves.       (Note: We are in a time of year in this part of the world       where the sun dips behind the horizon only four hours a       day)                                                           CUT TO:234    INT./EXT. BUS - DAY                                         234       INTERCUT: SERIES OF ANGLES throughout which Chris remains       thin but his pallor improves:       1. The diary/log representing a small improvement on the       hunting front.       2. Undergrowth exposing itself through snowmelt.       3. Establish a small waterfall near the bus.       Landing on:                                                          129A.235   EXT. WOODS - DAY                                       235      The snow has now all but vanished except on north-facing      slopes and shadowy ravines, exposing a range carpeted in      an amalgam of muskeg, alder thickets, and veins of      scrawny spruce.                                                              130.      Chris traipses along the seasons rose hips and      lingonberries, which he gathers in great quantity and      snacks on as he walks.                                                        CUT TO:236   EXT. WOODS - DAY                                          236      Chris shoots a porcupine.                                                        CUT TO:237   INT. BUS - DAY                                            237      The diary/log: DAY 30 - PORCUPINE                                                    DISSOLVE TO:238   EXT. PEAK, NEARBY BUTTE - DAY                             238      Chris stands triumphant at the peak of a 3000 foot butte      overlooking the bus. CIRCLE CAMERA around him 360      degrees recording the broad vista.      ANGLE: CU - He's beaming with satisfaction.      We begin a SLOW ZOOM OUT and then accelerate the ZOOM      encompassing the entire grandeur of the mountain with      Chris at its peak.                                                        CUT TO:239   INT. BUS - LATER                                          239      The diary/log: DAY 31 - CLIMBED MOUNTAIN                                                    DISSOLVE TO:240   EXT. BUS ENVIRONS - COLLAGE - DAY                         240      COLLAGE TIME IN A SERIES OF DISSOLVES:      1. The diary/log: MAP AREA.      Chris surveying and taking notes of area.      2. The diary/log: IMPROVISE A BATHTUB AND SMUDGE POT                                                             131.      Chris building a bathtub out in the front.      3. The diary/log: COLLECT SKINS AND FEATHERS TO SEW INTO      CLOTHING.      Chris hunting and skinning.      4. The diary/log: CONSTRUCT BRIDGE ACROSS NEARBY NARROW      CREEK.      Chris knee-deep in slow-moving water constructing a make-      shift bridge across narrow creek.      5. The diary/log: BLAZE NETWORK OF HUNTING TRAILS.      Chris making a trail with his machete when -      A MOOSE appears from a nearby thicket. Chris drops the      machete and pulls his rifle from his shoulder. The moose      looks ready to charge Chris. There's no choice.      Chris aims carefully and fires six straight shots into      the moose's head, dropping it. Chris can hardly believe      his own success. He puts the rifle back on his shoulder,      just staring at the dead moose. He begins back-pedalling      away from it. Bit by bit, his steps turn into a jog and      then he turns and runs back toward the bus.                                                           CUT TO:241   INT. BUS                                                  241      (Director's Note: Handheld)      Chris scrambles through his pack and finds the piece of      paper where he had written notes of how to cure beef by      smoking it, taught to him by Kevin, Wayne's hunter friend      back in South Dakota.                                                          BACK TO:242   EXT. WOODS - SAME                                         242      Back at the kill, the slow process of butchering begins.      (This ain't going to be pretty.)      INTERCUT REPRESENTATIVE IMAGES WITH FOLLOWING DIARY/LOG      ENTRIES:      1. The diary/log: BUTCHERING EXTREMELY DIFFICULT.                                             131A.2. The diary/log: FLY AND MOSQUITO HORDES.                                                               132.      3. The diary/log: REMOVE INTESTINES, LIVER, KIDNEY, ONE      LUNG, STEAKS.      4. The diary/log: GOT HIND QUARTERS AND LEGS TO STREAM.      5. The diary/log: REMOVE HEART.      6. The diary/log: DIGS SMOKER HOLE INTO EXISTING CAVE.      7. The diary/log: HAUL NEAR CAVE.      8. The diary/log: TRY TO PROTECT WITH SMOKER.      9. The diary/log: CAN ONLY WORK NIGHTS.   KEEP SMOKERS      GOING.      10. The diary/log: MAGGOTS ALREADY. SMOKING APPEARS      INEFFECTIVE. LOOKS LIKE DISASTER. WISH I'D NEVER SHOT      MOOSE. GREAT TRAGEDY.      11. The diary/log: ABANDON CARCASS TO WOLVES.      We see Chris hidden behind a rise, watching a WOLF PACK      tug at the rancid meat from the carcass.243   EXT./INT. BUS - DAY + NIGHT                                243      SERIES OF ANGLES:      In and out of the bus. Day and night, portraying Chris      mourning his killing of the moose. He even plants a      cross by its skeletal remains.244   EXT. BUS ENVIRONS                                          244      SERIES OF SHOTS:      Sunrise and nature awakens. Bird songs and flower      blooms. A waterfall cascades.                                                          CUT TO:245   INT. BUS - DAY                                             245      Chris reading Tolstoy's Family Happiness. His POV: The      page: what Chris reads:      I have lived through much and now I think I have found      what is needed for happiness.                                                              133.       A quiet, secluded life in the country with the       possibility of being useful to people...                                                          CUT TO:246    EXT. BUS - DAY                                           246       Chris sits amongst the pink bunches of fireweed choking       the vehicles wheel wells, growing higher than the axles,       his back leaning against the bus, finishing the reading       of Family Happiness.       ANGLE: Chris, reading with great interest.   His POV: The       page: what Chris reads:       And then, on top of all that, you for a mate, and       children, perhaps - what more can the heart of a man       desire?       ANGLE: Chris: He looks up from his book. A gentle breeze       tickles morning flowers. The sunlight dances in a       coppice of aspen and leaves of trees above. The sound of       buzzing flies mutes. He is taking one last look at his       paradise.                                                          CUT TO:246A   EXT. SMALL WATERFALL NEAR BUS - DAY                      246A       Chris showers (PHOTO-SONIC)       MUSIC, LYNYRD SKYNYRD'S Simple Man (lyrics in cursive)       begins to play OVER:                                                          CUT TO:247    INT. BUS                                                 247       My momma told me / when I was young       Chris packs his gear.       Come sit beside me / my only son       A last look about the bus.248    EXT. SUSHANA RIVER - DAY                                 248       Listen closely / what I say                                                             134.      Full pack and rifle mounted in WIDE SHOT beside the      Sushana River.      If you do this it will help you / some sunny day249   EXT. ALASKA TRAIL - DAY                                   249      MUSIC CONTINUES OVER:      A SERIES OF ANGLES:      Just take your time / don't live too fast      We pass the familiar landmark of the Mt. McKinley      clearing where Chris had camped.      Troubles w ill come / and they will pass      Chris walking and camping his way back to the Teklanika      River and the road home.      Find a woman / you'll find love      and don't forget son / there's someone up above...      MUSIC FADES OUT                                                           CUT TO:250   EXT. TEKLANIKA RIVER - DAY                                250      In the trees beside the river, we find Chris. The river      is not yet in sight but Chris starts to HEAR it: A      building rumble.      As Chris exits the treeline, there she is: The Teklanika      at full flood. Seventy-five foot wide banks, replacing      the narrow ice canal of four months earlier. Snowmelt      from glaciers high in the Alaska range, its opaque      glacial sediment the color of wet concrete. And what had      been a distant rumble in the woods, now had the volume      and power of a freight train, a seventy-five foot wide      one.      Chris grabs a hold of a riverside branch and takes one      slow, careful step into the river. Without mercy, WHAM!      the river kicks his feet out from under him! The branch      he holds SNAPS! By some miracle, his hands move like      lightening and he grabs a lower, sturdier branch below,      saving himself from a certain death.                                                             135.      We SEE the broken branch catapulted down river and into a      rocky shoot below. He pulls himself back onto the bank,      drops his pack at riverside, and eases to a sitting      position beside it.                                                           CUT TO:251   INT. BUS - NIGHT                                          251      It's pouring rain outside.   The rain pelts the top of the      bus.      Chris' pack is thrown onto the bunk. His hand appears at      the diary/log on the wall. He writes:      DAY 82 - DISASTER. RAINED IN.   RIVER CROSSING      IMPOSSIBLE. LONELY, SCARED.                                                           CUT TO:252   EXT. BUS, THE EDGE OF ITS SURROUNDING CLEARING - DAY      252      EXTREME CU: Beaded and shimmering from the past night's      rain, a bright red berry moves in the breeze like a tiny      vibrating bell. RACK FOCUS to Chris' eyes spying it. He      plucks it from its stem.                                                           CUT TO:253   EXT. BUS - DAY                                            253      Chris adds another hole to tighten his belt.                                                           CUT TO:254   INT. BUS - DAY                                            254      Chris looking very thin. Too thin. He is noshing on a      bag of collected berries while reading from Boris      Pasternak's Doctor Zhivago.      ANGLE: The book                             CHRIS (V.O.)(O.C.)                Here she stopped and, closing her eyes,                took a deep breath of the flower-scented                air of the broad expanse around her. It                was dearer to her than her kin, better                than a lover, wiser than a book.                                                             136.      ANGLE: Chris pulls more berries from the bag and chews on      them as he reads.      ANGLE: The book                             CHRIS (V.O.)(O.C.)                             (CONT'D)                For a moment, she re-discovered the                purpose of her life. She was here in                earth to grasp the meaning of its wild                enchantment and call each thing by its                right name.      ANGLE: Chris                             CHRIS (CONT'D)                       (echoing)                By its right name. By its right name.      He puts down the book and brings one of the ripe berries      in front of his face (as close as shot of when he picked      it.)      Chris then grabs Tanaina Plantlore, the flora and fauna      book he had gotten from the library in Fairbanks. And it      takes him out of the bus like a divining rod. His nose      in the book, he follows it.                                                         CUT TO:255   EXT. BUS - DAY                                           255      Plant to plant.   Bush to bush.      SPEAKING ALOUD the names of everything he sees as he      identifies them with the book.                             CHRIS                Beautiful blueberries - Vaccinium                uliginosum. Eskimo potato - Hedysarum                alpinum...etc.      We follow Chris over a number of days as he eats from      these identified species of plant, each being logged, one      by one by name on the bus diary/log.                                                         CUT TO:                                                           137.256   EXT. SUSHANA RIVER - DAY                                  256      With Tanaina Plantlore by his side, Chris digs into the      soft earth on the berm of the river bank and digs up a      wild potato root.                                                        CUT TO:257   INT. BUS - NIGHT                                          257      Chris pulls the seeds from the root, noshing on them as      he reads from Doctor Zhivago.      We drift from him reading to the diary/log on the wall.      The day representing: July 24th      The diary/log: WILD POTATO ROOT      We drift back to Chris. Fatigue shows in his eyes as he      puts the book down and lays down to sleep.                                                        CUT TO:258   EXT. BUS - MORNING (JULY 30 1992)                         258      WIDE SHOT of the bus. It's a beautiful July morning.      Birds chirp in the trees. A soft breeze sweeping down      from the mountains massages the valley below.      We SLOWLY ZOOM into the bus.                                                        CUT TO:259   INT./EXT. BUS - SAME                                      259      The open bag of seeds beside Chris' sleeping body. We      drift over to Chris' face, his lips de-hydrated, and skin      parched. He breathes heavily. He awakens. He tries to      sit up. It's a terrible struggle. Barely makes it to      his feet.      Chris stumbles to the door of the bus, looking up at the      hot sun. He has to sit back down on the small bus steps.      From his position on the step, he leans back into the bus      and is able to grab his water jug. He pours it into his      mouth but nothing seems to satiate or hydrate him. He      drinks it all. It spills over his face and chest.                                                              138.      We observe Chris for a moment as the wheels turn inside      his haunted eyes. And a curiosity seems to overtake him.      He crawls back to his copy of Tanaina Plantlore, flipping      the pages one by one until he arrives at the photograph      identifying the wild potato root and the word "edible"      beside it. He reads the page to its conclusion and as      almost an afterthought, turns the page to see if there      might be more.      The word -      POISON      jumps off the page at him.      The book describes the tiny green seeds of the potato      root and warns that those with:      lateral veins, such as those invisible on the leaflets of      wild sweet peas are poisonous.      The words -      ...leading to partial motor paralysis...      ...inhibition of digestion...      ...nausea, starvation...      ECU:   ...STARVATION      CRASH ZOOM into Chris' face, realizing his desperate      plight.                                                         CUT TO:260   EXT. BUS                                                  260      Chris kneels, holding one of the potato seeds to the      sunlight and there we see them -      the lateral veins that indicate poisonous seeds.                                                         CUT TO:261   INT. BUS                                                  261      ANGLE: The diary/log: EXTREMELY WEAK. FAULT OF POTATO      SEED.                                                         CUT TO:                                                              139.262   EXT. BUS - DAY                                            262      Chris, barely able to walk, moves, at the pace of an      elderly man, with his rifle, through the underbrush.    He      needs food now.                                                          CUT TO:263   EXT. WOODS - DAY                                          263      He shoots a squirrel. But as he moves toward what he      thinks is his kill, the squirrel makes off with a      bleeding tail. Chris fires several desperate shots at      the squirrel but misses with each one.                                                          CUT TO:264   INT. BUS - NIGHT                                          264      Chris, having a fitful sleep.   Short breaths and      mutterings.                                                          CUT TO:265   EXT. CLEARING AROUND BUS - NIGHT                          265      A big moon shines above and we find on a tree branch, the      squirrel Chris had clipped in the tail earlier in the      day. On the last legs of bleeding to death, it falls      from the tree.      The moon becomes the sun and we pass a couple of days      through visions of the nature about in varying light.                                                          CUT TO:266   EXT. SUSHANA RIVER - DAY                                  266      Chris labors up the riverbank with his water jug full.      He is shirtless and absolutely emaciated. Frightening.      He pauses at the river's edge to take air into his lungs.      It's all he can do just to breath.      WIDE ANGLE TABLEAU (CONTINUOUS): Chris standing at the      river's edge catching his breath framed against the      background of the 3000 foot butte that he'd so recently      climbed with ease.                                                               140.       Now, maintaining this tableau, something moves from near       CAMERA RIGHT into frame. Bit by bit we'll realize it's a       LARGE BEAR ENTERING FRAME and moving away from camera       toward Chris. It lumbers to within feet of him.       CU OVER BEAR onto Chris: Chris, passive to the bear's       presence.       ANGLE: The bear, just as passive towards Chris, as though       he didn't represent enough of anything to eat.       BACK TO TABLEAU as the bear, passing Chris, disappears       over the rise toward the river. Chris, a motionless and       slight silhouette.                                                            CUT TO:266A   INT. BUS - NIGHT                                         266A       Chris lays on the floor. CU Chris: Orange light twinkles       in his eyes. Chris' POV: through the bus window, we see       the orange glow of smoke rising into the air. CU: Chris       writes in his diary log.                              CHRIS (V.O.)                 Set small signal fire today - watched it                 die tonight.       Back to POV as the ambient orange light fades into the       blackness of smoke.                                                            CUT TO:267    INT. BUS - DAY                                            267       The diary/log: DAY 100 - MADE IT. BUT IN WEAKEST       CONDITION OF LIFE. TOO WEAK TO WALK OUT. HAVE LITERALLY       BECOME TRAPPED IN THE WILD - NO GAME IN SIGHT.       A SUBTLE DRUM (HEART)BEAT BEGINS OVER:       Chris plops himself down into the middle of the bus. He       shakes his head as if trying to say something, and then       considers his rifle and abundant ammunition. But taking       his own life to avoid the agony of starvation is not an       option for him. "No, no, no, don't do this to me." The       frustration builds enough adrenaline in him to scream       out.                                                       141.He does, but with a low, gurgled animal sound. He shakesit off and looks to his copy of Doctor Zhivago fordistraction. Thumbing through the pages he focuses hiseyes on the page -ANGLE: The page: what he reads:                       CHRIS (V.0)(O.C.)          And that an unshared happiness is not          happiness...Chris steals his pencil from within the pages of thebook, scribbling across the page:                       CHRIS (V.O.)(O.C.)                       (CONT'D)          HAPPINESS ONLY REAL WHEN SHARED.He flips backwards a couple of pages to where he hadwritten the quote:                       CHRIS (V.O.)(O.C.)                       (CONT'D)          CALL EVERYTHING BY ITS RIGHT NAME.He tears the back cover off the book and scratching thepencil across its blank side, writing these wordsquickly, as if in panic:I HAVE HAD A HAPPY LIFE AND THANK THE LORD.    GOODBYE ANDMAY GOD BLESS ALL!And now, these words arrive slowly as we HEAR Chrisrepeating:                       CHRIS (O.C.) (CONT'D)                 (with a weak voice)          Call everything by its right name.The drumbeat increases as he signs the note:CHRISTOPHER JOHNSON MCCANDLESS.We move from the page back up to Chris. We see that hehas put on his eyeglasses to strengthen the vision of hisweakening sight. He removes them, folds them, and laysthem by his side. His body begins to tremble. His eyesdance wildly.The drumming intensifies.Chris takes one last look out the window. The sun iscovered by a well-defined and puffy cloud.                                                           142.      His arm nearing spasm reaches up to the bunk, grasping at      the blue sleeping bag made by his mother.      With great suffering and shattering trembles, he forces      his body to defy its agony and pushes it into the      sleeping bag.      SKYWARD, the cloud obscuring the sun.      Drumbeats ESCALATE - BOOM! BOOM! BOOM! BOOM! BOOM! BOOM!      We TIGHTEN on Chris' anguished face.      (Director's note: These CU's on Chris' face, combine      both static and hand-held CUs, upside down and right-side      up moving, zooms, and push-ins. Straight, side, and      dutch angles. Perhaps some intermittent distortion.)268   INT./EXT. BUS                                             268                                                                      *      We INTERCUT between Chris and the sky in a dance      transitioning to the next world. It is hopeful,      anguished, sad, and elated.                                                              143.269   INT./EXT. ANNANDALE HOUSE - DAY                           269      Chris, approaching the Annandale house.    His backpack on      and body healthy.      Billie parts the curtains, ecstatic to see Chris      approach, alive and healthy.      We SEE but do not hear her call to Walt.      A smiling Chris steps up the curb, approaching home.      Walt and Billie - we PUSH INTO them as they gleefully run      out the front door to their returning son.      PUSH INTO Chris - he dispatches his backpack to the      ground and runs toward his parents' embrace.                              CHRIS (V.O.)                 What if you saw me running into your                 arms...      Chris, Walt, and Billie on the cusp of a jubilant and      loving embrace!                              CHRIS (V.O.) (CONT'D)                 Would you see then...      The DRUMMING resumes with a BLAST OF BASS and before an      embrace is possible...                              CHRIS (V.O.) (CONT'D)                 ...what I see now?                                                 A SUDDEN CUT TO:270   INT. BUS                                                  270      TOTAL SILENCE      Chris looking at the sky, a cathartic tear falls from his      left eye. Another from his right as the obscuring cloud      clears the sun.                                                             144.Chris: The LAST, AIRY EXPULSION OF HIS BREATH.His open face as the clearing light of the sun shines inhis eyes. It is a face of peace, love, a face of true,deep serenity.The eyes joyously open and the corners of his mouth easeinto the subtle smile of euphoric wisdom.That's the way he settles to stillness, looking directlyinto our camera.                                        And he died alive.He made it.   He lived.   He loved.Cat Stevens' Miles from Nowhere plays OVER:As we PULL AWAY from Chris' face through the bus windowand up into the sky -We drift further and further away, above the stuntedtrees and the shimmering roof of the bus like a tinywhite gleam in a wild green sea grows smaller andsmaller.REPRISE IMAGE of truck driver taking picture of Chris inscene #1.Then it's him:The smiling STILL IMAGE we saw taken in the first scenefrom behind, but now we are seeing it from the front andit is the image of the real Christopher McCandless on theedge of the Stampede Trail. As it takes over the screen,we ZOOM SLOWLY into his smiling face. And then, thesewords appear superimposed over it:Dedicated to the memory of Christopher Johnson McCandlessFebruary 12, 1968 - August 18th, 1992As those words dissolve, these words appear:On September 19, 1992, Carine McCandless flew with herbrother's ashes from Alaska home to the eastern seaboard.She carried them with her on the plane...in her backpack.                            THE END<br/>
</div>]]></description><pubDate>Sat, 05 Jul 2008 16:13:29 GMT</pubDate><spout:postby>lopezdash</spout:postby><spout:postto>The Movie Blog</spout:postto><spout:postdate>7/5/2008 12:13:29 PM</spout:postdate><spout:body>INTO THE WILD                             Written by                             Sean Penn                        Based on the book by                            Jon Krakauer1   EXT. THE STAMPEDE TRAIL - DAY                                    1    SUPER:    Tuesday, April 28th 1992    WIDE-SHOT: A vast, snow-blanketed wilderness that sits    beneath the icy summits of the highest mountain range in    North America. This is BIG Alaska.    A beat up 4x4 pick-up enters very small into the upper    left corner of frame on an unkept, snow-packed road, and    comes to a stop. A figure exits the passenger side and    moves around the front of the truck. We can just make    out the rifle sticking out of his backpack. We HEAR a    very distant "Thank You" as the figure walks away from    the road and away from the truck, seemingly into nowhere.                           DRIVER              Hey!    The figure with backpack and rifle, henceforth BACKPACK,    stopping in his tracks, turns around in the direction of    the truck.                           DRIVER (CONT'D)              Come here.    BACKPACK walks back to the truck.    As he approaches the    driver's door, we    CUT IN TO: TIGHT SHOT over the back-packed shoulder onto    the DRIVER.                           DRIVER (CONT'D)                     (referring to items we see                      sitting on dashboard)              You left your watch, your comb, your              change...    We STAY on the DRIVER as BACKPACK speaks:                           BACKPACK              Keep it.                           DRIVER              I don't want your money.    And I already              have a watch.                           BACKPACK              If you don't take it, I'm gonna throw it              away. I don't want to know what time it              is, what day it is, or where I am.                           (MORE)                                                                2.                          BACKPACK (CONT'D)             I don't want to see anybody. None of             that matters.The driver reaches behind the seat of the truck, pullsout an old pair of rubber work boots.                          DRIVER                    (handing him the boots)             Take em.There is a pause as Backpack considers accepting theboots.                          DRIVER (CONT'D)             If you make it out alive, give me a call,             and I'll tell you how to get the boots             back to me.We can feel over Backpack's shoulder that he has takenthe boots and is putting them on but we STAY on thedriver.                          BACKPACK             Hey, do me a favor, will ya?     Take a             picture of me.Backpack hands him an Instamatic camera and startswalking backwards. We PULL BACK with him. And hemaintains his back to us. When he stops, we CONTINUEuntil he is FULL-FRAME, head-to-toe from behind, posing.                                                          CUT TO:CU: driverCLICK.   He snaps the shot.Backpack re-enters frame in an OVER-SHOULDER.          Driverhands him the camera.                          DRIVER             You gonna be alright?                          BACKPACK             I'll be better than that.                    (I'll be who I am.)As Backpack exits the frame, we SLOWLY ZOOM past theconcerned face of the driver onto the loose change, thecomb, and the watch on the dash.                                                              3.    Throughout the ZOOM, the SOUND of FOOTSTEPS CRUNCHING THE    SNOW, FADE into the distance.                                                     BACK TO:    ORIGINAL WIDE-SHOT:    We see the small form of the truck and the smaller form    of the Backpacker walking away from the truck until the    Backpacker has exited the frame. The truck takes a BEAT,    turns around in the snow, and accelerates back into the    direction from which it came. As the truck exits frame,    we -                                                 DISSOLVE TO:2   EXT. COMMENCEMENT GROUNDS, EMORY UNIVERSITY, ATLANTA -         2    DAY    SUPER:    May 1990    The crowd of family and friends, and of course, students.    Assembled on fold-out chairs. The broad lawn.    INTERCUT: CHRIS MCCANDLESS. We don't see his face, just    feet pounding the pavement at an increasing pace.    One by one the names of graduates announced. Their    bright young faces, capped heads, and gowns, glide up to    the podium to accept their diplomas.    INTERCUT: Chris, on his run, sweatshirt hood over head.    Amongst assembled crowd and family we find: THE    MCCANDLESS': BILLIE, mid to late forties with dark    striking eyes; WALT, a taciturn man, early fifties; and    CARINE, eighteen, pretty with her mother's eyes and waist    length brown hair, a gold crucifix dangles from her neck.    They look around, looking for Chris, he's nowhere in    sight.    INTERCUT: Chris, in a shower (PHOTO-SONICS) He TURNS INTO    CAMERA, the water streaming down his face.    From the announcement podium comes the name of their son    and brother, CHRISTOPHER JOHNSON MCCANDLESS. The    McCandless family increasingly panicked over Chris'    absence, when almost magically, he appears in full cap    and gown.                                                       4.Disregarding the steps that lead up to the podiumplatform, the small-framed but athletic CHRIS MCCANDLESSleaps jubilantly onto the stage in a single bound,frightening Billie, a little wince from Walt, and Carine"That's our Chris." And just as quickly as Chris hasbeen handed his diploma, he civilly descends the platformsteps.                                                TIME CUT:SLO-MO: A ballet of graduation caps float upward into aframe of blue sky. We HEAR Chris' voice OVER this imageas we intermittently cut away from the caps against thesky to focus on his parents.(HIGH ANGLE: floating caps in FOREGROUND, Walt and Billiedelight upon the caps.) An outer glee in sharp contrastto voice over:                       CHRIS (V.O.)          I see them standing at the formal gates          of their colleges,          I see my father strolling out          under the ochre sandstone arch, the          red tiles glinting like bent          plates of blood behind his head,          I see my mother with a few light books at          her hip          standing at the pillar made of tiny          bricks with the          wrought-iron gate still open behind her,          its          sword-tips black in the May air,          they are about to graduate, they are          about to get married,          they are kids, they are dumb, all they          know is they are          innocent, they would never hurt anybody.          I want to go up to them and say Stop,          don't do it--she's the wrong woman,          he's the wrong man, you are going to do          things          you cannot imagine you would ever do,          you are going to do bad things to          children,          you are going to suffer in ways you never          heard of,          you are going to want to die. I want to          go          up to them there in the late May sunlight          and say it,          her hungry pretty blank face turning to          me,                       (MORE)                                                             5.                           CHRIS (V.O.) (CONT'D)              her pitiful beautiful untouched body,              his arrogant handsome blind face turning              to me,              his pitiful beautiful untouched body,              but I don't do it. I want to live. I              take them up like the male and female              paper dolls and bang them together              at the hips like chips of flint as if to              strike sparks from them, I say...    The last graduation cap falls out of the `blue sky'    frame, and into...                                                         CUT TO:3   INT. ATLANTA RESTAURANT - LATER                                3    (Graduation ceremony wardrobe)    Walt and Billie sit at a table. A Cadillac can be seen    through the window (ATLANTA LANDMARK), parked beside the    restaurant.                           BILLIE              Here they are.    Walt looks out the window and sees Chris drive up in his    old yellow Datsun with Carine in the passenger seat    beside him, and pulls up to the space beside the    Cadillac.4   INT. DATSUN                                                    4    Chris is holding a book from which he reads aloud the    LAST LINE OF THE POEM...                           CHRIS              I say...Do what you are going to do,              and I will tell about it.                           CARINE              Who wrote that?                           CHRIS              Well, it could've been either one of us,              couldn't it?    He hands a book of Sharon Olds' poetry to her.                           CHRIS (CONT'D)              There's a lot of great poems in there.                                                            6.                           CARINE              Thanks, big brother.    They exit the car and frame.5   INT. ATLANTA RESTAURANT - SAME                                5    Chris and Carine join Walt and Billie at the table.    Billie gets up and gives Chris a big hug.                           BILLIE              You scared the daylights out of me,              jumping on to that stage, oh my god.    Chris gives Carine a look.   Walt extends his hand to    Chris.                           WALT              Congratulations, son.    They all sit and pick up menus.                           CHRIS              I'm starving.                                                      TIME CUT:6   INT. ATLANTA RESTAURANT - LATER                               6    The foods on the table.   Chris is devouring a steak.                           CHRIS              My grades are gonna be good enough, I              think, to get into Harvard Law.                           WALT              That's a big deal. What do you have left              in your college fund?                           CHRIS              It's an inheritance, dad. I've only been              spending it as a college fund...Exactly              twenty-four thousand five hundred dollars              and sixty-eight cents.                           BILLIE              That's very specific.                           CHRIS              I had to go to the bank this morning.                                                   7.                       WALT          Well, we'll certainly contribute the          balance for Harvard.                       CHRIS          Yeah. I've got to figure out what I'm          going to do. I got a lot of things to          pack and organize here first.                       BILLIE          I'm so glad you're getting out of that          place you're living. It was so much          nicer when you lived on campus.                       WALT          You'll come to Annandale before you          disappear on us, won't you?                       CHRIS                 (reluctantly)          Sure, I will.Carine's not so sure.                         BILLIE          You promise?                       CHRIS                 (whining)          Mom.                       BILLIE          Well, your father and I want to make a          present to you.                       WALT          We want to get you out of that junker.                       CHRIS          What's a junker?Walt points outside to the Datsun.                         CHRIS (CONT'D)          The Datsun?                        WALT          Yes.   We want to get you a new car.                       CHRIS                 (appalled)          A new car? Why the hell would I want a          new car? The Datsun runs great.                       (MORE)                                                             8.                           CHRIS (CONT'D)                     (Mocking the Cadillac)              Do you think I want some fancy boat? Or              are you worried about what the neighbors              might think?                           BILLIE              We weren't going to get you a Cadillac,              Chris. Just a nice new car that's safe              to drive. You don't know when that              thing's just going to suddenly blow up.                           CHRIS              Blow up? Blow up?! Are you guys crazy?              It's a great car. I don't need a new              car. I don't want a new car. I don't              want anything. Thing, thing, thing.    Under the table, Carine jabs Chris' leg.    Chris returning    to polite -                           CHRIS (CONT'D)              But, thanks anyway.                           WALT              Everything's gotta be difficult.                           CHRIS              I said thank you. I just don't want              anything.    The group returns to some superficial calm.                           CARINE              I wouldn't say no to a new car.                           CHRIS                     (mumbling a rib)              Ivana Trump McCandless.                           CARINE                     (laughing it off)              Shut up, Chris.                     (to her parents, seriously)              Seriously, I'll pay you back.                                                         CUT TO:7   INT. OFF-CAMPUS ROOMING HOUSE, SECOND-FLOOR, ATLANTA -         7    DAY    OVER Chris' shoulder, he frisbees his graduation cap from    the upstairs window to his parents parting Cadillac on    the street.                                                             9.    As they wave goodbye, Carine catches the cap from the    backseat window. And with a parting smile to her    brother, she poses with it on her own head. Chris smiles    and waves goodbye.    As the Cadillac drifts away, his smile disappears into    something other than sadness.                                                    TIME CUT:8   INT. OFF-CAMPUS ROOMING HOUSE - NIGHT                         8    In a warm ambient light, we SEE a black and white poster    on a barren wall: Poncho-clad Clint Eastwood from "The    Good, The Bad, And The Ugly."    We TILT DOWN a stack of books sitting on the floor -    Tolstoy, Stegner, Thoreau, Jack London, and Pasternak.    Beside them, a camper's backpack.    Chris sits in introspection at his desk by candlelight.    The room is spare, supporting his monkish lifestyle. But    on the desk before him, he counts out $500.68 from a bank    envelope. He pockets those bills and change, then removes    a check for $24,000 made out to OXFAM America from the    same bank envelope. He scribbles a note: These are all    my savings. Feed someone with it. Signed, Chris    McCandless. He then slides the note and the check into a    pre-addressed Oxford Famine Relief Fund (in Boston)    envelope.    He pulls his wallet from his back pocket. Pulls all the    cards and pictures from its sleeves. Considering each,    he flicks them into a trash bin, one by one. Finally    coming to his social security card, he holds it to the    candles flame. As the flame burns bright we -                                                 DISSOLVE TO:9   EXT. ATLANTA HIGHWAY - SUNRISE'                               9    MUSIC (Gordon Peterson's BIG HARD SUN or as radio source    Tom Petty's FREE FALLING) rises and PRESENTATION TITLES    OVER:    A 1982 DATSUN B210 emerges from the rising sun as the car    heads west out of Atlanta. (HIGHWAY 20 TO 78 TO 40)    PRESENTATION TITLES and MUSIC carry OVER:                                                      9A.MONTAGE: We travel with Chris and his Datsun through thetowns and open highways, landscapes and landmarks, daysand nights, that lead to the Mojave desert in the West.                                                              10.     (In contrast to his introspection of the previous night,     Chris is buoyant throughout this sequence.)10   EXT. DESERT, SOMEWHERE BETWEEN KINGMAN, ARIZONA AND LAS     10     VEGAS, NEVADA - SUNSET     (CRANE SHOT) We see Chris stop the Datsun in the middle     of the desert road. We (CRANE?) DOWN to a close-up     through the windshield. Chris looks left. Then, right.     Into the rearview mirror, and suddenly turns the wheel,     veering the Datsun off the paved highway into the vast     desert.     As we CRANE back UP, the Datsun moves into the horizon.     END PRESENTATION TITLES. FADE MUSIC11   EXT. DETRITAL WASH - TWILIGHT                               11     ANGLE: WEST-FACING     The Datsun sits in the magical pastel twilight just     before darkness slides over the desert. It is positioned     at the foot of a wash wall that edges the soup bowl.     ANGLE: EAST-FACING     The Datsun, a yellow speck in the frame. Coyotes yap at     the moon. Other than that, no sound on the desert floor.     In the distance, voluptuous cumulonimbus clouds boil     upward catching the last rosy glow of the west-setting     sun over the rim of the upper Detrital watershed.     We see strobe bursts of lightning followed by muffled     thunder illuminating the thunder clouds from within.     Short SERIES OF ANGLES as we MOVE IN on the distant     gullies and ravines, starting to run with copious amounts     of water.12   INT. DATSUN - NIGHT                                         12     Chris McCandless, in the same clothes he had been in back     in the rooming house, sleeps in the back seat of the     Datsun. His head supported by his backpack. We begin to     HEAR a rumble. But this rumble is not thunder. It     rapidly builds into an alarming ROAR. The roar grows to     a deafening level. Chris awakens.                                                            11.     As he peeks up from the backseat looking forward through     the windshield, he just barely catches sight of the     leading edge of a flash flood. A four-foot high wall of     water, mud and debris makes impact with the Datsun,     momentarily enveloping it in water. Suddenly the car is     SLAMMED against the cliff. CRACK! Chris sits upright,     disoriented.     POV: As far as the eye can see in the desert moonlight,     water has taken over the desert with a flash flood.     However, there's no panic in Chris' face as we observe     him past a new crack in the wet windshield. The water,     while violent seems to have topped off just above the     wheels. Chris gets a slight smile on his face, as the     car settles into its new position below the cliff. He     returns to sleep.                                                       CUT TO:13   EXT. DESERT - DAY                                          13     What remains of Chris' travelling money burns in a pile     beside the Datsun on the sun-lit but muddy desert floor.     We follow a very long set of footprints (CAMERA     TRACKING/TRUE VERTICAL) away from the burning cash     through the mud, finally tilting up to the footprint     maker, Chris. Slogging toward high ground.     WIDE-SHOT: We see the abandoned Datsun nearly a mile     behind Chris as he walks toward us wearing his backpack.     He comes very close to camera (only a day or two's     stubble on his face) and as we PAN him 180, we see as     much wilderness before us as we did behind.     REPRISE MUSIC OVER MAIN TITLE:                     (INTO THE WILD)     Chris walks into the distance.     COMPLETE AND END MAIN TITLES.                                                       CUT TO:14   INT. COLLEGE BUILDING                                      14     SHAKY HAND-HELD HOME VIDEO IMAGE (4 YEARS EARLIER):                                                       12.Chris McCandless speaking to camera holds a microphone ina shadowy room, doing his Geraldo Rivera. It's tongue-in-cheek at best.                       CHRIS          This is Emory University freshman Chris          McCandless reporting from the vault at          Thompson Hall.He indicates a hatchway in the floor leading to abrightly lit corridor below.                       CHRIS (CONT'D)          We have just dynamited the hatchway and          are the first human beings to step foot          into this vault in over a hundred years.          Somewhere in here lies the secret of the          great beast within us all. A beast built          on lies, corruption, and greed.We HEAR a GROWLING SOUND from behind Chris.                       CHRIS (CONT'D)          And there it is! The legendary beast          Mocra.CAMERA quickly PANS to a blanket-wrapped, crawling FELLOWSTUDENT in a grotesque Halloween mask.We MOVE INTO CU on the monster growling.QUICK PAN back to Chris.                       CHRIS (CONT'D)                 (in mock fright)          We've got to get out of here quick and re-          secure the hatch while we make a plan of          how to kill the beast.CAMERA SHAKES all over like a bad horror film trying tostay with Chris as he makes a quick escape down thehatchway into the University dorm corridor.CLUMSY VIDEO TIME CUT: Chris nailing the last nail inthe hatchway from below. He climbs down the steps wherehe exchanges his hammer for his microphone from an off-camera source.                       CHRIS (CONT'D)          Well, it looks like we've succeeded -We HEAR the monster's GROWL from above.                                                              13.                            CHRIS (CONT'D)               - at least for the moment, in sealing the               beast back into the vault. Your humble               reporter, Chris McCandless will now               struggle with the journalistic question               of ethics: Will he retain his reporter's               objectiveness or save the future of human               truth by slaying this awful beast?     He gives us a look of vaudevillian puzzlement - what will     he do?     CONTINUE VIDEO:     We pick up with Chris in a corridor outside a door with a     cheap paper-and-tape label announcing the adjacent room     as the office of Ted Turner.                            CHRIS (CONT'D)               Once again, your humble reporter Chris               McCandless.     We HEAR OS students commenting on Chris and his video     crew:                            OS STUDENT               What is this? Filmmaking 101?                            OS STUDENT #2               Point the camera at me. I'm a star.     Chris speaking straight to camera, still tongue-in-cheek:                            CHRIS                      (with a Wizard of Oz tone)               Pay no attention to the voices behind the               curtain.15   INT. WOULD-BE TED TURNER OFFICE                             15     A FELLOW STUDENT PLAYING TED TURNER with obvious fake     mustache is locked into an episode of Matlock on his     television set as our bold reporter, Chris, barges in.                            CHRIS               Ted! We've got a monster in the vault.               It represents all the corruption, the               deceit, and greed within us all. I must               slay it.                                                       14.                        TED TURNER/STUDENT                 (worst acting we've ever                  seen)          McCandless, how many times have I had to          tell you? I've had to tell you that you          are a journalist and you can't get          personally involved in your cases...or          your stories.                       CHRIS          Ted! I know how to kill it. And I'm the          only one who knows. You can't keep          sending me on stories and expecting me to          do nothing! I look like some kind of an          idiot.                       TED TURNER/STUDENT          Do you know who you're talking to?   I'm          Ted Turner.Behind Chris in the corridor outside Ted's office, aPANICKED STUDENT arrives at the door.                       PANICKED STUDENT          McCandless! You've got to hurry! The          monster is scratching at the hatchway.          He'll be out in no time.                       TED TURNER/STUDENT                 (threatening)          It'll mean your job, Chris McCandless.                       CHRIS                 (to Ted)          That's it, Ted. Fire me if you want but          this beast must be slayed.Microphone in hand, Chris makes haste. The CAMERA RUNSWITH HIM out the door, through the corridor, up a set ofsteps to the hatchway. As he arrives, the monsterappears above him in the hatchway crawl space havingpulled off the board Chris had nailed.                       CHRIS (CONT'D)                 (into camera)          This is the only thing that can kill the          monster. It's gonna be risky but without          great risk, there is no freedom. So we          will now hear from the famous singer -          Chris McCandless.                                                      15.A piano is PUSHED INTO FRAME beside Chris. A YOUNG BLACKSTUDENT pulls a stool in front of the piano and begins toplay. Chris begins to serenade the monster,intermittently sharing the serenade directly into cameraas well. He bursts into an uninhibited solo of Tender IsThe Night.CAMERA TILTS UP to the monster looking out the hatchway,slowly dying from the song being sung.As the song continues to be sung and the monstercontinues to die, the AUDIO RECEDES and VIDEO IMAGES GOTO SLO MO.                       CARINE (V.O.)          When we were little, Chris was very to          himself. He wasn't anti-social, he          always had friends, and everybody liked          him - but he could go off and entertain          himself for hours, he didn't seem to need          toys or friends. He could be alone          without being lonely. The secrets our          parents kept, though unknown to Chris and          I, led to bouts of rage and even violence          between them that we had been forced to          witness since we were very young. It          seemed like they never fought without us.          I remember the first family meeting to          let Chris and me in on their plans for          getting a divorce. They wanted us to          choose which of them we'd live with. I          cried my eyes out. But the divorce never          happened, though the threats and meetings          never stopped. It wasn't long before          Chris and I shut off -- we would tell mom          and dad to go ahead and get the divorce.          Chris and I just wanted to get away from          their fights and mom kept promising to          get out and take us with her as soon as          their company made enough money. Dad had          been the young genius [that] NASA          enlisted to do [crucial] designs for the          American satellite radar systems that          would be our answer to the Russian          Sputnik. And mom and he later started up          a consulting firm combining her get-up-          and-go resourcefulness with his wealth of          knowledge. By the time the company          actually made its first million, the          careerism and money seemed to erase her          memory of the promise she'd made us.                       (MORE)                                                              16.                            CARINE (V.O.) (CONT'D)               I think this is when Chris began to see               "careers" as a diseased invention of the               twentieth century and to resent money and               the useless priority people made of it in               their lives. He'd begun planning to               "slay the beast"...to make himself free.     VIDEO IMAGE:     The beast dies.                                                     FADE OUT.                                       CHAPTER 1: BIRTH - FADE                                                           IN:16   INT. TENT (IN THE SCRUB BRUSH BESIDE LAKE MEAD) - DAY      16     We see a pile of berries sitting atop a handkerchief.     Beside them, a survivalist's guide to edible growth.     POV: THE TOP OF THE TENT - SOFT FOCUS     The glare of the sun penetrating the canvas. A fly     buzzes and lands, hanging upside down. The image is     blurry.     ECU: CHRIS' EYES     Delirious in the heat, we WIDEN OUT to see that he's     filthy (2 weeks of growth on his face and naked.) He     makes his way out of the tent, peers at the relentless     sun and scurries to his backpack where he removes a     canteen, barely a sip of water left in it. He downs it.                                                     TIME CUT:17   EXT. LAKE MEAD DAY                                         17     The following short vignettes are silent and focused     exclusively on Chris:     1. Recreational BOATERS on Lake Mead. GIRLS in bikinis.     BOYS on boats eating Kentucky Fried Chicken.                                                       CUT TO:     2. At lake-side, an unusual sight - the NEW Chris     McCandless, a sun and dirt-beaten bum with a backpack.                                                       CUT TO:                                                             17.     3. A family ski-boat has taken Chris on. They give him     water, dropping him at the north end of the lake at     TEMPLE BAR MARINA. (Director's Note: HIGH ANGLE, TIGHT,     sees Chris and the glimmering water treadmilling below)                                                          CUT TO:     4. Chris washes himself in the lake by the marina.                                                          CUT TO:18   ESTABLISHING SHOT: CAFE, TEMPLE BAR MARINA                  18                                                          CUT TO:19   INT. MARINA CAFE, UNISEX RESTROOM                           19     Chris brushes his teeth.                            CHRIS (V.O.)               I need a name.     He takes a swallow of water. Rinses his mouth. Spits it     out. Then checks his bearded face in the mirror. He     likes what he sees.     As he wipes the corners of his mouth with a tissue and     throws it into the bin below the sink, he notices a     discarded tube of lipstick. He picks it up. It's down     to its end. Yet with what lipstick remains, he writes on     the mirror:     ALEXANDER SUPERTRAMP WAS HERE   JULY 1990                                                          CUT TO:20   EXT. MARINA CAFE (BLDG REAR) - SUNDOWN                      20     Chris is behind the cafe beside a pair of dumpsters. He     removes the Datsun's license plates from his backpack and     discards them deeply into the garbage.                                                          CUT TO:                                                          17A.21   EXT. MARINA CAFE (BLDG FRONT) - SUNDOWN                   21     Chris appears from behind the cafe lugging his backpack     up the rise from the cafe to the highway and starts     thumbing for a ride.                                                       CUT TO:                                                               18.22    INT. MCCANDLESS HOME, ANNANDALE                            22      VARIOUS shots to accompany V.O.                             CARINE (V.O.)                Toward the end of June, Chris had mailed                our parents his final grade report.      Walt and Billie open the envelope.                             CARINE (V.O.) (CONT'D)                Almost all A's. "A" in Apartheid in                South African Society and History of                Anthropological Thought; A- in                Contemporary African Politics and the                Food Crisis in Africa; and on it went.                Clever boy, my brother.      We observe Carine in a delicate afternoon light. She is      sitting up on her bed with an unread book, looking out      the window toward us.                             CARINE (V.O.) (CONT'D)                But by the end of July we hadn't heard                anything from him and my parents were                getting very worried.      Carine's POV:   Walt with his arm around Billie in the      yard.                             CARINE (V.O.) (CONT'D)                Chris had never had a phone, so they                decided to drive down to Atlanta and                surprise him.                                                           CUT TO:22A   EXT. ROAD TO TAHOE                                        22A      Chris, backpack on, walking away from camera.                                                           CUT TO:23    EXT. HIGHWAY - ATLANTA - DAY (END JULY 1990)               23      We see Walt and Billie's car pass under an Atlanta      mileage sign.                                                             19.                            CARINE (V.O.)               When they arrived at the apartment, there               was a "For Rent" sign in his window, and               the manager told my parents that Chris               had moved out at the end of June.24   EXT. OFF-CAMPUS ROOMING HOUSE, ATLANTA - DAY                24     We observe Walt and Billie chatting with Chris' apartment     manager.                            CARINE (V.O.)               When they got home, I had to hand them               all the letters they had sent Chris that               summer which had been returned in a               bundle.25   INT. MCCANDLESS HOME, ANNANDALE                             25     The bundle of letters are splayed out on the kitchen     table - "Return to Sender" stamps visible.                            CARINE (V.O.)               Chris had instructed the post office to               hold them until August 1st so that mom               and dad wouldn't know that anything was               up. Some part of me understood what he               had done. That he had spent the previous               four years fulfilling an absurd and               onerous duty in graduating from college.     We return to the image of Carine sitting on her bed as     she plops on Chris' old graduation cap. We slowly ZOOM IN     on her throughout the remaining V.O.                            CARINE (V.O.) (CONT'D)               And now, at last he was unincumbered.               Emancipated from the stifling world of               parents and peers. Abstraction,               security, and material excess. Those               things that cut Chris off from the raw               truth of his existence. I only hoped he               was safe...and I missed him.                                                          CUT TO:26   EXT. SIERRA NEVADA MOUNTAINS (LAKE TAHOE AREA) - DAY        26                                                            20.     HELICOPTER SHOT: (MUSIC OVER: PHILIP GLASS) WE FIND     CHRIS MAKING HIS STRIDES THROUGH PINES AND PEAKS, IN AWE     OF THE SCALE AND POWER OF THIS LANDSCAPE.     TRACKING SHOT (GROUND LEVEL): CLOSE ON Chris, surrounded     by a summit grove embraced in its nature.     ANGLE: A DEER drinking from a creek, pops its head up     between trees and scrub, watching the alien human pass.     An EAGLE soars above (perhaps it was this POV represented     in our helicopter shot)     WATER babbling in a mountain creek.     VARIOUS WILDLIFE SHOTS     ANGLE: Chris -   In his eyes we see the landscape inject     itself.                                                        CUT TO:27   EXT. CAMPSITE, PACIFIC CREST TRAIL - SUNSET                 27     SEQUENCE: Chris makes camp beside a stream pulling a sack     of rice from his backpack and cooking it.28   EXT. CAMPSITE, PACIFIC CREST TRAIL - NIGHT                  28     Wrapped in his own "The Good, The Bad, And The Ugly"     poncho, Chris eats rice while crouched beside a campfire     reading from Jack London's White Fang.                                                        CUT TO:29   EXT. PACIFIC CREST TRAIL - FURTHER NORTH - DAY              29     Chris is on the move north through the gorgeous landscape     of the Sierras, humming as he walks, when he comes upon a     sign on the trail: PERMIT CAMPING IN DESIGNATED     CAMPGROUNDS ONLY.     Chris bows to the sign as one would to speak to a small     child.                            CHRIS                      (singing)               Sign, sign. Everywhere a sign. Fuckin'               up the scenery, breakin' my mind.                            (MORE)                                                               21.                             CHRIS (CONT'D)                 Do this. Don't do that. Can't you read                 the sign?     And then, very impulsively, he karate kicks the sign off     its post into a log collapsing into ---                                                          CUT TO:30   OMITTED                                                     3031   EXT. CAMPSITE II, PACIFIC CREST TRAIL - NIGHT               31     A burning log collapses in Chris' campfire, reduced to     glowing embers.32   INT. TENT                                                   32     Chris is awakened by the SOUND of TWIGS SNAPPING in a     nearby thicket. He quickly grabs a knife from his     backpack, unzips six inches of the tent door open. We     see his eyes peering out. The CRACKLING moves closer.     His grip on the knife tightens.     Suddenly a hot white light hits his face.   And a VOICE     comes from behind the light.                              FOREST RANGER                 U.S. Forestry. Could you step out of the                 tent please?     Now we see the FOREST RANGER appear from the thicket.     Chris exits the tent, catching himself holding the knife.                             CHRIS                       (as he drops the knife to the                        ground)                 Sorry. I thought you were a bear.                              FOREST RANGER                        (approaching)                 I don't blame you. You're less than a                 hundred yards from the nearest den.                 That's why I came over here to talk to                 you. Do you have some identification?                                                         22.                       CHRIS          No. I'm sorry. My name's Alex. I've          been travelling a lot and I got robbed          and my identification was taken.                       FOREST RANGER          You mind if I take a look in your tent?                        CHRIS          Go ahead.The Forest Ranger bends over. Pops his flashlightthrough the tent door and peers around a bit before re-addressing Chris.                       FOREST RANGER          You're not the character who knocked down          our sign, are ya?                      CHRIS                (giggles)          No.                       FOREST RANGER          Because there was a sign indicating that          camping was allowed by permit only.                       CHRIS          Well, I don't have a permit.                       FOREST RANGER          No, I'm sure you don't. Listen, it looks          like you've got your food secured pretty          good, so I'm not gonna make you move on          tonight. But, these bears out here are          nursing young and you know how that goes.          Next time, stop at the Rangers station          and get yourself a permit.                       CHRIS          Alright. I appreciate it. I'm gonna be          headed towards the coast tomorrow.                        FOREST RANGER          Be careful.They shake hands and the Forest Ranger disappears intothe thicket.                                                     CUT TO:                                                               23.33    EXT. THE NORTHERN CREST - DAY                              33      Chris descends the mountains where they meet the      Redwoods. Every perilous step creates a mini landslide      down the hill; dirt and gravel.      Chris stops briefly to observe an over-flying commercial      airliner.                             CHRIS                       (mocking imaginary                        conversation among                        passengers)                Is that a man mommy?                That's no mere man, sweetheart. That's                Alexander SuperTramp! King of the wild                frontier!      Chris briefly waves to the airplane above and continues      his descent.                                                         CUT TO:34    OMITTED                                                    3435    EXT. HIGHWAY NEAR WILLOW CREEK (AUGUST 10, 1990)           35      A car slows to a stop.36    INT./EXT. CAR-HIGHWAY                                      36                             DRIVER                This is where I turn off.                               CHRIS                Alright man.    Thanks a lot.      Chris is dropped off. The driver veers off the highway      and into the distance. Chris is left behind to hitch      another ride.36A   EXT. HIGHWAY                                              36A      CAMERA is across the road from Chris as one by one cars      pass him by. He turns to move north by foot and we track      with him, his back to oncoming traffic, he continues to      hitchhike with an extended thumb. Something catches his      eye in the treeline beside the road.                                                         24.REVERSE: Chris, moving to the mysterious object. As helifts it, we see that it is a goofy looking straw hat.He dusts it off, and snugs it onto his head, when apolice car comes into frame and stops beside Chris.With a quick blast of the siren, Chris turns to regardthe police car. The POLICEMAN gets out of the car andmoves to Chris.                       POLICEMAN          How're you doin' this evening?                       CHRIS                 (reluctantly)          I'm alright. What's the matter?                       POLICEMAN          You wanna put your backpack down on the          hood of my car.Chris does not oblige.                         CHRIS          Why?                       POLICEMAN          Because I asked you to, sir.                       CHRIS          But I haven't done anything wrong.   These          are my personal items.                       POLICEMAN          Do you know that it's unlawful to          hitchhike on this stretch of highway.                       CHRIS          You're kidding.                       POLICEMAN          Do you see a safe area for a vehicle to          stop? We got a tree-lined highway          without a substantial shoulder here. And          we've had a lot of accidents on this road          from people stopping in the traffic lane          for hitchhikers.                       CHRIS          Alright, but...I mean, you stopped your          car. You're in the traffic lane. And          you can see, there's hardly any cars out          here. Plus, it's a straight road; you          can see for a long ways.                       (MORE)                                                            25.                            CHRIS (CONT'D)                      (in disbelief)               There's really been accidents along here?                            POLICEMAN               May I see some identification?     Now Chris is worried.                            CHRIS               I don't have any.                            POLICEMAN               You don't have any identification?     Chris shakes his head "No."                            POLICEMAN (CONT'D)                      (pulling out a ticket)               Well, I'm gonna site you for unlawful               hitchhiking. You don't have to appear.               You can send a check directly to the               Humboldt County Clerks Office for               restitution. If you don't pay it within               30 days, you're subject to fine and               warrant. I'm gonna trust that you're               gonna give me accurate information.               What's your name?     Chris can't bring himself to lie.                            CHRIS                      (a beat)               McCandless. Christopher Johnson               McCandless.                                                         CUT TO:37   INT. MCCANDLESS HOME, ANNANDALE (MID-AUGUST 1990)          37     Walt, Billie, and Carine sit around the kitchen table in     August. A copy of Chris' ticket has been sent to the     Annandale address and sits before them. Billie and     Carine sit silently. Walt's on the phone.                            CARINE (V.O.)               If Chris were trying to disappear, it               would have been a pretty uncharacteristic               lapse for him to give the police his real               place of residence. Though my parents               had already contacted the Annandale               police with their initial concerns, this               ticket arriving from California made them               frantic.                            (MORE)                                                              26.                            CARINE (V.O.) (CONT'D)               My father called one of his old               government friends who put him in touch               with a private investigator, someone               who'd done work with the DIA and the CIA.               Using the Willow Creek ticket as a               starting point, the investigator began               chasing down leads. Most of them led far               afield -- to Europe and South Africa.               Ultimately turning up nothing. What my               dad couldn't believe was that he'd given               up his car. He seemed to love that               Datsun so much. It sounded just like               Chris to me, though. He was very much of               the school that you should own nothing               except what you could carry on your back               at a dead run.38   EXT. NORTHERN CALIFORNIA HIGHWAY, NEAR ORICK, 60 MILES     38     SOUTH OF THE OREGON LINE - DAY (MID-AUGUST 1990)     With his backpack lunging and a free hand holding his     goofy new hat onto his head, we find Chris at a "dead     run" to catch a ride that had overshot him. (Director's     note: Don't leave this image too soon.) An old van idles     waiting for him. As he gets to the passenger side, the     woman passenger gets out. This is JAN BURRES, early     40's, looks to be still on the long road home from     Woodstock. A little heavyset, dark wavy hair with a lot     of premature grey in it.     Jan moving to the side door.                            JAN               Hi. We just barely saw you there, under               that crazy hat of yours. We couldn't               back up - the van's reverse is broken.                             CHRIS                       (as Jan fiddles with side                        door handle)               Oh.   That's okay. Thanks for stopping.                            JAN               This door's a little tricky, I'll get it.     And with a little pulling, it opens. Indicating the pony-     tailed and bearded driver (RAINEY), early 50's,     definitely Woodstock...                            JAN (CONT'D)               Hop in, that's Rainey.                                                              27.                            RAINEY               Hey, I'm Rainey.                              JAN               And I'm Jan.                              CHRIS               Hey, Rainey.    Hi Jan.    I'm Alex.                            RAINEY               Alex of the hat.                             CHRIS                       (closing the side door)               Yeah.     Jan jumps back in passenger seat and the van rolls on.39   INT. RAINEY &amp;amp; JAN VAN                                      39     3-SHOT - CHRIS BETWEEN THEM IN THE BACKSEAT.                            RAINEY               Were you out there a long time hitching?                            CHRIS               Couple of days. But sometimes I forget to               put my thumb out.                            JAN               Probably, the rest of the time, that hat               scares `em away.     Chris checks himself in the rearview mirror and gets a     kick out of what he sees (That hat's staying on.) Jan is     looking at the rearview mirror too, observing Chris with     mild concern.                            JAN (CONT'D)               When's the last time you ate something?     Chris pulls out a bag of berries and edible plants he's     collected.                            CHRIS                      (excited)               See that? I've got this book and it               shows you all the plants and berries that               are edible. You can find things wherever               you go.     Jan steals a glance to Rainey.      He's hip.                                                           28.                            RAINEY               We were just in town getting some beads               and stuff. Jan does handicrafts, so               we're usually going from one swap meet to               another. She's so good at what she does,               we sold everything. So, we set up camp               at Orick Beach. You're welcome to camp               there with us.                            JAN               And eat there with us.     Chris is beaming at the thought of real food.                                                       CUT TO:40   EXT. CAMPSITE, ORICK BEACH - NIGHT                         40     Chris, Jan, and Rainey are beside a campfire, sitting on     blankets. Their tents loom behind them.     Jan is weaving some sort of craft art. Chris is chomping     on chicken and beans like they're going out of style.                            CHRIS                      (between large swallows)               So, I just left the car. It was a great               car too. I'd driven it cross country the               first time when I got out of high school.               I had some really great adventures with               it. That thing would just go and go. I               mean, it was an `82 but if I'd kept it,               it would've lasted me forever.                            RAINEY               So, you're a leather now.                            CHRIS               I'm a leather?     Rainey nods, smiling.                            CHRIS (CONT'D)                      (looking to Jan)               What's a leather?                            JAN               You're a leather tramp. That's what they               call the ones that hoof it on foot. So,               we're technically rubber tramps.                                                     29.                       RAINEY                 (interjecting)          As we have a vee-hi-cle.Rainey makes a move to put his arm around Jan. She goesa little stiff and fends it off. Chris notices.                       JAN          Alex could have a vehicle. If he didn't          burn his money. Why would you want to do          that?                       CHRIS          I don't need money.   It makes people          cautious.                       JAN                 (a little irritated)          Well, you have to be a little cautious          Alex. That book of yours is all well and          fine but you can't depend entirely on          leaves and berries.                       CHRIS          I don't know if you'd want to depend on          much more than that.                       JAN          Where's your mom and dad?                       CHRIS          Makin' their money somewhere.                       JAN          Come on Chris. You look like a loved             *          kid. Be fair.                                    *                      CHRIS          Fair?                       JAN          You know what I mean.                       CHRIS          I'll paraphrase Thoreau -- "Rather than          *          love, than money, than fairness, give me         *          truth."                                          *                       RAINEY                              *          You look like shit.   There's the truth.         *They all laugh.                                            *                                                              30.                                                          CUT TO:     *41   INT. CHRIS' TENT, ORICK BEACH - LATER                       41     Chris sits up reading, his tent entry flap ajar to let     the small candle lantern ventilate.     OS we HEAR a ZIPPING SOUND. It's Rainey. We see him     from Chris' POV coming out of his tent deep in thought.     As he moves to the glowing embers of what remains of the     campfire, Rainey's face goes out of frame and all Chris     can see are his booted feet, tapping bits of glowing wood     into the center of the fire. The tapping is slow and     thoughtful. Micro-embers float upward into the night.     Chris' tent flap closes by his own hand.     ANGLE: Chris' dog-ears his book and puts out the lantern.                                                          CUT TO:42   EXT. ORICK BEACH - DAY                                      42     We see Chris foraging for firewood in the bluffs above     the beach. He's got it tied to his back and his front.     If we didn't know better, we'd think he was camouflaging     himself.     Chris' POV: The rocks beside the water's edge. We see     Rainey sitting beside the water, staring out to sea. We     follow Chris' gaze to Jan, some fifty yards down the     beach, walking melancholically in the opposite direction     of Rainey.     ANGLE: Rainey at the water's edge.   Chris appears beside     him.                            RAINEY                      (regarding Chris wrapped up                       in wood)               Geez. If I struck a match to you, I'd               have warmth and dinner at the same time.                                                       31.But Rainey's humor does not hide an inner turmoil.                       CHRIS          Where's Jan going?                       RAINEY          Well, my friend, all is not well on the          hippie front.Chris pulls out his pocketknife, cuts the twine thatbinds the firewood to his body, and takes a seat besideRainey.                       RAINEY (CONT'D)          You're an industrious little fucker,          aren't ya... Yeah, it's funny how things          happen at particular times. I've loved          that woman for a lot of years. But you          know, she's got a...story. We've been          going through this thing real quietly          cause, well...So, after running into you          last night, this thing we were going          through quietly, she started talking          about. You know what I mean?                        CHRIS          I think so.                       RAINEY          You think what?Chris is looking off at Jan walking in the distance.                       CHRIS          I think she's probably quietly          disconnecting. It doesn't feel right to          her to be close to you if there's a hole          of some kind somewhere else.                       RAINEY          That's a helluva insight. Jesus!...          You're not Jesus, are you? You gonna          walk on that water and get her back for          me?                       CHRIS          Actually, I'm a little afraid of water.Rainey gives him a sideways glance.                       CHRIS (CONT'D)          It's true. But it's something I've got          to get over sometime.                       (MORE)                                                              32.                            CHRIS (CONT'D)               So, I'll swim in it if you'll carry the               firewood back to the campsite.                             RAINEY               I'll carry.   Shit-yes I'll carry.     And with that, Chris runs down the beach toward Jan.     Rainey watches Chris and Jan chat briefly. Then they     strip down to their underwear and jump into the ocean,     splashing and laughing.     ANGLE: Rainey. A warmth comes over him, watching his old     lady having some fun. He grabs two armfuls of wood and     heads to the campsite.     ANGLE: Chris and Jan swimming in the chilly water, having     a ball.     Jan increasingly indulges herself a motherly closeness     and joy with Chris. And Chris allows it. She pushes the     stringy hairs from his eyes, worries when he descends     below the surface for too many seconds, and smiles and     laughs in tender relief when from below surface one of     her toes is pulled on by the big fish Chris. As he re-     surfaces, she gives him a splash right in the face.                                                        TIME CUT:43   EXT. CAMPSITE, ORICK BEACH - LATER                          43     Through a burning campfire in the late afternoon, we see     the chilly bodies of Chris and Jan carrying their clothes     run shivering toward us.     Rainey sits beside the campfire.                            RAINEY               I thought you guys might need a little               heat.     Jan smiles appreciatively.                            JAN                      (moving to Rainey)               That's not hot enough. Put your arms               around me.     As they embrace, Chris throws a coat on from his tent,     puts on his funny straw hat, and grabs a book.     Rainey has wrapped a blanket around Jan and they sit     beside the fire.                                                             33.                            CHRIS               I'm going to go down the beach a ways and               read a little bit. I'll bring the rest               of that wood back before nightfall.                            RAINEY               Alright. We might take a run into town               to grab some food for tonight.                              CHRIS               Sounds good.     He heads off down the beach.44   EXT. ORICK BEACH MONTAGE                                   44     MUSIC OVER:     1. The ocean moving toward sunset.     2. Seagulls, gliding inches over the water.     3. The breeze on the sea grass.     4. Chris in his big hat reading at water's edge.     5. Jan and Rainey deeply engaged in conversation beside     the fire.     6. Chris closing his book, remaining meditative at     water's edge.     7. Jan and Rainey in town, buying groceries and being     playful with each other.     8. OVER Chris' shoulder, the sun sets and day becomes     night.                                                          CUT TO:45   EXT. CAMPSITE, ORICK BEACH - NIGHT                         45     Jan and Rainey on a blanket sharing a joint. Chris lying     beside the campfire in his sleeping bag. Jan takes a     toke, passes the joint to Rainey.                            JAN               You know what Alex ought to do, Rainey?               He ought to come out to the Slabs this               winter.                                                         34.                        RAINEY          Oh yeah.Rainey takes a toke on the joint.                       RAINEY (CONT'D)          You'd like that if you're still on the          road. Lot of fellow travelers.Rainey offers the joint to Chris.   Chris passes it upwith a hand gesture.                       CHRIS          What is that? The Slabs?                       RAINEY          It's down in Niland, California.   You          know where the Salton Sea is?                       CHRIS          Near San Diego, yeah?                       RAINEY          Well about 200 miles Northeast of there,          but yeah. Niland's off the east shore of          Salton. Wild place. The navy bulldozed          and abandoned a base there. All that's          left is a grid of concrete foundations.          They're scattered over about a square          mile or so.                       JAN          When the weather turns cold across the          rest of the country, people show up there          by the thousands: snow birds...                        RAINEY          Drifters...                       JAN          Sundry vagabonds...                       RAINEY / JAN          Like ourselves.                       JAN          Livin' on the cheap under the sun.                       CHRIS          You sell your handcrafts there?                                                              35.                            JAN               Oh yeah. And a lot of second-hand goods.               There's a swap meet. The people are               cool. There's even some kids running               around sometimes. Most everyone there,               if they're not avoiding the cold, are at               least dodging the IRS.                             RAINEY               Or the FBI.   CIA! DDT!!!     The three of them laugh.                            JAN               It's good. You should check it out. If               you come, I'll make a proper hat for you.                      (standing, shaking out her                       blanket)               Well, Alex. I'm gonna clean up and the               old man and I are gonna get some rest.                      (indicating the sleeping bag)               Looks like you got yourself a good bag               there.                            CHRIS               Yeah...my mother made it from a kit.     Jan sees an almost imperceptible mother pang in Chris,     but he pushes it away quickly.                            CHRIS (CONT'D)               I'm gonna sleep out here by the fire.     I               want to read a little bit.     Jan moves to Chris, hugs him, kisses him on the cheek.                            JAN               You're wonderful.   Don't make me worry               about you.                                                         TIME CUT:46   EXT. CAMPSITE, ORICK BEACH - LATER                          46     The fire is burning low. Chris reads from Thoreau's     WALDEN from the chapter on "Higher Laws" as we move     slowly in toward him, we begin to HEAR quiet sounds of     what may be love-making coming from Rainey and Jan's     tent. A gentle smile comes over Chris' face and in its     irony, he looks to the page before him.                                                            36.     Chris' sliding fingertip underlines the following     passage:     Chastity is the flowering of a man; and what are called     genius, heroism, holiness, and the like, are but various     fruits which succeed it.                                                         CUT TO:47   EXT. CAMPSITE, ORICK BEACH - MORNING                       47     Gulls pierce into the grey morning ocean, snapping from     schools of fish. And the subtle crackling of a     campfire's death. There on the beach, Jan and Rainey's     van, their tent, and the fireless coals of last night.     But no sign of Chris, his bag or his tent.     Jan appears from her tent, rubbing her eyes. She wears a     sarong which she re-secures at the breast, then notices     that Chris has left. But where his tent had been, the     words:     THANK YOU JAN AND RAINEY     are spelled out in the sand with bits of driftwood.     CU: Jan - We see her sadness. Rainey appears at her     shoulder. He understands what is inside his woman.                            JAN               He reminded me...                            RAINEY               I know.     Go to WIDE SHOT: Jan and Rainey remaining as they were.     FOREGROUND: Seagulls GLIDE THROUGH FRAME.                                       CHAPTER 2:    ADOLESCENCE                                                    DISSOLVE TO:48   EXT. CASCADE RANGE - DAY                                   48     MUSIC OVER: Joe Henry's King's Highway     A SERIES OF SHOTS:     1. Chris hitchhiking through the Sage Brush Uplands     2. Chris squatting over a water bucket, shaving.                                                              37.     3. Camping in the lava beds of the Columbia River Basin.     4. Walking across the Idaho Panhandle.     5. Cooking the last of his rice on the Montana border.     6. Hitchhiking in the Montana sunset.49   EXT. CUT BANK, MONTANA - SUNSET (SEPTEMBER 10 1990)        49     We see Chris hitching down a lonely two-lane road     surrounded by fields and distant mountains.                            CARINE (V.O.)               In early September, mom and dad got a               call from the Annandale police notifying               them that Chris' abandoned car had been               identified by the Arizona Highway Patrol               after a group of rare flower hunters               stumbled upon it in the desert. There               were no signs that Chris had intended to               return to it. But there wasn't any               evidence of struggle. The police said               they thought Chris had chosen to leave it               behind and not that it had been taken               from him. Nonetheless, the initial               comfort that gave mom and dad, quickly               turned to their realization that Chris               was actually trying not to be found.50   EXT. ANNANDALE STREET - DUSK                               50     We see Walt. He walks out the door of his house into the     street. He keeps walking. And we go with him in his     silent but internal Armageddon. We PULL him in CU     throughout all that follows...(Refer to SCENE 171: "Dad     calls it `suspended animation.'" This may affect our     visual approach)                            CARINE               The year Chris graduated high school he               bought the Datsun, used. He wanted to               drive it cross-country and visit our old               neighborhood in California. The day               before he left was my dad's birthday.               Chris made a speech...                                                             38.51   INT. MCCANDLESS HOME, ANNANDALE (PAST)                      51     Chris stands beside the family piano, speaking to a party     of his parent's friends, Walt and Billie among them.     Beside him, a large gift-wrapped present. Carine sits at     the foot of the stairs at the back of the room watching     her brother with a hint of concern.                            CHRIS                      (a little drunk, a little                       emotional)               Dad, you and I have had our differences               over the years...but on your birthday I               want to tell you how grateful I am for               all the things you've given me. And that               you did it starting from nothing to               working your way through college and               busting your ass to support us kids. So,               in return, I've been busting my ass a               bit...at Domino's Pizza -     Chris moves to the gift.                            CHRIS (CONT'D)               and I've gotten you this token, this               damned expensive token, as a token of               that appreciation.     Chris holds the large gift toward Walt. Walt moves     through his friends to Chris and strips the paper,     exposing a beautiful Questar Telescope.                            WALT                      (patting his son the back)               Would you look at that.     Walt holds the telescope up for all to see.   And the     party responds with applause.     Chris walks through the cheering family friends to take     his place beside Carine at the bottom of the steps.                            CARINE               Jesus, you must've had a lot to drink.                            CHRIS               Too much and not enough. I used to               believe all that stuff. That whole               story. I thought maybe if I said it               again, I'd believe it. But I don't.                                                            39.     Tears have come to Chris' eyes. He puts his head in his     hands. Carine puts an arm around him.                                                       BACK TO:52   EXT ANNANDALE STREET - DUSK                               52     PRESENT:   Walt expressionless, walking into camera.                             CARINE (V.O.)                The day after the party, Chris left on                his trip and ended up staying away most                of the summer. It was nearly three months                before he walked back into our house in                Annandale. He had a scruffy beard, his                hair was long and tangled, and he was                rail thin. As soon as I heard he was                home, I ran into his room to talk to him.                In California, he'd looked up some old                family friends who still lived there.                He'd found out that long after he had                been born, our dad had continued a                relationship with his first wife Marcia                in secret.53   EXT CUT BANK, MONTANA - SUNSET                            53     BRIEF CUTAWAY to Chris hitching on the Montana highway.                             CARINE                And that one lie had led to another.                That two years after Chris was born, dad                had had another son with Marcia. Worse                yet was that it was Marcia to whom he was                still legally married at the time. And                it was Chris and I who were the bastard                children.                                                       BACK TO:54   EXT ANNANDALE STREET - DUSK                               54     Walt.                             CARINE                Dad's arrogance made him conveniently                oblivious to the pain he caused. And                mom, in the shame and embarrassment of a                young mistress, became his accomplice.                             (MORE)                                            39aA.             CARINE (CONT'D)She and my dad had decided to bend thetruth about this other child saying thatdad wasn't the father and they maintainedthat their fraudulent marriage was real.             (MORE)                                            39A.             CARINE (CONT'D)Chris was quiet when he told me this. Hesaid it made his "entire childhood seemlike a fiction"; that "the truth had beendying everyday." If something botheredChris, he'd usually keep it to himself.And he made me promise to do the same.             (MORE)                                                           40.                            CARINE (CONT'D)               He never did tell mom and dad that he               knew. But Chris measured himself and               those around him by an impossibly               rigorous moral code. He loathed what he               considered mom and dad's hypocrisy and               resented what they considered guidance.               Chris submitted to dad's authority               through college but I knew he raged               inwardly the whole time. It was               inevitable that Chris would rebel. And               when he did, he did it with               characteristic immoderation.     Walt suddenly collapses to his knees weeping, heartbroken     and ashamed on a quiet Annandale street in the shadowless     light of dusk.                            CARINE (V.O.) (CONT'D)               My father is a brilliant man. But he had               made some terrible mistakes. And to some               extent, it seemed Chris was making him               pay an awful price.     The image of Walt DISSOLVES INTO...                                                      BACK TO:55   EXT. CUT BANK, MONTANA (SEPTEMBER 10, 1990)                 55     A pick-up truck pulls over for Chris. As Chris jumps in,     we see on the passenger side door, the name WAYNE     WESTERBERG boldly painted across it. Chris hops in     beside a hyper kinetic man with thick shoulders and a     black goatee.                            WAYNE                      (rolling a cigarette without                       moving forward with the                       truck, his knees rattling up                       and down)               How're you doing? Wayne Westerberg.                            CHRIS                      (shaking hands)               Hi Wayne. Alex McCandless.                            WAYNE               Seems like every time I come on this               road, there's somebody hitching out here               who looks as skinny and unfed as you.     Chris nods with a laugh.   Wayne continuing...                                                              41.                            WAYNE (CONT'D)               Look, I gotta stop in Ethridge to drop               something off (know what I mean?)     Chris is not sure about the "drop something off" part.                            WAYNE (CONT'D)               How `bout you and I grab something to eat               down there?                            CHRIS               Oh, I wouldn't want to burden you.                            WAYNE               How long has it been since you've had               anything to eat?                            CHRIS               Couple of days. I kinda ran out of               money.                            WAYNE               Well, there's no choice about it.    I'm               gonna get you some dinner.     Wayne lights his cigarette, puts the truck in gear and     they head down the road.     As the sun dips behind the horizon we TILT UP off the     departing truck to the sky. Ominously mounting clouds     stunningly reflect the red rays of the hidden sun:                                                          CUT TO:56   EXT. SUNBURST - NIGHT                                       56     Wayne's truck cuts through a track in a wheat field     moving toward a compound of three trailers, one a double-     wide, the other two on wheels, smaller. Beside them, a     Wyeth-esque farmhouse. He eases the engine and comes to     a stop in front of the double-wide.     As he and Chris dismount the truck, Wayne gives him a     hushing finger across the lips. They tip-toe up to the     door, where Wayne shuffles a bunch of keys.     A little thunder kicking in the distant sky.                                                           41A.56A   INT. DOUBLE-WIDE - NIGHT                                  56A      As Wayne and Chris enter, they tip-toe over empty booze      bottles and passed out work crew; Wayne's harvesting      team.      They make their way to a small table in the kitchenette.      Remains of the evening's dinner are on the stove. Wayne      turns on the stovetop coils to heat it up.                             WAYNE                So where is it you're headed?                             CHRIS                I was thinking about doubling back                through the Canadian side of Glacier                Park.                             WAYNE                Yeah, I used to have a girlfriend who'd                go there, camp on the Black Feet Res.                She was into all that American Indian                stuff.                             (MORE)                                                      42.                       WAYNE (CONT'D)          I can bring you to the border at Sweet          Grass once you've had some food.                       CHRIS          Well, that'd be great.   What do you do          out here?                       WAYNE          Well, I do a lot of things. Computer          programming. Video game repair. I'm a          licensed pilot, own a grain elevator in          Carthage and another one a few miles out          of town. But in the summertime I run a          combine crew, follow the harvest from          Texas way the hell north to the Canadian          border. We just got done cutting barley          for Coors and Anheuser Busch. But then I          got this little black box deal on the          side (You know what I mean?)                       CHRIS          You mean those free satellite TV deals?                       WAYNE                 (as though he hadn't brought                  it up)          You said it, not me.Chris is dazzled by this renaissance man of the plains.Wayne stands to dish out a couple of plates of heatedfood. As Chris starts digging in, a major gust of windrocks the trailer.                       WAYNE (CONT'D)                 (smiling, responding to wind)          OOOOOOH.Chris doesn't respond, digs into the food. Points to theunconscious tribe splayed out. SIX GERMANIC-LOOKINGUNCONSCIOUS BODIES.                       CHRIS          Who are these guys?Wayne gets a little giggle.                       WAYNE          Those are my Hudderites. Agriculture's a          pretty transient business. These guys          come off the Hudderite colony looking for          work. I always got work for people.          Then that guy -                       (MORE)                                                           42A.                            WAYNE (CONT'D)                      (pointing at guy making most                       of his snore)               That's Kevin. He's with me most of the               time. He's not a Hudderite. He's from               Madison.                              CHRIS               Madison.    Okay.     Just then, the rain kicks in full gear outside, pounding     the trailer shell. A couple hits of lightning follow.                            WAYNE               Listen, you don't want to go out there on               the road tonight. Why don't you just               roll your sleeping bag out and play like               a Hudderite until morning.     Chris looks about. There's not much room but it beats     the pelting outside.                            CHRIS               Thanks Wayne. I will.                                                     TIME CUT:     Chris, with a grin on his face, lays in his sleeping bag     between a Hudderite and the sleeping KEVIN. Wayne comes     from the back bedroom, tip-toes through the sleeping     bodies to hand Chris a pillow.                            WAYNE               Get a good sleep. See you in the               morning.     Chris waves a thanks, puts the pillow beneath his head     and closes his eyes.57   OMITTED                                                    5758   OMITTED                                                    5859   EXT. SUNBURST - DAY                                        59     We are TIGHT on Chris' hand atop the shifter of one of     Wayne's lumbering harvesters.                                                              43.                            WAYNE (O.S)               Okay. Now take hold of the joystick, get               the feel of header, idle it down with the               toggle switch...     As Chris makes the attempt, we immediately hear the     grinding of gears, the instrument alarms in chaos.     WIDE SHOT: Chris and Wayne sit atop a combine. In the     background we see Wayne's trailer and two other combines     piloted by Wayne's crew members on the ocean of ripe     blond grain.     Chris tries his hand at the shifter once more.   This time     the thing starts to move.                            WAYNE (CONT'D)               That's it. That's it. Now take it on               out and make yourself some money.     Wayne jumps off the combine and Chris begins to cut his     pattern, intermittently struggling with the shifter.     Wayne laughs his ass off.60   EXT SUNBURST - DAY                                           60     SERIES OF SHOTS indicating a SERIES OF DAYS passing as     Chris gets a hang of the machines a little more at a     time.                                                         CUT TO:61   INT. DOUBLE-WIDE, SUNBURST - NIGHT                           61     Six men including Wayne and Chris, two among them -     Hudderites, crowd in to the small dinner area of the     trailer. Talking politics and bullshit, and eating a     welcome meal.                            WAYNE               I'm gonna break out some whiskey. Alex,               you want anything other than that beer?                            CHRIS               I'd take a White Russian if you've got               it.     The group of men laugh at the youngster's order of a     fancy drink.                                                              44.                             MAN #1                What are you Alex, a Commie?                             CHRIS                No, I just like White Russians.                             WAYNE                I haven't got anything like that here.                But I tell ya what. And I know I speak                for everybody. You wanna come work with                us in Carthage, we'll hook you up on the                grain elevator and get you a White                Russian down at the Cabaret.                               CHRIS                Really?                             WAYNE                Dawn tomorrow, engines roaring.                       (to the others like a mock                        blues singer)                "Pot o Gold. Oh that pot o gold."      They all join in to the chant/song:                               ALL                "Pot o Gold.    Gotta get that pot o gold!"                             CHRIS                       (raising his beer)                To Carthage.                             WAYNE AND HIS MEN                       (toasting)                To Carthage.                                                           CUT TO:62    OMITTED                                                    6262A   EXT. HIGHWAY BETWEEN SUNBURST AND CARTHAGE                62A      MAGIC HOUR. TELEPHOTO LENS. The harvesting convoy rolls      toward us like a herd of mammoths.                                                           44A-45.63    EXT. CARTHAGE - NIGHT (LATE SEPTEMBER 1990)                63      A series of silent, quaint establishing tableaus.      (Director's Note:    Condor above street)      It's a sleepy little town. Population: 274. Cluster of      clapboard houses, tiny yards, and weathered brick      storefronts rising humbly from the immensity of the      northern plains. Stately rows of cottonwoods shade a      grid of streets, seldom disturbed by moving vehicles.      From UNDER CAMERA, the series of tableaus is interrupted      as the convoy roars into our frame from BENEATH CAMERA.                                                           CUT TO:63A   INT. WAYNE'S TRUCK                                        63A      In the passenger seat, Chris is glowing at his new      surroundings. Wayne picks up the CB radio.                             WAYNE                Okay Kevin, get all the machines back to                the elevator. I'm gonna show Chris to                his room.                             KEVIN (O.S.)                       (over CB)                I've got dibs on that shower, that                shower's all me.                             WAYNE                       (laughs)                First come, first serve buddy.      Wayne signs off and veers off the road.64    OMITTED                                                    64                                                              46.65   OMITTED                                                    6566   EXT. WESTERBERG'S CARTHAGE HOME - NIGHT                    66     A two-story Victorian in the Queen Anne style. Wayne     veers his truck into the front yard, parking under the     big cottonwood that towers above.                                               SHORT TIME CUT:67   INT. WESTERBERG'S CARTHAGE HOME - SAME                     67     Chris follows Wayne up the narrow stairwell.                                                             47.                            WAYNE                      (carrying Chris' pack for                       him)               Come on up in here. This'll be your room               for as long as you hang about.     Wayne opens the door at the top of the stairs.68   INT. CHRIS' ROOM, WESTERBERG'S CARTHAGE HOME - SAME        68     Wayne plops Chris' pack beside a single bed in the tiny     but comfortable room. Chris enters, very happy with his     new quarters.                            WAYNE               Shower's down the hall. If you hurry you               can beat the rest of the boys to it. But               you do want to grab a shower cause we're               all heading over to the Cabaret in               exactly thirty-six minutes. So, get your               dancing shoes on. There's foo-foo in the               medicine cabinet. I think it's Brut.                      (slaps his own face as if                       he's putting on cologne)               Then you want to put your charm in               overdrive cause we like to PAH-TAY!     Wayne gives Chris a wink and exits, shutting the door     behind him.     Chris takes in his new surroundings. He's on a work crew     and he likes it. Chris makes the move for the shower but     by the time he opens his door to the hall, all the other     crew members are barreling up the stairs in front of     them, clamoring for dibs (Chris' POV)                              MAN #1               I got first!                            MAN #2                      (in a kid voice)               You had first last night!                            MAN #1                      (entering the bathroom)               Well, if you wanna wash my back,               cowboy...                            MAN #2               You go ahead, fairy.    Just don't use all               the soap.                                                             48.     ANGLE: Chris. He gets a kick out of these guys.    He     closes the door.                                                          CUT TO:69   INT. CABARET BAR, CARTHAGE - NIGHT                          69     The Jack Daniels is flowing. Wayne's crew drinks,     smokes, and strikes out with every fat woman in the     place. GAIL BORAH, an on-again, off-again girlfriend of     Wayne's tends bar. A petite sad-eyed woman, slight as a     heron, delicate features and long blond hair. Wayne and     Chris sit at the end of the bar.                            WAYNE               Alex, this is Gail . This is the one to               go to for that White Russian you've been               wanting. Of course the quid pro quo can               be hazardous.                            GAIL               Shut up, Wayne.                      (to Chris)               You want a White Russian, sweetie?                            CHRIS                      (shyly)               Yes please, ma'am.                            WAYNE               Yes please, ma'am?     Wayne slaps Chris on the back.                            WAYNE (CONT'D)               Ain't he great?                            GAIL                      (to Chris)               Don't pay any attention to him.     With that Wayne reaches over the bar, grabs Gail and     gets her in a lip-lock, to which she ultimately gives in.                                                       TIME CUT:70   INT. CABARET BAR, CARTHAGE - LATER                          70     Wayne and Chris are both drunk.                                                       49.                       WAYNE          Anything to do with hunting, preserving          the meat, smoking it or whatever, you          talk to Kevin over there. That's your          man.ANGLE: KEVIN.   He looks every bit the Grizzly Adams part.                       WAYNE (CONT'D)          Outdoors-man. What's the interest in all          that?                       CHRIS          I'm thinking about going to Alaska.                       WAYNE          Alaska, Alaska? Or city Alaska?     The          city Alaska does have markets.                       CHRIS                 (with a drunken, excited                  energy)          No, Alaska, Alaska. I want to be all the          way out there. On my own. No map. No          watch. No axe. Just out there. Big          mountains, rivers, sky. Game. Just be          out there in it. In the wild.                         WAYNE          In the wild.                      CHRIS          Yeah. Maybe write a book about my          travels. About getting out of this sick          society.                       WAYNE                 (coughing)          Society, right.                       CHRIS          Because you know what I don't understand?          I don't understand why, why people are so          bad to each other, so often. It just          doesn't make any sense to me. Judgement.          Control. All that.                       WAYNE          Who "people" we talking about?                       CHRIS          You know, parents and hypocrites.          Politicians and pricks.                                                               50.     Chris is clearly troubled by his own words.      Wayne leans     into Chris.                              WAYNE                        (tapping a long finger                         against Chris' forehead)                 This is a mistake. It's a mistake to get                 too deep into that kind of stuff. Alex,                 you're a helluva young guy, but I promise                 you this: You're a young guy. Blood and                 fire! You're juggling blood and fire!                              GAIL                        (chimes in)                 Who are you to be giving advice to                 anybody?                              WAYNE                 Blood and fire...What? Mr. Happy.                 That's who I am. Gimme a kiss.     Gail    pushes him off with mock disgust.                              WAYNE (CONT'D)                        (mock opening his zipper, in                         a high-pitched voice)                 Come on, give Mr. Happy a kiss!     On the television above the bar appears Reverend Jesse     Jackson. We can't hear him but we can see him. Chris     points at the television and yells out to the entire bar     of cowboys and ranch hands -                              CHRIS                 Now, that's who could be President!     Wayne buries his face in his hands.                                                           CUT TO:71   INT. CHRIS' ROOM, WESTERBERG'S CARTHAGE HOME - DAWN            71     Chris is sacked out from his night of drinking when -     BOOM!   BOOM!   BOOM!     The door knocks blast into Chris' head. He awakens to     Wayne opening his bedroom door. Wayne, despite his own     drinking the night before, is wide awake and fresh as a     daisy.                                                             51.                            WAYNE               Workin' time!                                                        CUT TO:72   EXT. GRAIN ELEVATOR - SUNRISE'                              72     All the boys are hard at it, including Chris and Wayne.     Wayne moves to Chris' side.                            WAYNE               So, what do you think about all this?               (The working life)                            CHRIS               I like all this.                                                       TIME CUT:73   EXT. GRAIN ELEVATOR - DAY - LUNCH BREAK                     73     While Wayne and most of the crew get a little rest in the     shade of the grain elevator and eat their lunches, Chris     and Kevin are deep in a bald patch in the field.     Kevin is taking Chris through the paces of smoking and     curing meat in the wilds. Chris listens and takes notes.     (Director's note: Cast a "Kevin" who knows this shit and     shoot it as a dialogue scene as well as a silent     tableau.)                                                        CUT TO:74   INT. CABARET BAR, CARTHAGE - NIGHT                          74     The place is packed and Chris is taking over the piano,     surprising everyone with a tremendous talent. Segueing     from honky-tonk country to ragtime, he's become the life     of the party.     The MUSIC continues OVER:75   EXT. GRAIN ELEVATOR - DAY                                   75     All the men of Wayne's crew (who by now we've come to     know) and Chris are working their asses off.     POST LAP MUSIC FADES OUT as we:                                                         52.INTERCUT the crew at work with a SERIES OF MYSTERYANGLES: Tires kicking up dust on dirt roads, throughtown, and into the field behind the grain elevator. Backto the work, back to the tires. Back to the work, backto these several cars hauling ass through the field.Back to Wayne, up high in the grain elevator -                       WAYNE                 (to Chris, as he lowers                  himself down the man-lift)          I gotta take a piss.Chris' POV: from high in the grain elevator. He watchesWayne below, as Wayne saunters out to the field to take apiss. With his back to us, Wayne whips it out and startspissing about 25 yards from the grain elevator.CU Wayne. He looks up from his urination, the grainelevator behind him. We see a slight mischievous smilecome to his face. He puts his hands up into the air whensuddenly -Six unmarked FBI vehicles surround him.(Director's note: Triangulate three long lenses on Wayneas the mysterious cars enter each frame, as they skid toa dusty stop on all sides of him.)Chris and the men of his crew look on.                       MAN #1          I warned him about those little black          boxes.As Wayne is handcuffed and led away, he nods up to hisboys.                        WAYNE                 (to arresting agent)          You wanna get that zipper for me?                 (and then calling out to his                  crew)          Sorry boys. Gonna have to shut down for          a while. Alex! You come back and work          for me anytime.                 (to Chris and the men)          Gail's got all your checks, guys. I          shouldn't be away too long.With that, the FBI agents have hustled the good-naturedWayne into the back of one of the cars.                                                             53.     As they take off into the distance, we move in on Chris,     bemused.                            GAIL (O.S.)                      (pre-lap)               Where are you gonna go?                                                          CUT TO:76   INT. CABARET BAR, CARTHAGE - LATE AFTERNOON                76     Chris sits at the end of the bar with Gail Borah.                            CHRIS               I've been thinking a lot about Alaska.                            GAIL               Alaska? What kind of nut-nut are you?               Alex, it's October for Christ's sake.               You go to Alaska, you go in the Spring.               This time of year you wanna head south.               Personally, I like Las Vegas. One-armed               bandit. That's what I like.                            CHRIS               Yeah, maybe I ought to put off going to               Alaska, at least so I can get settled up               there in decent weather.                            GAIL               South. You want to go south. You want               me to take you out to the highway?                            CHRIS                      (putting on his cowboy)               Little lady, I walked in, I can walk out.     He puts a few bills down on the bar, saddles up his     backpack, and gives Gail a hug.                            GAIL               You take care of yourself now, Alex. You               got a whole family here depending on it.                            CHRIS               I will. Thanks Gail .   And tell Wayne,               I'll drop him a line.     He gives her a kiss on the cheek and he's off.                                                          CUT TO:                                                              54.77   EXT. CARTHAGE STREETS                                       77     Empty Carthage streets but for Christopher Johnson     McCandless walking off as we CRANE UP.                                                          CUT TO:78   EXT. HIGHWAY BETWEEN CARTHAGE, SD AND THE GRAND CANYON - 78     NIGHT (OCTOBER 28 1990)     Chris has hitched a ride with a long-haul trucker.     SERIES OF ANGLES: MUSIC OVER: Traveling shots.                                                          CUT TO:79   EXT. COLORADO RIVER, STRETCH OF THE GRAND CANYON - DAY      79     Chris disembarks the long-haulers truck, waves a goodbye,     and the truck moves on.     SERIES OF ANGLES: Chris walking south through the desert     following the river bank. He covers twelve miles before     he arrives in an Arizona town, a dusty weigh-in station.80   EXT. ARIZONA TOWN - NIGHT                                   80     The town is quiet but along the storefront lane where     Chris walks, he comes upon a sporting goods store. In     the window, a fiberglass river kayak. Chris stares at     it.                                                          CUT TO:81   EXT. INTERSTATE UNDERPASS - NIGHT                           81     We HEAR passing cars humming above. Chris has set up     camp and he's digging in the dirt. He buries many of his     belongings. He makes sure he's got his check from     working with Wayne in his pocket. He packs only the     essential items, burying all else. He gets into his     sleeping bag and goes to sleep.                                                          CUT TO:                                                             55.81A   EXT. LEE'S FERRY ROAD - DAY                              81A      Chris backpacks past the mushroom rock forms at the      entrance of Lee's Ferry.                                                          CUT TO:82    INT. RANGER'S STATION - LEE'S FERRY - DAY                 82      Chris approaches the GREEN-SUITED FUNCTIONARY at the      front desk.                             GREEN SUIT                Can I help you?                             CHRIS                Yeah. If I wanted to paddle down the                river, where's the best place to launch                out of?                             GREEN SUIT                "To launch out of?" What's your                experience level?                             CHRIS                Not much.                              GREEN SUIT                Any?   Do you have a permit?                             CHRIS                A permit for what?                             GREEN SUIT                You can't paddle down the river without a                permit. If you like, you can apply for                one here, get yourself some experience,                and I'll put you on the wait-list.                              CHRIS                Wait-list?   To paddle down a river?                             GREEN SUIT                That's right.                             CHRIS                       (giggling)                Well, how long do you have to wait?                             GREEN SUIT                I've got an opening May 2003.                                                                56.                            CHRIS                      (laughing)               Twelve years?                            GREEN SUIT               Well, you could always join a commercial               raft trip and go with a licensed guide.               They usually have a few last minute               cancellations. I think it's about two-               thousand dollars.     Chris busts a gut.                            CHRIS               Thanks for your help.     The Green Suit eyes Chris' departure with suspicion.                                                          CUT TO:83   EXT. COLORADO RIVER - DAY                                    83     Chris stands beside a dramatic section of rapids.    The     whitewater roars.     As we SLOWLY ZOOM INTO Chris' face, terrified and     absorbed by the torrent, a bead of sweat drops across his     forehead, TILTS OUR CAMERA to his trembling hands and     legs, when Peter Gabriel's I Have The Touch begins to     play.                                                         BACK TO:     ZOOM INTO Chris' face...a decision:     Fear becomes determination     We SMASH CUT ON CUE with Peter Gabriel's vocals. SLO MO,     SUPER DRAMATIC - Chris blasting out of a shoot in the     rapids in the kayak we saw the night before. It's     outrageous. Hair-raising. Just like Peter Gabriel sings     it, he has the touch.     This kid's never kayaked before, certainly never on     rapids. But it's that immortal stage of life, no care,     no helmet, no life-jacket, pure adrenaline. He can     hardly believe he's surviving it as he goes but there's     no looking back now. And with every thump of the music,     we share his rush. His pure unadulterated exhilaration.     With the culmination of the music, Chris has successfully     shot the rapid. He paddles through quiet waters.                                                            57.     We move in on him as he maneuvers the kayak to face     upstream. There before him, the impossible rapid he had     just completed.                            CHRIS                      (to himself)               I'm Superman. SuperTramp.     He feels immortal. He makes his about-face and is about     to head down stream when he sees at the river's edge, a     group of RIVER TOURISTS and their GUIDE lunching beside a     pontoon raft. The tourists look like a bunch of     bewildered tubby-troopers in their misfitted orange life-     vests and cereal bowl helmets. The RIVER GUIDE yells out     at Chris as Chris moves PAST CAMERA and away. The guide     gets on his satellite phone to alert the Rangers. We     ZOOM SLOWLY away from them toward the rapid.                                                        CUT TO:84   EXT. ANOTHER QUIET SECTION OF RIVER - LATER                  84     Phillip Glass' Cloudscape plays OVER:   Chris paddles on.     LOW ANGLE: It is a narrow gorge of solid rock, looking up     from hundreds of feet below the canyon crest.                                                        CUT TO:85   EXT. FURTHER ALONG THE RIVER - LATER                         85     The canyon has widened to beach-like banks.   Music FADES.     Along the banks he sees a YOUNG BLONDE COUPLE. This is     MADS and SONJA, in their 20's, Danish. They play at the     river's edge beside their campsite, hotdogs cooking on a     Hibachi. Chris averts his eyes when Sonja rises from the     water, topless.                              MADS                        (yelling out to Chris)               Hello!                              CHRIS               Hello.                            MADS               You can join us!     Chris doesn't know quite what to do. But Mads seems     quite comfortable inviting a stranger into the presence     of his topless girlfriend.                                                         58.                       MADS (CONT'D)          We have hotdogs!Chris - can't turn that down!   He paddles to within feetof the water's edge.                        MADS (CONT'D)          I am Mads.                        CHRIS          Hi. Alex.                        SONJA          I am Sonja.Chris gives Sonja a little wave. She bypasses it, wadingup to the Kayak, giving him a big hug.                        SONJA (CONT'D)          Hello Alex.This couple is extremely energetic. Can't wait toplease. And a bona fide American adventurer in theirmidst. It's everything they could've wanted.                       MADS          We are from Copenhagen.   And you are from          the rapids.                        CHRIS          I am.                        SONJA          My Got!                       MADS          Crazy man. You're a crazy man!    Sonja,          he is a crazy man.                 (to Chris)          I'll make you a hotdog.Mads grabs a hotdog from the Hibachi.                       MADS (CONT'D)          Just one minute. One minute...Sonja has moved to the tent to put on a dry T-shirt. Butas she moves back to the water's edge, those nipples keepsaying Hello.Chris, meanwhile, simply cannot wipe the smile off hisface in the presence of these warm, open people.                                                      59.                      MADS (CONT'D)          I love this. Don't you love this? This          is nature. We see it in the American          movies. How come you're crazy?                       CHRIS          Well...                       MADS                 (interrupting)          Because that's crazy! You come down the          rapids. What do you want on your hotdog?          Mustard and relish?                       CHRIS          You have ketchup?                       MADS          No, I have mustard and relish.                       CHRIS          Mustard and relish it is then.                       MADS          Sonja, you want a hotdog?                       SONJA                 (in Danish)          Of course I want a hotdog.   Why are you          stupid?Mads plops two more hotdogs onto the grill.                       MADS                 (translating)          She asked me why I'm stupid. And I say,          well...like I ask you why you're crazy          and you say "well." Where are you going?                       CHRIS          I haven't decided.                       MADS          We like it here very much. We went to          Los Angeles. And then, we went to Las          Vegas.                       SONJA          Las Vegas is very nice.   The universe is          very good.                                            59A.             MADSAnd then, we come here.   Maybe you go toMexico.             (MORE)                                                         60.                       MADS (CONT'D)          You can take kayak around Lake Mead and          then take the river down to Mexico.Chris likes the idea.                       CHRIS          How far are we from Lake Mead?                       MADS          Sonja, how far is Hoover Dam?Sonja grabs a map from the tent, opens and scrutinizesit. We follow her finger tracing the river.                       SONJA          Maybe three hundred thirty          kilometers...like two hundred miles.Sonja walks the map over to Chris at water's edge andhands it to him. He studies it.                       CHRIS          Man, I wonder if I could go all the way          down into the Gulf of California.Chris traces his finger along the impossibly long routeleading to El Golfo de Santa Clara.                       MADS                 (entering the water with                  Chris' hotdog)          I go with you. We leave Sonja here.    You          and me in kayak - we go to Mexico.                       SONJA                 (in Danish)          You're embarrassing.   Idiot.Mads with a burst of re-exhilaration, grabs Chris' hand,shaking it violently.                       MADS          I like the meeting you.                      CHRIS          Thank you. I'm very happy to meet both          of you too.Sonja heads back for her hotdog taking her T-shirt off onthe move. Chris is about to bust a gut. Sonja returnsto her sunbathing. These two are a hoot.                                                     60A.Just then, something catches Chris' attention upriver.We can just barely make out the SOUNDS of a jet boatmotor. His eyes narrow a bit, then -                                                             61.                            CHRIS (CONT'D)               Well, guys I really appreciate the               hospitality but I wanna make camp down-               river a ways so I better take off before               dark.                                                          CUT TO:86   EXT. COLORADO RIVER - MOMENTS LATER                        86     Chris, back in the kayak is paddling down river. Mads     and Sonja on the bank, wave a boisterous goodbye. And     they just keep waving. And Chris keeps waving until he     has drifted out of sight, when around the upriver bend     arrive the RIVER PATROL.     At river's edge, Mads, thinking quickly, waves for their     attention. Pointing the river patrol back upriver, he     yells:                            MADS               He went thattaway!   The crazy man - he               went thattaway!     And miraculously, the river patrol makes an about face     and heads in the opposite direction of Chris. Suddenly     Sonja thinks Mads is the most clever man on earth. As     she jumps his bones right there on the river's edge -                            SONJA               Just like in the movies.                                                              62.                                                       CUT TO:87   EXT. DESERT ROAD, NEAR HOOVER DAM - DAY                     87     Chris and the kayak are in the back of a pick-up truck     heading down river by road. We pass the Hoover Dam.                            CARINE (V.O.)               It would be Christmas in a couple of               months. And the last news we'd had was               about his car being found. I woke up a               couple of days ago, and for the first               time, I was surprised to realize that it               wasn't only my parents who hadn't heard               from Chris. I wondered why he hadn't               tried to call in case I might answer. He               could've hung up if it wasn't me.88   EXT. COLORADO RIVER, TOPOCK, ARIZONA - DAY                  88     Chris is re-stocked on some food items which he packs in     his bag and shoves into the bow of the kayak. This lower     stretch of the river has little in common with the     unbridled torrent that explodes through the Grand Canyon.     Emasculated by dams and diversion canals, the lower     Colorado burbles indolently from reservoir to reservoir,     through some of the hottest, starkest, most austere     country on the continent.                                                              63.                             CARINE                But why he didn't send a letter, maybe                through a friend. I got mad. But I told                myself it was good. It made me remember                that there was something more than                rebellion, more than anger that was                driving him. Chris had always been                driven, had always been an adventurer.                When he was four years old...89    EXT. DARK NEIGHBORHOOD STREET - NIGHT                       89      Chris at age four.                             CARINE                ...he once wandered six blocks away from                home at three o'clock in the morning.90    INT. NEIGHBOR'S KITCHEN - NIGHT                             90      Four-year old Chris opening a kitchen drawer.                             CARINE                He was found in a neighbor's kitchen, up                on a chair, digging into their candy                drawer.91    EXT. COLORADO RIVER, TOPOCK ARIZONA - DAY                   91      As Chris paddles downstream with Mexico in his sights, he      is stirred by the saline beauty and the clean slant of      light.      (Director's Note: ANGLE over Chris ONTO water reflecting      the landscape and diamond flashes of sunlight.)                             CARINE                Whatever drawer he was opening now must                have something sweet in it.                                                           CUT TO:91A   EXT. COLORADO RIVER, TOPOCK ARIZONA - DAY                 91A      Chris floats in SLO-MO through the air, his hair wisping      skyward.                                                          63A.     As he pierces feet first, a clear blue surface of the     river's water, CAMERA goes UNDERWATER with him and     follows him in CU as he surfaces, jubilant in the beauty     of the Topock gorge. He shakes the water out of his     hair.                                                       CUT TO:92   EXT. COLORADO RIVER, TOPOCK ARIZONA - DAY                  92                                                               64.      Chris continuing down river through the Imperial National      Wildlife Refuge, drifting past saguaros and alkali flats.                                                        CUT TO:92A   EXT. IMPERIAL NATIONAL WILDLIFE REFUGE - DAY              92A      Chris, on a day hike, the river behind him, he (TELEFOTO      LENS played in beautific BACK LIGHT) tracks a herd of      wild horses.      ANGLE: Chris: The herd moves in an S-pattern. Chris runs      beside them and in our LONG LENS PERSPECTIVE, he seems to      be among them.                                                        CUT TO:93    EXT. RIVER CAMPSITE - NIGHT                                 93      Chris sits outside his tent, beside a campfire scrawling      a letter. His "bought-food" bounty in evidence.      The words APPEAR ON SCREEN in his handwriting OVER THE      IMAGE:      WAYNE, SOMETIMES I WISH I HADN'T MET YOU. TRAMPING IS      TOO EASY WITH ALL THIS MONEY. MY DAYS WERE MORE EXCITING      WHEN I WAS PENNILESS AND HAD TO FORAGE AROUND FOR MY NEXT      MEAL. I COULDN'T MAKE IT NOW WITHOUT MONEY HOWEVER...94    EXT. YUMA POST OFFICE - DAY                                 94      CONTINUE letter OVER:      ...AS THERE IS LITTLE FRUITING AGRICULTURE DOWN HERE AT      THIS TIME.      Chris moves up the steps of the post office with an      enveloped letter in hand.      CONTINUE letter OVER:      I'VE DECIDED THAT I'M GOING TO LIVE THIS LIFE FOR SOME      TIME TO COME. THE FREEDOM AND SIMPLE BEAUTY OF IT IS      JUST TOO GOOD TO PASS UP...                                                               65.95    INT YUMA POST OFFICE - DAY                                   95      Chris is in the elegant, 1930's-style post office buying      a stamp.      CONTINUE letter OVER:      ONE DAY I'LL BE ABLE TO REPAY SOME OF YOUR KINDNESS.    A      CASE OF JACK DANIELS, MAYBE? TILL THEN, I'LL ALWAYS      THINK OF YOU AS A FRIEND...      Chris licks the stamp.      Continue letter on screen:      GOD BLESS YOU, ALEXANDER.      The stamp comes down onto an envelope addressed:      WAYNE WESTERBERG      C/O GLORY HOUSE      SIOUX FALLS WORK RELEASE FACILITY      SIOUX FALLS, SD    57104                                                          CUT TO:95A   EXT. THE SAND DUNES ON THE AMERICAN SIDE OF MEXICAN         95A      BORDER - DAY      Chris ports his kayak over the dunes, snaking a scar      through the sand in his wake. Mexico in his sights.      POV: Morelos Dam at the Mexican border.96    EXT. MORELOS DAM AT THE MEXICAN BORDER - DAY (DECEMBER       96      2ND, 1990)      Careful not to be seen, Chris shoves off, just upriver      from the dam/border.      The floodgates are open just enough to allow Chris to lay      back in the kayak and drift prone under the gate. He      sits back up and paddles through having passed the      border, either unnoticed or ignored by patrols.                                                         FADE OUT.                                                            65A.97   INT. IMMIGRATION OFFICE - NIGHT                           97     A television set with George Bush plays.   SOUNDS of     typewriters.                            IMMIGRATION OFFICER (V.O.)               Why'd you go to Mexico?                            CHRIS (V.O.)               I thought I'd run the whole river into               the Sea of Cortez. The stupid dams dried               it up.                                                             66.98    EXT. 50 MILES SOUTH OF THE MEXICAN BORDER                   98      Chris is kayaking.   He dead ends in a reeded tributary.99    OMITTED                                                     99100   INT. IMMIGRATION OFFICE (CONTINUED)                        100                             IMMIGRATION OFFICER (V.O.)                How long were you on your own down there?                              CHRIS (V.O.)                36 days.                             IMMIGRATION OFFICER (V.O.)                How'd you know?                             CHRIS (V.O.)                Fingers and toes.      We see Chris' fingers and toes.   (DOWN ANGLE into      interrogation room)                             CHRIS (V.O.) (CONT'D)                After the river dried up, I ported the                kayak and got a lift to Golfo.101   EXT. FISHING VILLAGE, EL GOLFO DE SANTA CLARA - DAY        101      We see Chris jump down off the back of the duck hunter's      truck. He slides the kayak off the truck bed onto the      street. Chris goes into his pocket, pulls out a sealed      sandwich bag of cash. He tries to pay the hunters for      their time but they refuse the money. Nonetheless, Chris      is insistent and they relent.      Chris pulls his backpack from inside the bow and saddles      it up on his shoulders. The hunters pull away.                                                            67.102   EXT. EL GOLFO DE SANTA CLARA                           102      (1000mm lens) LOW ANGLE: SAND AND HEAT WAVES IN      FOREGROUND AND BACKGROUND: Chris, paddling his kayak      toward us, seemingly in the sand dunes. As we BOOM UP      SLIGHTLY, we see that there is a bend in the water's edge      and that he is in fact, paddling in the crystalline blue      of the Gulf.                             CHRIS (V.O.)                I paddled south about 20 miles.103   EXT. EL GOLFO DE SANTA CLARA                           103      UNDER-WATER SHOT: We are directly UNDER the passing kayak      as it slices the water's surface above us. We BACKFLIP      the CAMERA as it passes.                             CHRIS (V.O.)                That's when I saw the cave and everything                went upside down.                                                             68.104   EXT. EL GOLFO DE SANTA CLARA                             104      See the ocean and sand, wind whipping them. CAMERA PULLS      BACK to reveal Chris in a cave where he has made camp;      watching, waiting.                             CHRIS (V.O.)                A sandstorm hit and I was pretty much                stuck. My kayak blew away, so I left it                and walked up the beach, hitched back                north, and here I am.                                                          CUT TO:105   OMITTED                                                  105106   OMITTED                                                  106                69.107   OMITTED    107108   OMITTED    108109   OMITTED    109110   OMITTED    110111   OMITTED    111                                                 70.112   OMITTED                                     112113   OMITTED                                     113114   OMITTED                                     114115   INT. IMMIGRATION OFFICE - NIGHT             115      Chris sits with the IMMIGRATION OFFICER.                                                               71.                             IMMIGRATION OFFICER                36 days, wow. I guess they're gonna have                to watch that spillway a little better.                             CHRIS                What they ought to do is open up the dams                and let the rivers flow.                             IMMIGRATION OFFICER                I can't disagree with you on that. Okay,                Alexander SuperTramp. I think we're                gonna let you out of here shortly but                you've got two working weeks to get an ID                card in the United States. You can't be                crossing these borders without                identification, are we understood?                             CHRIS                Yes, sir. I've eaten enough sand to send                me back to the city anyway.                                                          CUT TO:116   EXT. TRAIN YARD, SOMEWHERE NEAR ALGODONES - NIGHT         116      A freight train cranks up its great engines and starts      its move west.      Chris POV: We see a BULL (hobo slang for a railway      security guard) making his rounds. As the bull      disappears around the caboose, and the trains motion      picks up, Chris appears from behind a fuel pump. He      makes his move in the shadows to the passing freight      cars, not quite sure how to board them. He begins to      slowly jog beside the train. There is a vertical steel      rod on each passing car. He times the train by putting      his hand out and letting the vertical rods slap it.                             CHRIS                       (counting)                One...Two...Three -                                                     71A.And with that he accelerates to a run, throws his packinto the moving freight car before him, simultaneouslyleaping up to grab the rail and throw himself into thecar.                                                              72.      But his left foot misses and he's suddenly dangling from      the moving train. He grabs hand over hand on the rail.      ANGLE: Dangling feet and razor sharp wheels.      ANGLE: Chris. He puts everything into pulling himself      up, growling the strength into his muscles finally...117   INT. FREIGHT CAR - NIGHT                                  117      As Chris rolls forward into the car -- he made it!                             CHRIS                As Alexander Supertramp returns to                civilization...a hobo.                       (quietly)                I'm a for real hobo.      He's very happy about this (despite the near surrender of      it.) Chris uses his pack as a pillow, lays back on it and      begins to sing Roger Miller's King of the Road.                                                           CUT TO:118   EXT. FREIGHT TRAIN - NIGHT                                118      We TRACK with train by HELICOPTER as we SEGUE from Chris'      rendition of King of the Road to Roger Miller's. We let      the train get away from us and disappear.                                                           CUT TO:119   EXT. TRAIN YARD, LOS ANGELES - DAY (FEBRUARY 3, 1991)     119      Chris' train pulls into the yard. Bulls and loaders      greet the train. Chris jumps off and breaks for the      fence unseen.                                                           CUT TO:120   OMITTED                                                   120                                                               73.121   EXT. DOWNTOWN LOS ANGELES - EARLY EVENING (STILL LIGHT) 121      The streets are crowded with business people on their way      to homes and happy hours, buses and parking garages,      showers and comforts. Among the throngs, we find Chris      walking up Grand Street, backpack on his shoulders. We      find he is not such an unusual sight, there are homeless      to the left and homeless to the right.                                                         CUT TO:122   EXT. MIDNIGHT MISSION, LOS ANGELES - NIGHT                122      Chris walks in.123   INT. REGISTRATION DESK, MIDNIGHT MISSION - SAME           123      (Reminder: Condition of Mission is circa 1991)      Chris stands at the registration desk talking with a a      HEAVY-SET BLACK FEMALE SOCIAL WORKER.                             CHRIS                Can you tell me how to get an ID card?                                                        74.                       SOCIAL WORKER          Did you lose your identification sir?                       CHRIS          Yeah.                       SOCIAL WORKER          No birth certificate? Nothing?Chris shakes his head apologetically.                       SOCIAL WORKER (CONT'D)          Ouch. Alright. Well you're gonna have          to work that out with the DMV. You can          catch them in the morning.The social worker begins to write an address on a pieceof paper.                       SOCIAL WORKER (CONT'D)          The closest one is Montebello and we can          help you with a bus voucher.She hands the Montebello address to Chris.                       SOCIAL WORKER (CONT'D)          So, just come to this desk when you need          the voucher.                       CHRIS          And, if I want to apply for a job          somewhere, can you help me with that?                       SOCIAL WORKER          If you know how to cook, we might have a          space for you in our mobile kitchen. But          I'll have to talk to my supervisor about          it in the morning.                       CHRIS          Alright then. Thank you. Oh, one last          thing. Do you have a bed for me?                       SOCIAL WORKER                 (handing him a form)          Sure. Just fill this in and I'll get you          all set up.Chris begins filling in the form.                                                     CUT TO:                                                              75.124   INT. MIDNIGHT MISSION DORM, LOS ANGELES                   124      Throughout the next two scenes, there is steady HONKING      of CAR HORNS, WAILING of POLICE SIRENS, AMBIENT HOSTILE      BANTER, GRINDING ENGINES OF BUSES, puffs of diesel      exhaust choke us.      300 HOMELESS occupy nearly as many beds in the dorm.      Chris searches the locker wall for his assigned locker.      When he comes upon it, he double checks the number with      that on the key, opens it, and puts his backpack inside.      CU: The lock, as Chris closes and secures his locker.                                                        CUT TO:125   EXT. LOS ANGELES STREETS - 6TH AND WALL - NIGHT           125      Chris walking among the hordes of homeless at 6th and      Wall streets. Open fires burn in front of cardboard      shacks. There are blacks, whites, Mexicans, even      families with children, junkies, winos, hustlers, and      hookers.                                                        CUT TO:126   EXT. LOS ANGELES STREETS - BROADWAY - NIGHT               126      NEW ANGLE: Chris walking down Broadway. This is clearly      just blocks away from where we last saw him, yet the      atmosphere is as if of a different world. One of those      downtown LA hip yuppie blocks. He comes upon a bar.      Through the window Chris sees young men and women roughly      his own age - working people, suits, gold-chainers.      Metallica blares on the sound system.                                                        CUT TO:127   INT. MIDNIGHT MISSION DORM, LOS ANGELES                   127      Same CU on locker as before, but this time it's being      opened.                                                        CUT TO:                                                           75A.128   INT. REGISTRATION DESK, MIDNIGHT MISSION                  128      We don't even see Chris but the camera is his POV as he      passes the social worker (same as before) The social      worker catches a thrown key.                                                                76.                             SOCIAL WORKER                You leaving us so soon? I know them DMV                lines are long...                                                          CUT TO:129   EXT. MIDNIGHT MISSION, LOS ANGELES - NIGHT                 129      (Director's Note: Traffic and pedestrians move in an      accelerated speed while Chris moves nearly in slo-      motion.)      Chris exits the building into CU.   He looks left, then      right, then directly into camera.                                              CHAPTER 3: MANHOOD                                                      FADE OUT/IN:130   OMITTED                                                    130131   EXT. TRAIN TRACKS OUTSIDE LOS ANGELES - NIGHT              131      Chris' train barrels along.132   INT. TRAIN CAR - NIGHT                                     132      Chris goes into his pack, grabs his canteen and drinks      some water. Mid-sip, the train begins to make a      surprising stop. Screeching wheels on track. Chris is      alarmed. As he moves to peer out the door, even before      he has a chance to see what's coming -- WHAM! He's      smashed in the head with a baton. A BULL jumps into the      car with him.                             BULL #2                Lay down on your stomach, spread eagle!                                                              77.      Chris turns to reason with the man. And that's all it      takes -- six straight blows to the ribs, legs, and arms.      We hear it more than we see it. Chris is in agony.                             BULL #2 (CONT'D)                Let me see your face.      The bull shines a flashlight into Chris' eyes.                             BULL #2 (CONT'D)                I never, ever, ever forget a face. If I                see yours again, I won't arrest you.                I'll kill you. This is the god-damned                railroad. And we will do whatever we                have to, to keep you freeloaders from                violating our liability.      Chris is trying to understand what the man is saying.                             BULL #2 (CONT'D)                If one of you people gets hurt on our                train, we are liable. Do you understand                that?                             CHRIS                       (despite the violent irony)                I'm sorry, sir.                             BULL #2                You have I.D.?                             CHRIS                No, sir.                             BULL #2                Of course you don't.                                                          CUT TO:133   EXT. TRAIN - NIGHT                                       133      Chris is pushed off the train, his pack thrown out after      him. The bull jumps down beside the track as well and      walks down track away from Chris, signalling an "all      clear" with his flashlight to some unseen engineer.                             BULL #2                       (to Chris over his shoulder)                Last time, my friend.                                                               78.      Chris stumbles to his feet. The pain of the beating is      real. He bleeds from the back of his ear. But he can      walk. And he does.                                                         CUT TO:134   EXT. DESERT HIGHWAY - DAY                                 134      Chris sits on his pack on the roadside, hitchhiking and      eating from a can of beans he opened with his      pocketknife. The odd car passes but doesn't stop.                                                         CUT TO:135   EXT. ARIZONA INTERSTATE OVERPASS - NIGHT                  135      Chris hops out of a Camaro that gave him a ride.   The      lighting is anonymous and so is the driver.                             CHRIS                Thanks very much.      He closes the door and the car drives off. We follow      Chris as he goes to the overpass edge. He drops his pack      over the side. Chris climbs down the edge of the      overpass, grabs his pack, and scurries into the UNDERPASS      below. (We suddenly recognize this as his pre-river run      campsite)      He digs up his buried belongings, returning them to his      pack. Last to come out of the ground, Chris' copy of      Jack London's Call of the Wild. He pulls off a temp      wrapping and dusts it off.      Chris lights his candle lantern and begins to read.      O.S. VOICES from the PAST:                             BILLIE (O.S.)                       (screaming, angry)                I'm not talking about this anymore!      Feet stomping off.                             WALT (O.S.)                Don't walk away from me WOMAN!                              BILLIE (O.S.)                Fuck you!   I hate you!      Sounds of scuffle.                                                           78A.                              BILLIE (O.S.) (CONT'D)                KIDS!   LOOK WHAT YOUR FATHER'S DOING TO                ME!136   INT. MCCANDLESS HOME, ANNANDALE (PAST)                    136      ELEVEN-YEAR OLD CARINE sits in the stairwell leading to      her parent's room where an argument ensues. Carine's      head in her hands, a delicate tear moistens the webs      between her small fingers.                                                            79.      FIFTEEN-YEAR OLD CHRIS enters from O.S. He leans against      the stairwell and looks up the stairs. Our focus remains      on Carine. In the B.G. SOFT FOCUS, Walt is pinning      Billie down onto the bed. She flails at him but he holds      down her shoulders.                             WALT                LOOK WHAT YOUR MOTHER IS MAKING ME DO!      Billie slips his grasp. Walt reaches out with a hit/push      of her back. She is thrust out of the bedroom onto the      landing above the staircase followed by Walt who      positions himself in the doorway like a hostile      crucifixion.                             WALT (CONT'D)                       (raging)                I'll just cancel Christmas then!      Billie returns to him, punching on his chest:                             BILLIE                Who do you think you are?   God?                              WALT                Yes.   I'm God!      Chris puts his hand out to Carine. She looks up to him.      He gives her a smile and a wink. She takes his hand and      they exit frame as the argument continues.                             WALT (O.S.) (CONT'D)                Where do you kids think you're going?                             BILLIE (O.S.)                       (not in desperation so much                        as a demand for their                        witness)                Kids, get back here!      We HEAR a DOOR SLAM OC.                                                         CUT TO:137   EXT. ANNANDALE STREET - DAY (PAST)                      137      The young Chris and Carine. She sits atop the handlebars      of his bicycle beaming as Chris peddles her down the      middle of the street. We PULL THEM as they ride.                         79aA.             CHRIS       (mockingly)I'll cancel Christmas!                                      79A.             CARINE       (humored out of her sadness)Who do you think you are? God?              CHRISYes.   I'm God.                                                               80.138   EXT. ARIZONA INTERSTATE UNDERPASS - NIGHT                 138      As they both laugh we DISSOLVE BACK to Chris (PRESENT)      reading beside his candle lantern.                             CARINE (V.O.)                In the nine months since Chris'                disappearance, my parents went through                enormous changes. Guilt was giving way                to pain. And pain seemed to bring them                closer. My father had humbled                dramatically. And what had always been a                sort of curt arrogance, the kind of man                who actually thought he could cancel                Christmas, had given way to the                vulnerability of a father's heart. Even                their faces had changed. It made me sad                that I couldn't share with Chris the new                closeness I felt toward our parents.      The image of Chris reading begins a SLOW DISSOLVE INTO...139   INT. FREIGHT TRAIN CAR - NIGHT                            139                             CARINE                I close my eyes at night sometimes and                imagine where Chris might be.      Suspicious, ghostly faces briefly appear in the strobing      lights that hit the train car from outside. They're      toothless and tattooed. Aged and young. Punks and      piercings. They're train tramps.      We see Chris observing them.   Warmly he speaks but we DO      NOT HEAR, "I'm Alex."140   EXT. TRAMP CAMP, LAS VEGAS - DAY                          140                             CARINE                Was there beauty around him?   Was he                hurt? Was he alone?      We see Chris sharing camp with the train tramps in the      outskirts of Las Vegas. DISSOLVE...                                                            80A.141   INT. LAS VEGAS RESTAURANT - NIGHT                       141                             CARINE                Was he having the great adventure that he                wanted?      We see Chris working as a waiter in a Las Vegas      restaurant. DISSOLVE...                                                               81.142   EXT. MOUNTAIN PASS - DAY                                  142                             CARINE                Could he feel the changes here at home?                By some kind of supernatural osmosis?                Chris once wrote to me from college                saying he wanted to talk to me about all                the problems he had with mom and dad.      We see what may be Chris' POV from a train car snaking      through a mountain pass.                                                   DISSOLVE TO:143   EXT. LAS VEGAS DESERT - NIGHT                             143                             CARINE                He said I was the only person in the                world who could've possibly understood                what he had to say.      We see Chris in the Las Vegas desert by a campfire at      night.                                                   DISSOLVE TO:144   EXT. SEATTLE - DAY                                        144      HIGH ANGLE CU: We see Chris walking the streets of      Seattle. As we WIDEN OUT, he becomes a dot in the      Seattle landscape.                             CARINE                In those silent moments, with my eyes                closed trying to picture where Chris                might be at that very moment, probably                climbing some scary mountain, I want to                reach into that picture and bring him                back to see what mom and dad, what our                family might become.      LONG LENS: Chris disappears over the rise into the      Seattle marketplace overlooking Puget Sound (per location      photography.)                                                   DISSOLVE TO:                                                              82.145   EXT. ANNANDALE SUPERMARKET - DAY                          145                             CARINE                But instead when I open my eyes, what I                see is my mother, sitting at the dining                room table, sifting through photo albums                and pictures of Chris. It's all she can                do to examine the snapshots. And, though                she breaks down from time to time, she                studies them with a sort of hungry                intensity - like looking at food you                can't eat, or into a window at a family                around a table that you were once a part                of and can be no more.      We see Billie driving out of the Annandale supermarket      onto the boulevard. She sees a hitchhiker roadside. She      cranes her head - is it Chris? It's not.                             CARINE (V.O.)   (CONT'D)                She convinces herself it's   Chris; that                it's her son, whenever she   passes a                stray. And I fear for the    mother in                her...                                                     DISSOLVE TO:146   EXT. BARREN DESERT - DAY                                  146      We see Chris hitchhiking in a barren desert.                             CARINE                Instincts that seem to sense the threat                of a loss so huge and irreparable that                the mind balks at taking its measure - I                begin to wonder if I do understand what                Chris is saying any longer. But I catch                myself in doubt and remember that these                are not the parents he grew up with.                That in the forced reflection that comes                with loss, indeed everything Chris is                saying, has to be said. And I trust for                him that everything he is doing has to be                done. This is our life.                                                           CUT TO:                                                               83.147   EXT. BULLHEAD CITY, ARIZONA - DAY (OCTOBER 1991)           147      Chris is in the passenger seat of a Mac truck cab. Both      Chris and the TRUCKER look outward as though to find an      address or landmark.                             TRUCKER                I don't know where to drop you.                Bullhead's kinda haphazard - there's no                "center." You sure you don't want to be                in Laughlin? It's casinos versus                chiropractors.                              CHRIS                Yeah, no.   This is good.   Right here.                             TRUCKER                Alright then. Chiropractors it is.      He pulls over. Chris grabs his pack and exits the truck      in front of a laundromat. As the truck pulls away, Chris      sees a "Help Wanted" sign for Burger King on the      laundromat window.                                                          TIME CUT:148   INT. BURGER KING, BULLHEAD CITY - DAY                      148      The place is packed with a line out the door. LORI, the      second assistant manager, hurries back into the kitchen,      where we find Chris in paper cap, bunning whoppers at a      leisurely pace.                             LORI                Chris, you gotta go faster.   We've got a                line out the door.                              CHRIS                        (a bit oblivious)                Okay.      But then just continues on at his leisurely daydreaming      pace. Lori is about to say something but by now she      knows there's no getting through to him. She looks down      to the floor where we see that Chris wears no socks.                             LORI                       (extending patience)                Chris, I don't mean to be on you about                everything. You're doing a great job.                             (MORE)                                                              84.                             LORI (CONT'D)                I want to keep you on. And we all want                to help you get to Alaska, but you've got                to start wearing socks.                             CHRIS                Right, right. I forgot.                              LORI                And please.   Hurry.   We're ten deep.                              CHRIS                Okay.      But the pace remains.                                                           CUT TO:149   INT. BANK, BULLHEAD CITY - DAY                            149      Chris stands at the counter making a deposit with a YOUNG      FEMALE TELLER.                             CHRIS                How much do I have in the account now?                             TELLER                It looks like...let me see. Including                this latest deposit...One thousand, two                hundred and fifty two dollars                and...twenty-two cents.                             CHRIS                What's the interest on twenty-two cents?      The young teller giggles.                                                           CUT TO:150   EXT. BANK, BULLHEAD CITY - DAY                            150      We're TIGHT ON Chris' sock-less feet, pedalling away from      the bank on a bicycle. The growing independence of his      financial situation felt in the MUSIC OVER:      SERIES OF ANGLES as Chris rides out of town, into the      desert, from a late afternoon sun into a sunset as he      arrives at his -151   EXT. CAMPSITE, OUTSIDE BULLHEAD CITY - SUNSET             151      The casino lights of Laughlin, Nevada distantly in B.G.                                                                85.      Chris pedals up a dirt path to find many of his      belongings strewn about. And in particular, some food      supplies have been torn into. A coyote yips in the      distance as Chris finds his old straw hat torn to shreds.      Across the desert, scurrying away beyond the tumbleweed,      three young coyotes head for the hills. Chris picks up      his tattered hat and smiles.                                                             CUT TO:152   INT. BURGER KING, BULLHEAD CITY - DAY                       152      We are TIGHT on the PUNCHCLOCK as Chris' timecard comes      into frame and is punched out.      WIDEN OUT to see Chris taking off his paper hat and      Burger King overshirt.      He walks his timecard over to Lori.   The place is all but      empty.                             CHRIS                Lori, I'm punching out.                              LORI                Okay.   Just put it in the drop.                             CHRIS                No, I mean I'm punching out for good.                             LORI                       (happy for him)                We've made our quota, have we?                             CHRIS                Yeah. Also, I've got to do some things                before I head north.                             LORI                Alright Chris. Well, we've enjoyed                knowing you. I won't be able to get that                last check to you right away though.                               CHRIS                That's okay.    I'll let you know where to                send it.                             LORI                Alright then Chris.    Bye-bye now.                                                                86.                               CHRIS                   Bye-bye.                                                           CUT TO:153   EXT. BULLHEAD CITY - DAY                                   153      City crews string Christmas lights and ornaments along      the main drag. We CRANE DOWN to find Chris' bike leaning      on a lamppost. A cardboard sign attached to it reads -      FREE BIKE.    MERRY CHRISTMAS.   - ALEXANDER SUPERTRAMP                                                           CUT TO:154   EXT. DESERT, HIGHWAY 95 - DAY                              154      MUSIC OVER:      Chris is hitching south on the 95 into the Big Maria      Mountains. Beyond him we see a sign for Niland 206      miles.155   EXT. TRUCK STOP ON INTERSTATE 10, BLYTHE, CA - NIGHT       155      CONTINUE MUSIC OVER:156   INT. MEN'S ROOM, TRUCK STOP - NIGHT                        156      CONTINUE MUSIC OVER:      Chris gets a clean shave and a whore's bath.      CU: Chris      Music FADES.                                                 CHAPTER 4: FAMILY                                                      DISSOLVE TO:157   EXT. THE SLABS, NILAND, CA - DAY                           157      This is the vista of former barracks foundations Rainey      and Jan Burres had told Chris about. Hundreds of people      in tents and trailers, a quarter inch to the right of a      Rainbow Gathering as hillbillies and renegades mix with      the hippies. There are canvas-covered booths set up for      swap and trade. Even a few makeshift food stands.                                                               87.      We SEE that many of the inhabitants have set up CHRISTMAS      TREES outside their trailers and tents. Kids play naked      in a mud pool.                                                         CUT TO:158   EXT. THE BOOTH OF JAN &amp;amp; RAINEY, THE SLABS - SAME          158      We see Rainey selling their wares. Beside the booth,      their van with its backseat door open. A little dog,      Sunni, jumps out the van door, sniffing something out.      Jan exits the van after the dog.                               JAN                Sunni!    Come here boy.      But Sunni has sniffed out Chris' large backpack leaning      against the rear of the van. Jan is just beginning to      recognize it, when from behind the van appears Chris,      looking like a million bucks.                               CHRIS                Surprise!                               JAN                         (overjoyed)                Alex!      As she goes to hug him -      ANGLE: Rainey hearing his name, jumps up from his stool      to join them.      Big embraces all around.                                                         CUT TO:159   EXT. THE SLABS - NIGHT                                    159      An impromptu campfire celebration with live music from a      makeshift stage. Jan, Rainey, and Chris sit on chairs      outside the circle of inhabitants, taking in the music.                             JAN                You have to tell us everything.      (Note: This scene should largely be improvised. They all      know their characters, their history. Jan and Rainey are      doing great. And while Chris is intermittently aware      that the eyes of a pretty 16-year old girl are upon him,      Chris lays out his travels and his PLAN FOR ALASKA.                                                               88.      Jan remarks, "I guess if you can figure out how to paddle      a canoe down to Mexico, hop freight trains, and score      beds at inner-city missions, you can figure out Alaska      too.")      At this point, the PRETTY 16-YEAR OLD GIRL who had had      her eyes on Chris, takes the stage with an acoustic      guitar, introduces herself as TRACY, then SINGS an              *      innocent love song of her own composition, stealing      seductive glances at Chris throughout the performance.                             JAN (CONT'D)                I think you've made yourself a friend.                             CHRIS                       (blushing)                She's only a teenager.                             JAN                Good luck.      The girl finishes her song.                                                         CUT TO:160   EXT. THE BOOTH OF JAN &amp;amp; RAINEY - DAY                      160      Chris and Rainey man the second-hand goods booth while      Jan bathes Sunni in a steel bucket by the van. Among the      goods, a USED ORGAN. Chris is thrilled to have access to      all the second-hand books that are part of Rainey and      Jan's inventory. As he skims through Jack London's      Odyssey of the North, Rainey notices Tracy sitting on the       *      steps of her vagabond parents' rig across from the booth.      She picks silently at her guitar with her bright eyes      fixed on Chris.                             RAINEY                How long can you stay with us?                             CHRIS                Well, I'm waiting on a check from my last                job to come into Salton City the day                after Christmas. I've got to start                thinking about getting ready for Alaska.                When the sun gets a little lower tonight,                I'm going to start a calisthenics                routine. I think after the check comes                in, I'll try to find some mountains I can                climb everyday till spring comes. I                gotta see how far the money's gonna go.                             (MORE)                                                      89.                       CHRIS (CONT'D)          I'm going to have to pick up a lot of          supplies before spring. So, I might take          another job or I might be okay.                       RAINEY          Well, you know, we'll give you a little          something for every day you work the          booth.                       CHRIS          I'm not taking any money from you,          Rainey.   It's been a real great twist          meeting you two. You look like you're          doing good.                       RAINEY          We are, and you were a big part of that,          coming along when you did. Yep, things          are good.                 (gives a little giggle)          Man, I used to think Tantric sex was just          a bunch of reading. Speaking of which,          don't you think you ought to introduce          yourself to Joni Mitchell over there?Chris looks up from his book to the wide open 16-year oldsmile of Tracy. Rainey laughs aloud. Chris smiles back,      *and against his better instincts, gives her a little wave-over with the paperback. Tracy jumps off her step,           *putting her guitar inside the rig, and trots like alittle wood nymph to Chris.                       TRACY                                 *          Hi.                       CHRIS          Hi.                       TRACY                                 *          You selling books?                        CHRIS          I am.   We are.                       TRACY                                 *          I read a lot.                       CHRIS          Do you?                       TRACY                                 *          Yeah.                                                               90.                               CHRIS                That's good.    I heard you play your song                last night.                             TRACY                                    *                       (embarrassed)                I'm terrible.      Rainey amused by all of this.                             CHRIS                You are not terrible.                               TRACY                                  *                I'm not?                              CHRIS                No.   You sing sweet.                             TRACY                                    *                Thank you. I was going to go watch the                kids play in the mud. Do you want to go?                              RAINEY                Go on.   I'll watch the store.                              CHRIS                I'm sorry.   This is Rainey.   And I'm                Chris.      Whoops, a slip on the name, but...                             RAINEY                Hi. Rainey. And this is Alex. ("Don't                lie to her.")                               TRACY                                  *                I'm Tracy.                                            *      Chris realizes his slip but before Rainey can question      anything, Chris stands and goes off with Tracy.                 *      Rainey and Jan share a conspiratorial smile.161   EXT. THE MUD PIT, THE SLABS - SAME                        161      (Salvation Mountain?) (Leonard?)                                                               91.      LONG LENS: We watch Chris and Tracy sit pit-side with a         *      foreground of frolicking naked children splashing about      in the mud. We don't hear their conversation. We just      watch its gentleness.                                                           CUT TO:162   EXT. RAINEY &amp;amp; JAN'S VAN, THE SLABS - NIGHT                162      Tracy helps Rainey cook dinner on the barbecue, meaning         *      to demonstrate to Chris what a wonderful wife she would      be. Jan and Chris sipping on beers sit beside each other      on folding chairs, out of Rainey and Tracy's earshot.           *                             JAN                I wasn't much older than Tracy when I got             *                pregnant. And I thought my husband and I                were going to invent peace on earth and                stay together forever. But it didn't                work out that way. He left. History.                Now ancient history. And that was the                end of that. So, I raised Reno by myself                - that's my son. Then I met Rainey. And                that was really good for a while. But                Reno was already a teenager and was                becoming a man in his own way. And then,                I don't know. He kinda followed in his                father's footsteps - out the door and                gone. And I really don't know where he                is. I haven't heard from him in two                years.                             CHRIS                I hope I get to meet him sometime.      Jan looks into Chris' eyes and smiles with pure love.      She leans over and gently kisses Chris on the cheek.                             JAN                Do your folks know where you are?      Chris aims to deflect the question as Tracy enters the          *      scene.                             TRACY                                    *                Soup's on. Oh, I'm sorry.   Are you guys                getting heavy?                                                               92.                              JAN                 No, sweetheart. Just hungry. You've                 been doing a fantastic job over there.                        (to Chris)                 Shall we eat?                             CHRIS                 Yeah.      Tracy grabs Chris' hand and proudly leads him to supper.         *      As they exit frame, we remain for a moment with Jan and      her thoughts.                                                            CUT TO:163   INT./EXT. SLABS MONTAGE - DAY                              163      MUSIC OVER:      MONTAGE:      1. Chris reading and selling books.      2. Chris and Tracy taking walks with Sunni.                      *      3. Rainey and Jan stealing some afternoon delight in the      van. (It's the days of wine and roses)      4. Chris' new daily regimen of calisthenics.      5. Tracy's new daily regimen of watching Chris do                *      calisthenics. His lean body tighter and stronger      everyday.                                                            CUT TO:164   EXT. RAINEY &amp;amp; JAN'S VAN, THE SLABS - (CHRISTMAS) DAY       164      Rainey stands over Chris as Chris does sit-ups.     Rainey's      gut hanging a little heavy over his belt.      OS VOICES exchange Christmas greetings.                              RAINEY                 I really ought to get myself doing that.                              CHRIS                 You should Rainey. Makes that Tantric                 stuff go even better.                                                     93.                       RAINEY          How the hell would you know? That poor          girl over there is about ready to vault          onto a fence post. And here you are, the          monk of Jack LaLane.They share a laugh. Chris comes to the end of his sit-ups. Wipes his brow with a towel. Rainey squats downnext to him.                       RAINEY (CONT'D)          I guess Jan filled you in. About Reno          and everything. Children can be harsh          judges when it comes to their parents.          They don't grant clemency easily. I          think Reno tended to see things in black          and white. I just hope he lives long          enough to forgive her.The connection is not lost on Chris.                       RAINEY (CONT'D)          But painful as it is, you turned a light          on in her and I'm grateful.                       CHRIS          Me too.                       RAINEY          For what?Chris doesn't answer. A kid rides by on a bright new BigWheel. Must be from the rich side of the commune.                       RAINEY (CONT'D)          Do your folks know where you are?                       CHRIS          No.                       RAINEY          Don't you think they ought to?                       CHRIS          They should. But I can't. Not yet,          anyway. I got a sister though, Carine.          She's the most beautiful girl in the          world. But, it's all got to stay behind          me until I get where I'm going.                       RAINEY          Alaska?                                                              94.                             CHRIS                Yeah, Rainey. Alaska.      Rainey won't intrude any further. He just nods. Chris      notices Tracy in the door of her parent's rig, stealthily       *      waving him over. Chris gives Rainey the "Uh-oh" look,      pulls on his T-shirt, and walks over to the rig. Tracy          *      has disappeared inside.                                                          CUT TO:165   INT. TRACY'S PARENTS RIG - SAME                           165   *      Chris pops his head in.                               CHRIS                Hello?    Merry Christmas?                             TRACY (O.C.)                             *                Come in here.      As Chris mounts the steps, he finds Tracy laying on the         *      bed inside, wearing a skimpy white girl's tank top and      underpants.                                TRACY (CONT'D)                        *                Guess what.                               CHRIS                         (deer in headlights)                What?                             TRACY                                    *                My parents went into town.                                CHRIS                No!                             TRACY                                    *                Yes, they did. They went to call my                grandma for Christmas.                             CHRIS                No, I mean, no, we can't do that.                                TRACY                                 *                Why not?      Chris moves to sit on the edge of her bed.    Tracy sits up     *      beside him.                                                                 95.                             CHRIS                How old are you?                               TRACY                                    *                Eighteen.      Chris throws her a look of doubt.                               TRACY (CONT'D)                           *                Seventeen.                             CHRIS                What year were you born?      As soon as she has to think about it, the jig is up.                             CHRIS (CONT'D)                You want to do something together?      Shyly, she shakes her head "yes."                                                          CUT TO:166   EXT. THE SLABS - NIGHT                                      166      We SEE the used Christmas trees of the residents being      thrown onto an existing campfire, building into the      enormous, celebratory bonfire that lights the scene.      As we did with the footsteps in the mud and the kayak      slashing the sand, we TRACK VERTICALLY along an extension      cord from one of the trailer generators to the stage      until we find -      Tracy with her guitar and Chris with the second-hand              *      organ from Rainey and Jan's booth on the stage. They      enter into a duet of John Prine's Angel from Montgomery      for the crowd of the Slabs' fire-lit inhabitants.      In the crowd, we find Rainey and Jan clapping and dancing      along to Chris and Tracy's song. Merry Christmas.                 *                                                          CUT TO:167   EXT. THE SLABS - DAY                                        167      Jan is pulling the van out from their plot.    Rainey is      guiding the single-directional vehicle.      Chris and Tracy stand beside the car path.    Chris writes        *      down Wayne Westerberg's Carthage address.                                                              96.                             CHRIS                You can always get in touch with me by                sending mail here. I don't know when                I'll get it, but I'll get it.                              TRACY                                   *                        (crying)                Okay.                             CHRIS                You're pretty magic.                              TRACY                                   *                I am?      He hugs her.   And kisses her. (cheek, lips? I don't      know.)      Jan pulls up in the van. Rainey walks over to Chris and      gives him a paternal hug.                             RAINEY                You take care of yourself, kiddo.                             CHRIS                You too, Rainey. Thanks for everything.      Chris gives Rainey's gut a full-hand pinch.                             CHRIS (CONT'D)                New Year's resolution?      Rainey gives him a wink and puts his arm around Tracy as        *      Chris jumps into the car. Then he and Jan hit the road.                                                           CUT TO:168   EXT. MARKET POST OFFICE, SALTON CITY - DAY                168      This market/liquor store/post office serves as the      cultural nexus for the greater Salton Sea area.      As Jan's van pulls up opposite the post office and makes      a U-turn to curbside, Chris gets out of the van. Now      Jan's eyes really well up.                             JAN                       (sweetly)                Just get your pack out of the back and                get out of here. I can't take a hug.                                                               97.      Chris says nothing. He just looks at Jan. They      understand each other. Chris closes the door. He      fiddles with the broken handle of the back door, gets it      open, gets his pack out. On top of his pack, A WRAPPED      XMAS GIFT and when he closes the back door, Jan heads      straight off back to the Slabs. Chris opens the      giftwrap; it's the new hat Jan had promised. Chris is      touched.                                                          CUT TO:169   EXT. TWO-LANED ROAD, ANNANDALE, VA (PAST) - DAY           169      TELEPHOTO LENS: A long two-laned road before us rises and      falls in a series of saddles and peaks. The narrow      shoulders are densely wooded. SLOWLY APPEARING over the      near most peak, a TEAM OF EIGHT SHIRTLESS HIGH SCHOOL      RUNNERS. Leading the group - 17 YEAR-OLD CHRISTOPHER      MCCANDLESS. Lean, softly handsome, and graceful.                             CARINE (V.O.)                In high school, Chris became captain of                the cross-country track team. They                called themselves the Road Warriors.      REVERSE ANGLE: The group of young runners, led by Chris      suddenly veer off the paved road into the adjoining      woods.170   EXT. TRAILS, ANNANDALE (PAST) - DAY                       170      SERIES OF ANGLES: The runners, led by Chris, pace      unchartered trails, grassy hillsides, and shallow      streams.                             CARINE                He'd take them on what he loved to refer                to as "epic" runs. The whole point was                to run until they were completely lost                and so exhausted that they were on the                verge of puking. Then they'd slow down a                little, somehow he'd find their bearings,                and lead them home again at full speed.                This was my brothers idea of fun.      We FAVOR Chris as he jogs in place at the exhilarating      point of being lost. When he has identified a most      likely return route, he quickens his pace, leading the      group in the direction of return.                                                          CUT TO:                                                              98.171   INT. MARKET/POST OFFICE, SALTON CITY                      171      Chris heads out with his last Burger King check in hand,      proudly wearing his new hat and in search of mountains to      climb.                             CARINE (V.O.)                A year and a half into Chris'                disappearance, each day that goes by now                feels like two. Dad calls it "suspended                animation." I kept telling myself that                he had to get lost to prove his                independence to himself. But this was no                day run for the Road Warriors and after                so much time, I could no longer keep out                the haunting thoughts.172   EXT. MARKET/POST OFFICE, SALTON CITY - DAY                172      Chris, with pack and new hat walks away from camera      toward the interstate and the brittle mountains beyond.                             CARINE (V.O.)                In many ways, my life and even my parents                had begun to move in new directions. I'd                fallen in love. And mom and dad had even                ventured out on a brief vacation. But,                when a search of tax records uncovered                Chris' contribution to OXFAM, the weight                of his disappearance just seemed to lie                down on us full length.                                             CHAPTER 5: GETTING OF                                               WISDOM DISSOLVE TO:173   EXT. BADLANDS OF ANZA-BORREGO DESERT STATE PARK - DAY     173      (JANUARY 1992)                                                              99.      WIDE SHOT: We see the Oh My God Hot Springs. Steaming      pools lined with rocks and shaded by palm trees. A small      group of campers and Charlie Manson wannabes in      FOREGROUND.      We ZOOM past them to the sheer rock faces and landforms      of the badlands, several miles beyond.                                                        CUT TO:174   EXT. STONE WALL, ANZA-BORREGO DESERT - DAY                174      SLO MO: We are looking down a radically steep rock face.      A shirtless Chris is in training running towards us under      the hot desert sun.      We HEAR only breath and footsteps.                                                        CUT TO:175   EXT. CHRIS' CAMP BESIDE THE STONE WALL - DAY              175      Chris rests on the sand under a tarp, hung from a      Creosote branch. A plate of beans and rice eaten nearly      clean and an empty water jug beside him. Flies buzz and      pick.                                                        CUT TO:176   EXT. OH-MY-GOD HOT SPRINGS - DAY                          176      Chris on a morning jog, wearing a shoulder bag and      carrying an empty water jug. A quick wave to one of his      distant "neighbors" at the spring's camp as he runs by.                                                        CUT TO:177   EXT. PAVED TWO-LANE ROAD INTO SALTON CITY - DAY           177      Chris continues his jog, cars whisk by and dust kicks      into the air. But Chris is undeterred, keeps running.178   EXT. MARKET/POST OFFICE, SALTON CITY - SAME               178      Chris approaches, slowing his jog to a walk. Chris sets      down his water jug and stretches his calves. In the      distance we see the peaks of the badlands landforms from      where he ran.                                                             100.      Chris shakes off the jog, picks up the jug, and we go      with him around the side of the building. There's a      water faucet dripping slowly into the desert mud. Chris      pops his jug under it and fills it up.                                                        CUT TO:179   INT. MARKET/POST OFFICE - SAME                           179      Chris walks the aisles, sipping from his jug, as he comes      across bags of rice on the market shelves. A HEAVY SET      GIRL passes him in the aisle with her well-mannered dog      following her.                             CHRIS                       (no high-pitched pet voice)                Hey boy. You are a handsome fellow.                       (over shoulder to the girl)                Beautiful dog.                               THE GIRL                Thank you.      As the girl continues on, the dog wants to stay with      Chris.                               CHRIS                Go on, boy.    Go on.      And the dog obeys him.      As he sorts through the various rice selections, brown,      white, wild, we notice a MAN peering over the opposite      shelf at Chris. This is RON FRANZ, between 70 and 80      years old, six-feet, thick arms, barrel chest, and large      ears. He wears old jeans, an immaculate white T-shirt, a      decorative tooled leather belt, white socks, and scuffed      black loafers. His deeply pitted nose demonstrates a      purple filigree of veins which unfold like an finely      wrought tattoo. And on either side of it, the wary blue      eyes of a soldier. He is the archetypical American man.      Chris has caught his sympathetic eye. Chris moves to the      counter to pay for rice.                                                        CUT TO:180   EXT. MARKET/POST OFFICE - SAME                           180      In WIDE SHOT, we watch Chris from behind, walking out      across the two-lane road. He puts out his thumb to hitch      a ride.                                                              101.      When a truck comes from BEHIND INTO FRAME heading      straight for Chris, the truck makes a relaxed L-turn,      pulling up beside Chris.181   INT. RON'S TRUCK                                          181                             RON                Where's your camp?                             CHRIS                       (pointing)                Out past Oh-My-God Hot Springs.                             RON                I've lived in and around here six years                now and I've never heard of any place                that goes by that name.      Ron leans across the bench seat of the truck, opening up      the passenger door.                             RON (CONT'D)                Show me how to get there.      Chris hops in beside Ron, who extends his hand -                               RON (CONT'D)                Ron Franz.                               CHRIS                Alex.                               RON                Alex.    Where are you from Alex?                             CHRIS                West Virginia.                             RON                Okay, Alex from West Virginia. I like a                fellow who doesn't raise the pitch of his                voice when he talks to animals...shows he                doesn't condescend.      Chris remembers now the dog in the store and why Ron      must've thought to give him a ride.      And they head off.182   EXT. FEW MILES UP ROAD                                    182      Ron truck drives up the road.                                                              102.183   INT. RON'S TRUCK                                          183      As we come upon a 4x4 track twisting down a narrow wash -                             CHRIS                You go left here.      Ron turns the truck down the 4x4 track.184   EXT. 4X4 TRACK, ANZA-BORREGO DESERT - SAME                184      We watch the truck bump and grind on the mangled dirt      road about a mile in.      Out the window, Ron's eye has been caught by something.      Ron's POV: Oh-My-God Hot Springs -      We see a couple of day-glo vans and rusted out      Studebakers that hadn't been turned over since Eisenhower      was in the White House. Several of those living there      mill about buck naked. And at the center of the camp,      the steaming pools lined with rocks under the palm trees.                             RON                You live here?                             CHRIS                No, we keep going. I'm further up.                Another half-mile or so, out on the                Bajada.185   EXT. CHRIS' CAMP BESIDE THE STONE WALL - SAME             185      Ron and Chris drive up in the truck. Ron shuts off the      ignition and gets out of the truck to stretch his legs.      Chris follows, puts his full water jug under the tarp at      his campsite, hooking it onto a branch. He throws his      shoulder bag with the rice in it into his backpack.                             RON                Well, this is somethin' out here. Don't                you worry about those dope smokers and                nudists down below there?                             CHRIS                No, they keep to themselves pretty much                and so do I.                                             103.            RON      (skeptical)Hmmm. You strike me as a bright youngman. Am I wrong about that?             CHRISI think I got my head on my shoulderspretty good.             RONThat's what I mean.    How long have youbeen out here?             CHRISCouple of weeks.             RONAnd before that?             CHRISA lot of places. I've been movingaround.             RONHow old are you?             CHRISTwenty-three.             RONTwenty-three years old! Son, don't youthink you should be getting an education?And a job? And making something of thislife?             CHRISLook Mr. Franz. I think careers are atwentieth century invention and I don'twant one. You don't need to worry aboutme. I have a college education. I'm notdestitute. I'm living like this bychoice.               RONIn the dirt?             CHRIS       (laughs)Yeah, in the dirt.             RONI just don't know.    Where's your family?                                                        104.                       CHRIS          Don't have one anymore.                       RON          That's a shame.Chris can see some deep sadness in this man.                       CHRIS          Hey, Mr. Franz. I want to show you          something.Ron follows Chris to the rockface we'd seen Chris runningearlier. They begin to walk up it. It's tough on theold-timer, walking this steep hill. But he's a tough old-timer, at least for the moment...ANGLE: The two men nearly half way to the summit.     It'sgetting steeper and higher. Ron stops.                       RON          This is getting a little steep.     And a          little high for me kid.                       CHRIS          Alright.   But look out there. Even from          half way out, it's quite a sight isn't          it?Their POV: Enormous beautiful vista all the way acrossthe Bajada.                       CHRIS (CONT'D)          From the top you can see all the way to          the Salton Sea too.Ron looks up the precarious rock wall.   He ain't gonna beseeing the Salton Sea today.                       RON          You can see the Salton Sea from up there?                       CHRIS          Yes, sir.                        RON                 (starting his way down the                  hill)          My goodness.                       CHRIS          You don't want to go up?                                                                 105.                                RON                  Nope.   I don't do these kind of things.      Chris smiles and follows Ron.       As they approach the      bottom of the hill -                               RON (CONT'D)                  How about you and me take a drive? About                  fifty miles or so up highway, I know a                  place that's got a view, great food, and                  requires no climbing. How's that sound?      Chris thinks about it.     Then -                               CHRIS                  Yeah, sure. It'll take me a couple of                  minutes to clean up.                                 RON                  Fair enough.                                                             CUT TO:186   EXT. DESERT HIGHWAY - AFTERNOON                              186      Ron's truck drives through frame.187   EXT. INDIAN AVENUE SOUTHBOUND, PALM SPRINGS - DAY            187      We see Ron and Chris driving parallel on the windmilled      road (Our frame will only hold the lower fraction of the      spinning windmills in the background)                                                             CUT TO:188   EXT. SAN JACINTO TRAMWAY - LATE AFTERNOON                    188      VERTICAL POV: We are thousands of feet in the air over      the rigid rocky canyon as we ascend toward San Jacinto      summit. It's high. Scary HIGH.189   INT. TRAM                                                    189      MUSIC OVER: As Chris and Ron ride the tram to the peak,      we watch Chris watching Ron, his kind, moist old eyes,      slowly blinking at the wonder of the nature around him.      Other passengers on the tram seem nervous, but Ron is      meditative, almost hypnotized.                                                                106.      And with each roll-through of the tram through the cable      towers, the tram car rocks and sways, but Ron's peace      goes unbroken. And Chris continues to admire the gentle      blinking of his eyes.                                                          CUT TO:190   INT. ELEVATION RESTAURANT (SAN JACINTO SUMMIT) - TWILIGHT90                                                              1      The two of them sit in a quiet, corner   booth of the      tramway eatery that sits on the summit   of San Jacinto      overlooking the lights of Palm Springs   and the desert      clear back to Salton Sea. Chris is on    a roll.                             CHRIS                How old are you, Mr. Franz?                             RON                Seventy-nine years old.                             CHRIS                Seventy-nine...see, all due respect, but                the real difference between people is the                quality of their soul and not on how long                they've trudged around like a dip-shit.      Ron laughs.                             CHRIS (CONT'D)                But it's true.                              RON                It is.   No question about that.      Ron continues to let Chris vent.                             CHRIS                The government's the same as my parents.                They don't respect anybody. Regulation.                Regulation. Regulation. WE can't do                this. But THEY can do that. I mean, the                hypocrisy of the whole...culture.   Makes                me crazy. My father was having children                *                with two women at the same time, and then              *                has the gall to think that he can be of                some guidance to me? Make judgments on                me? My mother, of course, goes along                with all of it. Keeps the secret, which                of course, makes my whole life a fiction.                Everything I thought was, wasn't.                They're such fools! Fucking idiots!                                                             107.                             RON                Alex, please don't lump me in amongst                your judges. And your tyrants. But I'd                prefer to not hear that kind of language.                             CHRIS                       (realizing his slip)                Sorry. I don't usually use that kind of                language either. I just get so angry                thinking about it.      Ron reaches across the table.    Puts his sturdy hand on      Chris' shoulder.                             RON                You got a lot of passion, young man.      Chris smiles at Ron.                                                          CUT TO:191   EXT. CHRIS' CAMP BESIDE THE STONE WALL - NIGHT             191      As Ron and Chris pull up in the pick-up truck, we see      SPORADIC FIREWORKS WHISTLING AND CRACKLING into the air      above the hot-springs, and HEAR the distant HOOTING of      its inhabitants. Chris hops out and walks around to      Ron's side of the truck.                             CHRIS                Awww, that was a great time Mr. Franz.                Thank you.                             RON                Look here. If Charles Manson and his                buddies don't kill me on my way out of                here, I'd like to cook you up a home                cooked meal tomorrow night. If I come                out here about, say, four o'clock                tomorrow, how would that be?                             CHRIS                That would be swell.      Ron is thrilled.                             RON                Good, good. I'm no gourmet but I know                where the spices are. Good night, kid.                             CHRIS                Good night Mr. Franz.                                                              108.      And with that, Ron hits the road.                                                        CUT TO:192   EXT. STONE WALL - SUNSET                                  192      Chris hikes up it with his backpack on, one laborious      step at a time.                                                   DISSOLVE TO:193   EXT. STONE WALL SUMMIT - SAME                             193      Chris summiting the rock formation. He looks down over      the desert and there before him, The Salton Sea.                                                        CUT TO:194   EXT. RON'S HOUSE, SALTON SEA - SUNSET                     194      The house is a single-level, beige structure, sitting      between the Salton Sea and a small inlet where he keeps a      fishing boat. Underneath a canopy in the backyard, there      is a small workshop of some kind.      HIGH ANGLE: Chris, looking at his own reflection in the      water below Ron's dock. In the reflection, we see his      hands full of dirty laundry.                                                        CUT TO:195   INT. KITCHEN, RON'S HOUSE - SAME                          195      Ron broils a couple of steaks. Chris enters and moves      past Ron carrying his laundry into another room.196   INT. LAUNDRY ROOM, RON'S HOUSE - SAME                     196      Chris pours detergent over his long-in-need clothes.      Starts the cycle.197   INT. KITCHEN, RON'S HOUSE - NIGHT                         197      As Chris enters, Ron is pulling the steaks from the      broiler.                                                       109.Above the kitchen sink, Chris sees a row of approximatelyten photographs, each in vertical 4x6 frames, some blackand white, some color: all of Japanese boys and girls informal American and Japanese attire.                       RON          Did you find everything you need?                       CHRIS                 (breaking his gaze from the                  photographs)          Yeah. I hope I don't wreck your machine.          There's a lot of grime in that stuff.                       RON          Well, that's what it's for.   How do these          steaks look?Ron pops the steaks on the kitchen table.                       CHRIS          Great.                       RON          Well, sit down.Ron grabs some silverware from a drawer, plops it down onthe kitchen table with some paper napkins.                       RON (CONT'D)          What do you drink?                       CHRIS          You got a White Russian?                       RON          Nope.                       CHRIS          Beer?                       RON          Nope. Don't have any alcohol. I had to          quit all that. How about a guava juice?                       CHRIS          I'll take a guava juice, that sounds          good.As Ron gets the drinks -                       RON          Yeah, I had a little spell with the          bottle, you could say.                                                      110.Ron pops the drinks down on the table, then sits withChris. They lift their glasses toward one another, then -                       RON/CHRIS          Cheers.                       RON          I spent most of my life in the army. On          New Year's Eve 1957, I was stationed over          in Okinawa. My wife and son were here in          the States, just driving down the road          when a fellow who'd had too much to drink          plowed right into them. Killed them          both. Anyway, you might think that the          last thing in the world I'd do, is go to          the whiskey, but at the time, it felt          like the only thing I could do. And I          did it hard. But pretty soon, I figured          I wasn't doing my wife and son any good,          mourning them with a bottle. So, I          pulled myself together and quit drinking,          cold turkey. And then...Ron, spinning his body around, points to the photographsover the sink.                       RON (CONT'D)                 (brightening)          You see all these kids over here?                       CHRIS          Yeah, I was gonna ask you.                       RON          Yeah, that's...                 (pointing at each with his                  finger)          Fuki, Kenjiro, Yoshiko, Keiko, Masaro,          Junichi, Kimpei, Nayoko...For the last picture frame, Ron stands and takes it offthe shelf -                       RON (CONT'D)                 (pridefully shows Chris the                  picture)          And this is Akira. Just finished medical          school.Chris takes the picture and studies Akira's face.   Ronsits back down.                                                            111.                             RON (CONT'D)                Yeah, I unofficially adopted all of them.                It did my heart some good but I guess                really it was just writing a few letters                and sending some money. Anyway, it was                important to me. I get a letter from                each of them from time to time. You                know. So, since all that, this is pretty                much me.                       (indicating his small                        reclusive abode)                             CHRIS                Do you ever travel, Mr. Franz?                             RON                No. I can't seem to get too far from my                leather. I'll show you after you finish                eating. I do a lot of leather engraving.                I got a little workshop in the garage.                Between that and my pension, I do pretty                well. But every time I think I might                take a trip somewhere, I get too far                behind on orders and such to consider it.                             CHRIS                       (having wolfed down the                        steak)                Well, I'm finished eating. I'd love to                see your workshop.                             RON                Would ya?      Chris nods.                             RON (CONT'D)                       (standing)                Alright then.      Ron picks up the picture of Akira and replaces it on the      shelf above the sink.                                                         CUT TO:198   INT. RON'S GARAGE/WORKSHOP - NIGHT                       198      As we begin, Ron is instructing Chris in the skills of      leather engraving.                                                   DISSOLVE TO:                                                            112.199   EXT. CHRIS' CAMP BESIDE THE STONE WALL - MORNING          199      Chris, a clear plastic bag of clean laundry beside him,      sits alone, cross-legged. He begins to carve into a      leather belt.                                                         CUT TO:200   EXT. STONE WALL - LATER                                   200      We follow Chris in a LOW ANGLE up his mountain run      framing from mid-back to just above his head, sweating      profusely.                                                         CUT TO:201   EXT. 4X4 TRACK, ANZA-BORREGO DESERT - DAY                 201      Ron's truck cuts along the 4x4 track.                                                         BACK TO:202   EXT. STONE WALL, ANZA-BORREGO DESERT - SAME               202      Chris reaching the summit.   He bends over to catch his      breath, hands on knees.                             RON (O.S)                How about some fishing?      Chris turns to the voice. And down at the bottom of the      rock wall beside the campsite, is Ron holding up two      fishing poles.                             RON (CONT'D)                       (referring to the Sea)                That thing's twice as salty as the ocean.                Did you know that?      Chris has barely the breath to speak.                             CHRIS                Anything alive in it?      Ron shrugs his shoulders in a "who cares?" fashion.      Chris laughs but nods in the affirmative and gives Ron      the thumbs up.                                                             113.203   EXT. ANZA-BARREGO DESERT - DAY + NIGHT                    203      BEGIN MUSIC OVER:   MONTAGE:      1. Chris and Ron fishing in the Salton Sea. (no catch)      2. At Ron's workshop/garage, Ron guides Chris in his      leather belt project.      3. At Chris' campsite, Chris does push-ups while Ron sits      on the tailgate of his truck spying on the "Manson      family" through binoculars, shaking his head.      4. Chris at his campsite working on the belt by campfire      light. We MOVE IN on the belt, he's beginning to form      the letter N in the leather.      5. Chris jogging in the morning beside Oh-My-God Hot      Springs.      6. Chris and Ron at the leather bench in Ron's      workshop/garage.      In a EXTREME CLOSE-UP, MUSIC FADES OUT as we PAN across      Chris' leather belt and the story being told on it      through the engravings:204   EXT. RON'S WORKSHOP - DAY                                 204      ALEX is inscribed at the belt's left end; then the      initials C.J.M. (for Christopher Johnson McCandless)      frame a skull and crossbones. Across the strip of      cowhide one sees a rendering of two-lane blacktop, a No U-      turn sign, a thunderstorm producing a flash flood that      engulfs a car, a hitchhiker's thumb, an eagle, the Sierra      Nevada, salmon cavorting in the Pacific Ocean, the      Pacific Coast Highway from Oregon to Washington, the      Rocky Mountains, Montana wheat fields, a South Dakota      rattlesnake, Westerberg's house in Carthage, the Colorado      River rapids, a canoe beached beside a tent, Las Vegas,      and at the buckle end, finally, the letter N.                             RON                What's the N stand for?                              CHRIS                ...North.                                                        CUT TO:                                                           114.205   EXT. CHRIS' CAMP BESIDE THE STONE WALL - DAY           205      AN ISOLATED CLOUD ECLIPSES THE SUN AGAINST A BLUE DESERT      SKY.      Ron is sitting on his tailgate, watching Chris, backpack      on, climb the stone wall.                             RON                Alaska?      Chris summits.                             RON (CONT'D)                Son, what the hell you running from?                             CHRIS                       (yells down from above)                I could ask you the same question.                Except I already know the answer.                             RON                You do, do you?                             CHRIS                I do, Mr. Franz. You've got to get back                out in the world. Get out of that lonely                house of yours, that little workshop,                and go live on the road.      Ron waves him off.                             CHRIS (CONT'D)                Really. You're going to live a long                time, Ron. You should make a radical                change in your lifestyle. The core of                man's spirit comes with new experiences.                And there you are, stubborn old man,                sitting on your butt.                             RON                Sittin' on my butt, huh?      Ron gets up off the tailgate.                             RON (CONT'D)                I'll show you sittin' on my butt.      And Ron starts making the old man hustle. Shifty      shoulders and all, up the stone wall.                                                     115.                       RON (CONT'D)                 (mumbling)          "Stubborn old man."Chris is laughing and clapping.                       CHRIS          Come on, old man! Come on!                       RON                 (mumbling)          Ya little pinhead.Chris is jumping up and down, thrilled for Ron's efforts.Now the old man's shuffle has turned into an old man'swalk. But he ain't stopping. And bit by bit he showshe's got it in him after all.As Ron is just about to mount the summit, Chris extends ahand. Ron swats it away.                       RON (CONT'D)          Ya little pinhead.Ron drops down onto his back to catch his breath and lethis thumping heart slow down.                         CHRIS          You alright?Ron, after taking one more deep breath, sits up and Chrissits next to him. He's actually pretty happy withhimself. He looks out and sees the distant Salton Sea.                       RON          I'm going to miss you when you go.                       CHRIS          I'll miss you too, Ron. But you're wrong          if you think the joy of life comes          principally from human relationships.          God's placed it all around us. It's in          everything. In anything we can          experience. People just have to change          the way they think about those things.          You ought to put a little camper on the          back of your pick-up and go take a look          at some of the great work god's done out          here in the American west.                       RON          Alex...You're probably right.   And I'm          going to take stock of that.                                                             116.      Chris offers a skeptical glance.                              RON (CONT'D)                No, I am.      A second skeptical glance.   Which Ron squashes with      genuine sincerity.                              RON (CONT'D)                        (almost to himself)                I am.      Chris buys it this time and feels he's accomplished      something with Ron.                             RON (CONT'D)                But I'll tell you something. The bits                and pieces I've put together, you know,                what you've told me about your family.                Your mother and dad. And I know you got                your problems with the church too, but                there's some kind of bigger thing that we                can all appreciate. And it sounds like                you don't mind calling it God. But when                you forgive, you love. And when you                love...God's light shines on you.      Miraculously, it is just at that moment that the cloud      clears from the sun and the light shines in Ron's eyes.      Chris points at Ron's face at the light shining on him -                              CHRIS                Holy Shit!                             RON                I told you about that language.      The two men, their eyes welling up, fall back laughing.      EXTREME WIDE SHOT FROM BELOW: The two men on the summit      with the echoing of laughter and Ron's screams -                             RON (CONT'D)                I told you so! I told you so!                                                         CUT TO:206   INT. LAUNDRY ROOM, RON'S HOUSE - NIGHT (MARCH 11, 1992) 206      Chris pulls his laundry out of the dryer. He's got his      pack sitting in the doorway to the kitchen. He folds his      things and tucks them into his pack.                                                         117.Ron appears in the doorway dressed for travel.                       CHRIS          What are you doing up?     It's three-thirty          in the morning.                       RON          Heard you get up off the couch half an          hour ago, and had a funny feeling you          might not be here for our breakfast.Chris says nothing.                       RON (CONT'D)          I'm going to drive you a hundred miles to          somewhere where you can pick up a train,          a plane, or hitch a ride without getting          stuck on this desert. I'd take you all          the way to Alaska if I didn't have to get          to an eight o'clock mass.             